Professional Documents
Culture Documents
P132/EN M/R-11-B
Technical Manual
Volume 1 of 2
General Note on the PDF Version of this Technical Manual
All entries in the Table of Contents and all cross-references to other sections,
figures etc. in green letters are hyperlinks, i.e. by a single mouse click on the
reference one can navigate directly to the referenced part of the manual.
In the Adobe Reader (or the Acrobat Pro), one can return back to the previous
view by using the menu point View / Page Navigation / Previous View (keyboard
shortcut: ALT + Left cursor key). (It might be necessary to do this several times,
if the view at the target location has also been changed (e.g. by scrolling or
changing the zoom setting).
Warning!
l When electrical equipment is in operation dangerous voltage will be present in
certain parts of the equipment. Failure to observe warning notices, incorrect
use or improper use may endanger personnel and equipment and cause
personal injury or physical damage.
Before working in the terminal strip area, the P132 must be isolated. Where
stranded conductors are used, insulated crimped wire end ferrules must be
employed.
The signals MAI N: Block e d/f aul ty and SFMON: Warnin g (L ED )
(permanently assigned to the LEDs labeled OUT OF SERVICE and ALARM) can
be assigned to output relays to indicate the health of the P132. Schneider
Electric strongly recommends that these output relays are hardwired into the
substation's automation system, for alarm purposes.
Any modifications to this P132 must be in accordance with the manual. If any
other modification is made without the express permission of Schneider
Electric, it will invalidate the warranty, and may render the product unsafe.
Proper and safe operation of this P132 depends on appropriate shipping and
handling, proper storage, installation and commissioning, and on careful
operation, maintenance and servicing.
For this reason only qualified personnel may work on or operate this P132.
The User should be familiar with the warnings in the Safety Guide
(SFTY/4LM/G11 or later version), with the warnings in Chapter 5, (p. 5-1),
Chapter 10, (p. 10-1), Chapter 11, (p. 11-1) and Chapter 12, (p. 12-1)
and with the content of Chapter 14, (p. 14-1), before working on the
equipment. If the warnings are disregarded, it will invalidate the warranty, and
may render the product unsafe.
Installation of the DHMI:
A protective conductor (ground/earth) of at least 1.5 mm² (US: AWG14 or
thicker) must be connected to the DHMI protective conductor terminal to link
the DHMI and the main relay case; these must be located within the same
substation.
To avoid the risk of electric shock the DHMI communication cable must not be
in contact with hazardous live parts.
The DHMI communication cable must not be routed or placed alongside high-
voltage cables or connections. Currents can be induced in the cable which
may result in electromagnetic interference.
Qualified Personnel
are individuals who
● are familiar with the installation, commissioning and operation of the P132
and of the system to which it is being connected;
● are able to perform switching operations in accordance with safety
engineering standards and are authorized to energize and de-energize
equipment and to isolate, ground and label it;
● are trained in the care and use of safety apparatus in accordance with
safety engineering standards;
● are trained in emergency procedures (first aid).
Note
This operating manual gives instructions for installation, commissioning and
operation of the P132. However, the manual cannot cover all conceivable
circumstances or include detailed information on all topics. In the event of
questions or specific problems, do not take any action without proper
authorization. Contact the appropriate technical sales office of Schneider Electric
and request the necessary information.
Any agreements, commitments, and legal relationships and any obligations on
the part of Schneider Electric, including settlement of warranties, result solely
from the applicable purchase contract, which is not affected by the contents of
the operating manual.
Changes after going to press
P132
TABLE OF CONTENTS
10.2.20 Ancillary Circuit for Systems with Ground Fault Compensation .................................................................10-14
10.2.21 Ancillary Circuit for Isolated Neutral-Point Systems ...................................................................................10-17
10.2.22 Checking the Transient Ground Fault Direction Determination ................................................................. 10-19
10.2.23 Checking Control Functions ....................................................................................................................... 10-19
10.2.24 Completing Commissioning ....................................................................................................................... 10-20
11 TROUBLESHOOTING ..........................................................................................11-1
A6.10 Bay type No. 544 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ......................................... A6-10
A6.11 Bay type No. 567 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ......................................... A6-11
A6.12 Bay type No. 521 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ......................................... A6-12
A6.13 Bay type No. 519 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ......................................... A6-13
A6.14 Bay type No. 7 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar .......................................A6-14
A6.15 Bay type No. 8 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar .......................................A6-15
A6.16 Bay type No. 9 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar .......................................A6-16
A6.17 Bay type No. 10 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar .....................................A6-17
A6.18 Bay type No. 11 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar .....................................A6-18
A6.19 Bay type No. 12 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar ....................... A6-19
A6.20 Bay type No. 13 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar ....................... A6-20
A6.21 Bay type No. 14 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar ....................... A6-21
A6.22 Bay type No. 15 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar ....................... A6-22
A6.23 Bay type No. 16 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar ....................... A6-23
A6.24 Bay type No. 17 Feeder bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar ...................................A6-24
A6.25 Bay type No. 504 Feeder bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar .................................A6-25
A6.26 Bay type No. 541 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ......................................... A6-26
A6.27 Bay type No. 18 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar, direct motor control .................A6-27
A6.28 Bay type No. 19 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ........................................... A6-28
A6.29 Bay type No. 20 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ........................................... A6-29
A6.30 Bay type No. 21 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ........................................... A6-30
A6.31 Bay type No. 557 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ......................................... A6-31
A6.32 Bay type No. 22 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar, direct motor control .................A6-32
A6.33 Bay type No. 23 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ........................................... A6-33
A6.34 Bay type No. 24 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ........................................... A6-34
A6.35 Bay type No. 25 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ........................................... A6-35
A6.36 Bay type No. 508 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ......................................... A6-36
A6.37 Bay type No. 26 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar .....................................A6-37
A6.38 Bay type No. 27 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar, direct motor control .......... A6-38
A6.39 Bay type No. 28 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar .....................................A6-39
A6.40 Bay type No. 29 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar .....................................A6-40
A6.41 Bay type No. 30 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar, direct motor control .......... A6-41
A6.42 Bay type No. 31 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar .....................................A6-42
A6.43 Bay type No. 32 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar .....................................A6-43
A6.44 Bay type No. 33 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, single busbar .....................................A6-44
A6.45 Bay type No. 34 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar ....................... A6-45
A6.46 Bay type No. 35 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar, direct motor control
................................................................................................................................ A6-46
A6.47 Bay type No. 36 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar ....................... A6-47
A6.48 Bay type No. 37 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar ....................... A6-48
A6.49 Bay type No. 38 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar, direct motor control
................................................................................................................................ A6-49
A6.50 Bay type No. 39 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar ....................... A6-50
A6.51 Bay type No. 40 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar ....................... A6-51
A6.52 Bay type No. 41 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar ....................... A6-52
A6.53 Bay type No. 503 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar ..................... A6-53
A6.54 Bay type No. 507 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, single busbar ..................... A6-54
A6.55 Bay type No. 220 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar, direct motor control ...............A6-55
A6.56 Bay type No. 42 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar, direct motor control .................A6-56
A6.57 Bay type No. 43 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ........................................... A6-57
A6.58 Bay type No. 221 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ......................................... A6-58
A6.59 Bay type No. 44 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ........................................... A6-59
A6.60 Bay type No. 45 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control ............... A6-60
A6.61 Bay type No. 46 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar .......................................... A6-61
A6.62 Bay type No. 47 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar .......................................... A6-62
A6.63 Bay type No. 48 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar .......................................... A6-63
A6.64 Bay type No. 49 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control ............... A6-64
A6.65 Bay type No. 50 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar .......................................... A6-66
A6.66 Bay type No. 51 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar .......................................... A6-67
A6.67 Bay type No. 52 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar .......................................... A6-68
A6.68 Bay type No. 53 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar .......................................... A6-69
A6.69 Bay type No. 526 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ........................................ A6-70
A6.70 Bay type No. 54 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar, direct motor control .........A6-71
A6.71 Bay type No. 55 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ....................................A6-72
A6.72 Bay type No. 56 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ....................................A6-73
A6.73 Bay type No. 57 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ....................................A6-74
A6.74 Bay type No. 58 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar, direct motor control .........A6-75
A6.75 Bay type No. 59 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ....................................A6-77
A6.76 Bay type No. 60 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ....................................A6-78
A6.77 Bay type No. 61 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ....................................A6-79
A6.78 Bay type No. 62 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ....................................A6-80
A6.79 Bay type No. 63 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar, direct motor control
................................................................................................................................ A6-81
A6.80 Bay type No. 64 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar ...................... A6-82
A6.81 Bay type No. 65 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar ...................... A6-83
A6.82 Bay type No. 66 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar ...................... A6-84
A6.83 Bay type No. 67 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar, direct motor control
................................................................................................................................ A6-85
A6.84 Bay type No. 68 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar ...................... A6-87
A6.85 Bay type No. 69 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar ...................... A6-88
A6.86 Bay type No. 70 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar ...................... A6-89
A6.87 Bay type No. 71 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar ...................... A6-90
A6.88 Bay type No. 72 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar .......................................... A6-91
A6.89 Bay type No. 73 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar .......................................... A6-92
A6.90 Bay type No. 74 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar .......................................... A6-93
A6.91 Bay type No. 75 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar .......................................... A6-95
A6.92 Bay type No. 76 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar .......................................... A6-96
A6.93 Bay type No. 77 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar .......................................... A6-97
A6.94 Bay type No. 78 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar .......................................... A6-99
A6.95 Bay type No. 79 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ..................................A6-101
A6.96 Bay type No. 80 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ..................................A6-102
A6.97 Bay type No. 81 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ..................................A6-103
A6.98 Bay type No. 82 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ..................................A6-105
A6.99 Bay type No. 83 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ..................................A6-106
A6.100 Bay type No. 84 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ..................................A6-107
A6.101 Bay type No. 85 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ..................................A6-109
A6.102 Bay type No. 86 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control ............. A6-111
A6.103 Bay type No. 87 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ........................................ A6-112
A6.104 Bay type No. 88 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ........................................ A6-113
A6.105 Bay type No. 89 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control ............. A6-114
A6.106 Bay type No. 90 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ........................................ A6-115
A6.107 Bay type No. 91 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ........................................ A6-116
A6.108 Bay type No. 92 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ........................................ A6-117
A6.109 Bay type No. 93 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control ............. A6-118
A6.110 Bay type No. 94 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ........................................ A6-119
A6.111 Bay type No. 95 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ........................................ A6-120
A6.112 Bay type No. 96 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control ............. A6-121
A6.113 Bay type No. 97 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ........................................ A6-123
A6.114 Bay type No. 98 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ........................................ A6-124
A6.115 Bay type No. 99 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ........................................ A6-125
A6.116 Bay type No. 100 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar, direct motor control .....A6-126
A6.117 Bay type No. 101 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ................................A6-127
A6.118 Bay type No. 102 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ................................A6-128
A6.119 Bay type No. 103 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar, direct motor control .....A6-129
A6.120 Bay type No. 104 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ................................A6-130
A6.121 Bay type No. 105 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ................................A6-131
A6.122 Bay type No. 106 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ................................A6-132
A6.123 Bay type No. 107 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar, direct motor control .....A6-133
A6.124 Bay type No. 108 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ................................A6-134
A6.125 Bay type No. 109 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ................................A6-135
A6.126 Bay type No. 110 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar, direct motor control .....A6-136
A6.127 Bay type No. 111 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ................................A6-138
A6.128 Bay type No. 112 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ................................A6-139
A6.129 Bay type No. 113 Feeder bay with switch disconnector, double busbar ................................A6-140
A6.130 Bay type No. 114 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar, direct motor
control .....................................................................................................................A6-141
A6.131 Bay type No. 115 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar .................. A6-142
A6.132 Bay type No. 116 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar .................. A6-143
A6.133 Bay type No. 117 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar, direct motor
control .....................................................................................................................A6-144
A6.134 Bay type No. 118 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar .................. A6-145
A6.135 Bay type No. 119 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar .................. A6-146
A6.136 Bay type No. 120 Feeder bay with switch disconnector / fuse unit, double busbar .................. A6-147
A6.137 Bay type No. 222 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control ........... A6-148
A6.138 Bay type No. 223 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control ........... A6-149
A6.139 Bay type No. 121 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control ........... A6-150
A6.140 Bay type No. 122 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control ........... A6-152
A6.141 Bay type No. 123 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ...................................... A6-154
A6.142 Bay type No. 124 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ...................................... A6-155
A6.143 Bay type No. 224 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ...................................... A6-156
A6.144 Bay type No. 225 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ...................................... A6-157
A6.145 Bay type No. 125 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ...................................... A6-158
A6.146 Bay type No. 126 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ...................................... A6-160
A6.147 Bay type No. 127 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ...................................... A6-162
A6.148 Bay type No. 128 Feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ...................................... A6-163
A6.149 Bay type No. 133 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-165
A6.150 Bay type No. 553 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-166
A6.151 Bay type No. 134 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-167
A6.152 Bay type No. 528 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-168
A6.153 Bay type No. 542 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-169
A6.154 Bay type No. 135 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-170
A6.155 Bay type No. 136 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-171
A6.156 Bay type No. 137 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-172
A6.157 Bay type No. 547 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar, direct motor control
.............................................................................................................................. A6-173
A6.158 Bay type No. 564 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-174
A6.159 Bay type No. 138 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-175
A6.160 Bay type No. 545 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-176
A6.161 Bay type No. 139 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-177
A6.162 Bay type No. 548 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar, direct motor control
.............................................................................................................................. A6-178
A6.163 Bay type No. 552 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar, direct motor control
.............................................................................................................................. A6-179
A6.164 Bay type No. 140 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-180
A6.165 Bay type No. 141 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-181
A6.166 Bay type No. 543 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-182
A6.167 Bay type No. 142 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-183
A6.168 Bay type No. 558 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-184
A6.169 Bay type No. 143 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar, direct motor control
.............................................................................................................................. A6-185
A6.170 Bay type No. 144 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar, direct motor control
.............................................................................................................................. A6-186
A6.171 Bay type No. 145 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-188
A6.172 Bay type No. 146 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-189
A6.173 Bay type No. 517 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-190
A6.174 Bay type No. 147 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-191
A6.175 Bay type No. 148 Bus sectionalizer bay with switch disconnector, single busbar .................... A6-193
A6.176 Bay type No. 149 Bus sectionalizer bay with switch disconnector, single busbar .................... A6-194
A6.177 Bay type No. 150 Bus sectionalizer bay with switch disconnector, single busbar .................... A6-195
A6.178 Bay type No. 226 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar, direct motor control
.............................................................................................................................. A6-196
A6.179 Bay type No. 151 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar, direct motor control
.............................................................................................................................. A6-198
A6.180 Bay type No. 152 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-200
A6.181 Bay type No. 227 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-201
A6.182 Bay type No. 153 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, single busbar ...........................A6-202
A6.183 Bay type No. 154 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control
.............................................................................................................................. A6-204
A6.184 Bay type No. 155 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control
.............................................................................................................................. A6-206
A6.185 Bay type No. 156 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ..........................A6-208
A6.186 Bay type No. 157 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ..........................A6-209
A6.187 Bay type No. 158 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ..........................A6-210
A6.188 Bay type No. 159 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ..........................A6-211
A6.189 Bay type No. 160 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ..........................A6-212
A6.190 Bay type No. 161 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ..........................A6-214
A6.191 Bay type No. 513 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ..........................A6-215
A6.192 Bay type No. 514 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ..........................A6-216
A6.193 Bay type No. 162 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ..........................A6-217
A6.194 Bay type No. 163 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ..........................A6-218
A6.195 Bay type No. 554 Bus sectionalizer bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar, direct motor
control .....................................................................................................................A6-220
A6.196 Bay type No. 555 Bus sectionalizer bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar, direct motor
.....................................................................................................................A6-221
control
A6.197 Bay type No. 164 Bus sectionalizer bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar ................. A6-222
A6.198 Bay type No. 242 Bus sectionalizer bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar, direct motor
.....................................................................................................................A6-223
control
A6.199 Bay type No. 243 Bus sectionalizer bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar, direct motor
control .....................................................................................................................A6-224
A6.200 Bay type No. 511 Bus sectionalizer bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar, direct motor
.....................................................................................................................A6-225
control
A6.201 Bay type No. 228 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control
.............................................................................................................................. A6-226
A6.202 Bay type No. 229 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control
.............................................................................................................................. A6-228
A6.203 Bay type No. 165 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control
.............................................................................................................................. A6-230
A6.204 Bay type No. 166 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control
.............................................................................................................................. A6-232
A6.205 Bay type No. 167 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ..........................A6-234
A6.206 Bay type No. 168 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ..........................A6-235
A6.207 Bay type No. 230 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ..........................A6-236
A6.208 Bay type No. 231 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ..........................A6-237
A6.209 Bay type No. 169 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ..........................A6-238
A6.210 Bay type No. 170 Bus sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ..........................A6-240
A6.211 Bay type No. 505 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-242
A6.212 Bay type No. 197 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control ..... A6-243
A6.213 Bay type No. 198 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-245
A6.214 Bay type No. 199 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-246
A6.215 Bay type No. 200 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-247
A6.216 Bay type No. 556 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control ..... A6-249
A6.217 Bay type No. 565 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control ..... A6-250
A6.218 Bay type No. 201 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-251
A6.219 Bay type No. 202 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-252
A6.220 Bay type No. 203 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-253
A6.221 Bay type No. 245 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-255
A6.222 Bay type No. 563 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-256
A6.223 Bay type No. 204 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control ..... A6-257
A6.224 Bay type No. 205 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-258
A6.225 Bay type No. 206 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-259
A6.226 Bay type No. 207 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-260
A6.227 Bay type No. 208 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-261
A6.228 Bay type No. 236 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control ..... A6-262
A6.229 Bay type No. 209 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control ..... A6-263
A6.230 Bay type No. 210 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-265
A6.231 Bay type No. 237 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-266
A6.232 Bay type No. 211 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-267
A6.233 Bay type No. 238 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control ..... A6-269
A6.234 Bay type No. 212 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control ..... A6-270
A6.235 Bay type No. 213 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-272
A6.236 Bay type No. 239 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-273
A6.237 Bay type No. 214 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-274
A6.238 Bay type No. 240 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control ..... A6-276
A6.239 Bay type No. 215 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar, direct motor control ..... A6-278
A6.240 Bay type No. 216 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-280
A6.241 Bay type No. 241 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-281
A6.242 Bay type No. 217 Bus coupler bay with circuit breaker, double busbar ................................ A6-282
A6.243 Bay type No. 218 Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar .......... A6-284
A6.244 Bay type No. 219 Bus coupler and sectionalizer bay with circuit breaker, double busbar .......... A6-285
A6.245 Bay type No. 171 Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, single busbar ............................ A6-287
A6.246 Bay type No. 172 Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, single busbar ............................ A6-288
A6.247 Bay type No. 540 Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, single busbar ............................ A6-289
A6.248 Bay type No. 173 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar ............ A6-290
A6.249 Bay type No. 174 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar ............ A6-291
A6.250 Bay type No. 175 Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, single busbar, direct motor control . A6-292
A6.251 Bay type No. 176 Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, single busbar ............................ A6-293
A6.252 Bay type No. 177 Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, single busbar ............................ A6-294
A6.253 Bay type No. 506 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar ............ A6-295
A6.254 Bay type No. 232 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar, direct motor
.....................................................................................................................A6-296
control
A6.255 Bay type No. 178 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar, direct motor
control .....................................................................................................................A6-297
A6.256 Bay type No. 233 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar ............ A6-298
A6.257 Bay type No. 179 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar ............ A6-299
A6.258 Bay type No. 180 Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, double busbar ........................... A6-300
A6.259 Bay type No. 181 Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, double busbar ........................... A6-301
A6.260 Bay type No. 182 Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, double busbar ........................... A6-302
A6.261 Bay type No. 183 Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, double busbar ........................... A6-303
A6.262 Bay type No. 184 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar ........... A6-304
A6.263 Bay type No. 185 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar ........... A6-305
A6.264 Bay type No. 186 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar ........... A6-306
A6.265 Bay type No. 187 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar ........... A6-307
A6.266 Bay type No. 188 Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, double busbar ........................... A6-308
A6.267 Bay type No. 189 Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, double busbar ........................... A6-309
A6.268 Bay type No. 190 Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, double busbar, direct motor control
.............................................................................................................................. A6-310
A6.269 Bay type No. 191 Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, double busbar ........................... A6-311
A6.270 Bay type No. 192 Busbar measurement bay with fuse unit, double busbar ........................... A6-312
A6.271 Bay type No. 193 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar ........... A6-313
A6.272 Bay type No. 559 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar ........... A6-314
A6.273 Bay type No. 509 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar, direct motor
control .....................................................................................................................A6-315
A6.274 Bay type No. 529 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar, direct motor
.....................................................................................................................A6-316
control
A6.275 Bay type No. 560 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar ........... A6-317
A6.276 Bay type No. 510 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar, direct motor
control .....................................................................................................................A6-318
A6.277 Bay type No. 530 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar, direct motor
.....................................................................................................................A6-319
control
A6.278 Bay type No. 194 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar ........... A6-320
A6.279 Bay type No. 234 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar, direct motor
.....................................................................................................................A6-321
control
A6.280 Bay type No. 195 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar, direct motor
control .....................................................................................................................A6-322
A6.281 Bay type No. 235 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar ........... A6-323
A6.282 Bay type No. 196 Busbar measurement bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar ........... A6-324
A6.283 Bay type No. 129 Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar, direct motor
control .....................................................................................................................A6-325
A6.284 Bay type No. 130 Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, single busbar ................. A6-326
A6.285 Bay type No. 131 Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar, direct motor
control .....................................................................................................................A6-327
A6.286 Bay type No. 132 Busbar grounding bay with other switchgear unit, double busbar ................ A6-328
A6.287 Bay type No. 1 Other bay type with other switchgear unit, without busbar ............................ A6-329
A6.288 Bay type No. 980 Other bay type with other switchgear unit, without busbar ........................ A6-330
A6.289 Bay type No. 981 Other bay type with other switchgear unit, without busbar ........................ A6-331
A6.290 Bay type No. 982 Other bay type with other switchgear unit, without busbar ........................ A6-333
A6.291 Bay type No. 983 Other bay type with other switchgear unit, without busbar ........................ A6-334
1.1 Overview
The P132 time-overcurrent protection and control device is a one-box solution for
protection and control.
“V” = P132 with voltage transformers and without current transformers (ordering
option).
“I” = P132 without voltage transformers and with current transformers (ordering
option).
“I & V” = P132 with voltage and current transformers (ordering option).
✓ = Standard; (✓) = Ordering option; ☑ = Not for P132 in 24 TE case.
Mmuxxx Measuring ✓
Vref
1.5 Design
The P132 is modular in design. The plug-in modules are housed in a robust
aluminum case and electrically interconnected via one analog p/c board and one
digital p/c board.
2 TECHNICAL DATA
2.1 Conformity
Notice
Applicable to P132, version -310 -433/434/435/436/437 -650.
Declaration of Conformity
The product designated “P132 Feeder Management and Bay Control” has been
designed and manufactured in conformance with the European standards
EN 60255‑26 and EN 60255‑27 and with the “EMC Directive” and the “Low
Voltage Directive” issued by the Council of the European Community.
Design
● Surface-mounted case suitable for wall installation, or
● Flush-mounted case for 19″ cabinets and for control panels.
Installation Position
● Vertical ± 30°.
Degree of Protection
Per DIN VDE 0470 and EN 60529 or IEC 529.
● IP 52 for the front panel.
● Flush-mounted case:
■ IP 50 for the case (excluding the rear connection area)
■ IP 20 for the rear connection area, pin-terminal connection
■ IP 10 for the rear connection area, ring-terminal connection
● Surface-mounted case:
■ IP 50 for the case
■ IP 50 for the fully enclosed connection area with the supplied rubber
grommets fitted
Weight
● 24 TE case: Max. 5 kg
● 40 TE case: Approx. 7 kg
● 84 TE case: Approx. 11 kg
Terminals
PC interface (X6)
● EIA RS232 (DIN 41652) connector, type D-Sub, 9-pin
2.3 Tests
Type Tests
All tests per EN 60255-26.
Interference Suppression
Per EN 55022 or IEC CISPR 22, Class A.
Contact discharge
● Single discharges: > 10.
● Holding time: > 5 s.
● Test voltage: 8 kV.
● Test generator: 50 to 100 MΩ, 150 pF / 330 Ω.
Phase-to-phase
● RMS value 150 V.
● Coupling resistance 100 Ω.
● Coupling capacitor 0.1 μF, for 10 s.
Phase-to-ground
● RMS value 300 V.
● Coupling resistance 220 Ω.
● Coupling capacitor 0.47 μF, for 10 s.
To comply with this standard, the parameter INP: F ilt e r (010 220) should be set
as advised in the “Settings” chapter.
2.3.1.2 Insulation
Voltage Test
Per EN 60255-27.
● 2 kV AC, 60 s
Only direct voltage (2.8 kV DC) must be used for the voltage test on the power
supply inputs. The PC interface must not be subjected to the voltage test.
Vibration Test
Per EN 60255‑21-1 or IEC 60255‑21-1, test severity class 1.
Seismic Test
Per EN 60255‑21‑3 or IEC 60255‑21‑3, test procedure A, class 1.
Frequency range
● 5 to 8 Hz, 3.5 mm / 1.5 mm, 8 to 35 Hz, 10 / 5 m/s², 3 x 1 cycle.
Vibration Test
Per EN 60255‑21-1 or IEC 60255‑21-1, test severity class 2.
Seismic Test
Per EN 60255‑21‑3 or IEC 60255‑21‑3, test procedure A, class 2.
Frequency range
● 5 to 8 Hz, 7.5 mm / 3.5 mm, 8 to 35 Hz, 20 / 10 m/s², 3 x 1 cycle.
Voltage Test
Per EN 60255-27.
● 2.2 kV AC, 1 s
Only direct voltage (2.8 kV DC) must be used for the voltage test on the power
supply inputs.
The PC interface must not be subjected to the voltage test.
Temperatures
Solar Radiation
Direct solar radiation on the front of the device must be avoided.
Frequency
● Nominal frequency fnom: 50 Hz and 60 Hz (adjustable).
● Operating range: 0.95 to 1.05 fnom.
● Frequency protection: 40 to 70 Hz.
2.6 Interfaces
2.6.2 PC Interface
● Transmission rate: 300 to 115,200 baud (adjustable)
Wire Leads
● Per RS 485 or RS 422, 2 kV isolation
● Distance to be bridged
■ Point-to-point connection: max. 1200 m
■ Multipoint connection: max. 100 m
Wire Leads
● RJ45, 1.5 kV isolation
● Transmission rate: 100 Mbit/s
● Distance to be bridged: max. 100 m
● SC connector
● Glass fiber G50/125:
■ Optical output: min. −23.5 dBm
■ Optical sensitivity: min. −31 dBm
■ Optical input: max. −14 dBm
2.9 Deviations
2.9.1.1 Definitions
Reference Conditions
● Sinusoidal signals at nominal frequency fnom, total harmonic distortion ≤ 2
%, ambient temperature 20°C (68°F), and nominal auxiliary voltage VA,nom.
Deviation
● Deviation relative to the setting under reference conditions.
Operate values
● V<>, Vpos<>: ± 1% (in the range 0.6 to 1.4 Vnom)
● VNG>, Vneg>: ± 1% (in the range > 0.3 Vnom)
Sector angle
● Deviation: 1°
2.9.2.1 Definitions
Reference conditions
● Sinusoidal signals at nominal frequency fnom, total harmonic distortion ≤ 2
%, ambient temperature 20°C (68°F), and nominal auxiliary voltage VA,nom.
Deviation
● Deviation relative to the setting under reference conditions.
2.9.3.1 Definitions
Reference conditions
● Sinusoidal signals at nominal frequency fnom, total harmonic distortion ≤
2%, ambient temperature 20°C (68°F), and nominal auxiliary voltage
VA,nom.
Deviation
● Deviation relative to the setting under reference conditions.
Load angle
● Deviation: ± 1°
Frequency
● Deviation: ± 10 mHz
Temperature
● Deviation: ± 2°C [approx. ± 4°F]
Amplitude resolution
● at Inom = 1 A: 6.1 mArms or 1.5 mArms
● at Inom = 5 A: 30.5 mArms or 7.6 mArms
Amplitude resolution
● at Inom = 1 A: 0.98 mArms or 0.12 mArms
● at Inom = 5 A: 4.9 mArms or 0.61 mArms
Amplitude resolution
● 9.2 mVrms
Overload Memory
Number
● The 8 most recent overload events
Number
● The 8 most recent ground fault events
Fault Memory
Number
● The 8 most recent faults.
Nominal burden
● where VA = 220 V DC and with maximum module configuration
■ 24 TE case, relays de-energized/energized: approx. 11 W / 20 W
■ 40 TE case, relays de-energized/energized: approx. 12.6 W / 34.1 W
■ 84 TE case, relays de-energized/energized): approx. 14.5 W / 42.3 W
2.13.1 Symbols
The following symbols are used in accordance with IEC 60044‑1 and IEC 60044‑6
standards:
specified accuracy under defined conditions (e.g. for class 5P20 15VA the total
error must be smaller than 5% at 20 times nominal current at nominal burden of
15 VA). The actual accuracy limit factor nb differs in practice from the rated
factor nn as detailed in section 1.
When relays are set to operate at low set thresholds (say 1 to 2 times nominal
current), the saturation of the CT needs not to be considered. With inverse time
overcurrent protection a steady state fault current of up to 20 times the
reference current (Iref) should not saturate the CT. Due to transient saturation the
operation time gets prolonged. This delay should always be considered to be as
long as the primary time constant.
For P13x overcurrent protection application the actual accuracy limit factor nb as
per IEC 60044-1 should be chosen as follows:
● DTOC: nb = maximum((I>/In), 20)
● IDMT: nb = maximum((Iref/In), 20)
With resulting rated CT accuracy limit factor nn:
Rct + Rb
nn ≥ nb · Rct + Rbn
3 OPERATION
Communic. module
ALARM
OUT OF SERVICE
HEALTHY
A A A
EDIT MODE
N μC P μP
Analog I/O module Processor module
Analog
Digital busbus module
module
T X Y V
Transformer module
Voltages Currents Signals Commands Signals Measured data Signals Commands Auxiliary voltage
Commands Signals Commands Commands Signals
D5Z5201C
“Parameters” Branch
All settings are contained in this branch. This branch carries all settings,
including the identification data of the P132, the configuration parameters for
adapting the P132 interfaces to the system, and the function parameters for
adapting the device functions to the process. All values in this group are stored
in non-volatile memory, which means that the values will be preserved even if
the power supply fails.
“Operation” Branch
This branch includes all information relevant for operation such as measured
operating data and binary signal states. This information is updated periodically
and consequently is not stored. In addition, various controls are grouped here,
for example those for resetting counters, memories and displays.
“Events” Branch
The third branch is reserved for the recording of events. All information in this
group is therefore stored. In particular, the start/end signals during a fault, the
measured fault data, and the sampled fault waveforms are stored here and can
be read out when required.
The P132 offers a selection from pre-defined bay types. If the required bay type
is not included in the standard selection, the user can contact the manufacturer
of the P132 to request the definition of a customized bay type to download into
the P132. By applying the bay editor from the PC Access Software MiCOM S1 the
user can also define new bay types.
The activation of the Bay Panel display is described in Chapter 6, (p. 6-1).
Each external device represented in the Bay Panel is identified by an external
device designation (see Section 3.43.2, (p. 3-381)).
The display of external device designations can be disabled (at LOC: Displa y
L/R). The display of the control point (local or remote control) and interlocking
can also be disabled (at L OC: D ispl . int erl . st at.).
The switchgear unit to be controlled needs to be selected first. The selection is
cancelled if the return time for illumination (LO C: Re turn time illumin.) or the
return time for selection (L OC: Re tu rn ti me s el ect.) has elapsed.
Q0
Remote Locked
LOC: Return t.
select. trg
305 551
45Z8003A
LOC: Fct.
Operation Panel
[ 053 007 ]
LOC: Hold-time
Selected meas. val. for Panels LOC: Hold-time
[ 031 075 ] for Panels
FT_RC: Record.
in progress S1 1 ≥1 C
[ 035 000 ]
R1
OL_RC: Record.
in progress ≥1
[ 035 003 ] Operation Panel
GF_RC: Record.
in progress
[ 035 005 ]
MAIN: General
reset USER
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute ≥1
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
FT_RC: Reset
record. USER
[ 003 006 ]
1: execute
FT_RC: Reset
record. EXT
[ 005 243 ]
306 020
50Z01CXA
Measured value 3
Measured value N
LOC: Hold-time
for Panels
[ 031 075 ]
R
MAIN: General
reset USER
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute ≥1 Fault Panel
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
FT_RC: Reset
record. USER
[ 003 006 ]
1: execute
FT_RC: Reset
record. EXT
[ 005 243 ]
MAIN: Reset LED
306 020
50Z01EJA
Measured value 3
Measured value n
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
GF_RC: Reset
record. USER
[ 100 000 ]
1: execute
GF_RC: Reset
record. EXT
[ 005 242 ]
MAIN: Reset LED
306 020
50Z0139B
LOC: Fct.
Overload Panel
[ 053 005 ]
Measured value 3
Measured value n
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
OL_RC: Reset
record. USER
[ 100 003 ]
1: execute
OL_RC: Reset
record. EXT
[ 005 241 ]
MAIN: Reset LED
306 020
50Z0140A
LOC: Fct.
F_KEY: Fct. assign. L/R key
assignm. F1 [ 225 208 ]
[ 080 112 ]
1: R <-> L
MAIN: Local/ 2: R & L <-> L
Remote key
[ 006 004 ]
1)
& S1 1 & 1
MAIN: Inp.asg.
L/R key sw.
[ 221 008 ]
Signal 1
Signal 2 m out of n
Signal 3
Signal n
Without function
Selected signal
[ 003 068 ]
PC: Device
address
[ 003 069 ]
[ 003 081 ]
[ 003 181 ]
PC: Spontan.
sig. enable
[ 003 187 ]
PC: Select.
spontan.sig.
[ 003 189 ]
PC: Transm.
enab.cycl.dat
[ 003 084 ]
PC: Delta V
[ 003 055 ]
PC: Delta I
[ 003 056 ]
PC: Sig./meas.
val.block. PC: Delta P
[ 003 086 ]
[ 003 059 ]
0 PC: Delta f
1 [ 003 057 ]
PC: Delta t
MAIN: Prot. ext. [ 003 058 ]
disabled
[ 038 046 ]
PC: Time-out
0: No
1: Yes
PC interface
[ 037 071 ]
19Z80ECA
COMM1: Command
block. USER
[ 003 172 ]
0: No COMM1: Command
blocking
[ 003 174 ]
1: Yes
COMM1: Command
block. EXT
[ 003 173 ]
COMM1: Basic
IEC870-5enable
[ 003 215 ] COMM1: Commu-
nicat. protocol
[ 003 167 ]
0
1
0: No
1: Yes
COMM1: Addit.
-101 enable
[ 003 216 ]
COMM1: Selected
0 Selected protocol protocol
304 415
1
0: No
1: Yes
COMM1: Addit.
ILS enable
[ 003 217 ]
0: No
1: Yes
COMM1: MODBUS
enable
[ 003 220 ]
0: No
1: Yes
0: No
1: Yes
COMM1: COURIER
enable
[ 103 040 ]
0: No
1: Yes
64Z51FEA
COMM1: General
enable USER
[ 003 170 ]
1: Yes
COMM1: Command
blocking
[ 003 174 ]
COMM1: Sig.
/meas.block.USER
[ 003 076 ]
0: No COMM1: Sig.
/meas.val.block.
1: Yes
[ 037 075 ]
COMM1: Sig.
/meas. block EXT
[ 037 074 ]
12Z62FFA
Fig. 3-11: Communication interface 1, settings for the IEC 60870‑5-103 interface protocol.
COMM1: General
enable USER
[ 003 170 ]
1: Yes
COMM1: Command
blocking
[ 003 174 ]
0: No
COMM1: Sig.
/meas.val.block.
1: Yes [ 037 075 ]
COMM1: Sig.
/meas. block EXT
[ 037 074 ]
Fig. 3-12: Communication interface 1, settings for the IEC 870-5-101 interface protocol.
COMM1: Select.
spontan.sig.
[ 003 179 ]
COMM1: Selected
protocol
304 415
COMM1: General
enable USER
[ 003 170 ]
1: Yes
COMM1: Command
blocking
[ 003 174 ] COMM1: Communi-
Comm. interface cation error
304 422
MAIN: Test mode
[ 037 071 ]
COMM1: Sig.
/meas.block.USER
[ 003 076 ]
0: No COMM1: Sig.
/meas.val.block.
1: Yes [ 037 075 ]
COMM1: Sig.
/meas. block EXT
[ 037 074 ]
19Z51FHA
Fig. 3-13: Communication interface 1, settings for the ILS-C interface protocol.
COMM1: Selected
protocol
304 415
COMM1: MODBUS
[ 003 223 ]
COMM1: General
enable USER
[ 003 170 ]
1: Yes
COMM1: Communi-
Commun. interface cation error
304 422
COMM1: Command
blocking
[ 003 174 ]
19Z50FJB
COMM1: General
enable USER
[ 003 170 ]
1: Yes
COMM1: Command
blocking
[ 003 174 ]
19Z50AZA
Fig. 3-15: Communication interface 1, settings for the DNP 3.0 protocol.
0: No
1: Yes
COMM1: Command
blocking
[ 003 174 ]
19Z51BAA
COMM1: Sel.
spontan.sig.test
[ 003 180 ]
Signal 1
Signal 2
Signal 3
Signal n
Selected signals
COMM1: Test
spont.sig.start
[ 003 184 ]
COMM1: Spontan.
sig. start
0 [ --- --- ]
0: don't execute
1: execute
COMM1: Test
spont.sig. end
[ 003 186 ]
COMM1: Spontan.
sig. end
0 [ --- --- ]
0: don't execute
1: execute
48Z50FKA
[ 103 071 ]
[ 103 171 ]
COMM2: Octet
comm. address
[ 103 072 ]
COMM2: Name of
manufacturer
[ 103 161]
COMM2: Octet
address ASDU
[ 103 073 ]
COMM2: Spontan.
sig. enable
[ 103 177 ]
[ 103 050 ]
COMM2: Delta I
[ 103 051 ]
COMM2: Sig.
/meas.block.USER COMM2: Delta P
[ 103 076 ]
[ 103 054 ]
0 COMM2: Delta f
1 [ 103 052 ]
0: No COMM2: Delta
meas.v.ILS tel
1: Yes [ 103 150 ]
COMM2: Delta t
MAIN: Prot. ext.
disabled
[ 103 053 ]
[ 038 046 ]
COMM2: Command
block. USER
[ 103 172 ]
0: No
1: Yes
Commun. interface
[ 037 071 ]
40Z5070A
COMM2: Sel.
spontan.sig.test
[ 103 180 ]
Signal 1
Signal 2
Signal 3
Signal n
Selected signals
COMM2: Test
spont.sig.start
[ 103 184 ]
COMM2: Spontan.
sig. start
0 [ --- --- ]
0: don't execute
1: execute
COMM2: Test
spont.sig. end
[ 103 186 ]
COMM2: Spontan.
sig. end
0 [ --- --- ]
0: don't execute
1: execute
48Z50FLA
3.4.4.1 Application
Communication interface 3 is designed to establish a digital communication link
between two MiCOM devices over which up to 8 binary protection signals may be
transmitted. Whereas communication interfaces 1 and 2 are designed as
information interfaces to connect to data acquisition subsystems and for remote
access, communication interface 3 is designed as a protection signaling interface
that will transmit real time signals (InterMiCOM protection signaling interface). Its
main application is to transmit signals from protective signaling (function group
PSIG). In addition, any other internal or external binary signals may also be
transmitted.
Digital network:
● Asynchronous data interface of primary multiplexing equipment
subdivides the 8 binary signals into two groups. The signal encoding along with
the set operating mode for the telegram check defines the actual balance of
“Speed”, “Security” and “Dependability” for each signal:
● Binary signals 1 to 4:
Operating mode settable to Blocking or Direct intertrip
● Binary signals 5 to 8:
Operating mode settable to Permissive or Direct intertrip
EN 60834‑1 classifies 3 categories of command based teleprotection schemes
according to their specific requirements (see Fig. 3-20, (p. 3-26)). By selection
of a binary signal and by setting its operating mode appropriately, these
requirements can be fulfilled as follows:
Preference: Security.
Recommended setting: Select binary signal from groups 1 to 4 or 5 to 8 and set operating
mode Direct intertrip.
Preference: Dependability.
Recommended setting: Select binary signal from group 5 to 8 and set operating mode
Permissive.
Preference: Speed.
Recommended setting: Select binary signal from group 1 to 4 and set operating mode
Blocking.
Speed
Blocking
Permissive
slow
low
Intertrip
Security Dependability
47Z1030A
Fig. 3-20: Comparison of speed, security and dependability offered by the three operating modes.
Message
received
Blocking signals
accepted
Telegram
receive check
Permissive signals
accepted
(Re)start of the
monitoring
timer stages
COMM3: Time-out
comm.fault
[ 120 033 ]
COMM3: Commu-
1 nications fault
[ 120 043 ]
COMM3: Time-out
link fail.
[ 120 035 ]
COMM3: Comm.
1 link failure
[ 120 044 ]
47Z1031B
Setting parameters identified by “[ I C ] :…” in the IEC function group are set with the
“IED Configurator”. They cannot be modified from the local control panel (HMI) or
with the operating program.
There are two ordering variants available for the fiber-optic interface: the ST
connector and the SC connector both for 100 Mbit/s and 1300 nm (a third variant
ST connector for 100 Mbit/s and 1300 nm is pending). The RJ45 connector
supports 10 Mbit/s and 100 Mbit/s.
The optional Ethernet module additionally provides an RS485 interface for
remote access with the MiCOM S1 support software (function group COMM2).
The P132 may be equipped with the optional Ethernet module only as an
alternative to the standard optional communication module. Therefore the
Ethernet-based communication protocol IEC 61850 is available only as an
alternative to function group COMM1.
System configurator
PACiS SCE
.iid
.scd
.icd
S&R 103
19Z7001A_EN
IED
Control PC
Processor module
Operating program
Device
parameters
Parameter
switch
Parameter download
Bank 1 Bank 2
19Z7002A_EN
When looking at the source priority for clock synchronization, which is set at the
MAIN function then, by selecting COMM1/IEC, synchronization per IEC 61850 is
automatically active but only if this communication protocol is applied.
3.4.5.1.7 Transmitting Modeled Signals Not Provided by the IEC 61850 Data Model
In addition to the information included in the IEC 61850 data model an optional
number of up to 16 signals can be selected from all the signals available in the
P132 to be transmitted via reporting. A selection of state signals (shuttling to
communications) is made by setting I EC: SigGGI O1 s election. The data object
indexes defined for SigGGIO1 must follow the sequence given for the ‘m out of n’
selection for the state signals. The indexes SigGGIO1.ST.ind1 to
SigGGIO1.ST.ind16 may then be included in the datasets just as the other data
objects.
only one command at a time is carried out. The operating mode Direct control
with normal security is provided for single commands.
1 remote-control See note [1] The control command is sent by an operator at station level.
(at the end of
this table).
2 automatic-remote See note [1]. The control command is sent by an automatic function at
station level.
3 station-control See note [1]. The control command is sent by an operator at network
level.
4 automatic-station See note [1]. The control command is sent by an automatic function at
network level.
5 bay-control Local HMI The control command is generated at the local HMI of the
Control P132.
6 bay-control Local EXT The control command is sent via binary input (see note [2])
Control by an operator at an external local control panel, using the
setting
● (221 061) MAIN: Ele ctrical contr ol = Local
and any of the following input signals:
● DEV xx: I np.asg.e l.ct rl.ope n
● DE Vxx: In p.as g.el .ctr. clos e .
7 remote-control Remote EXT The control command is sent via binary input (see note [2])
Control by an operator at an external local control panel, using the
setting
● (221 061) MA IN: E lectri cal control = Remote
and any of the following input signals:
● DEV xx: In p.asg. el. ctrl. ope n
● DEV xx: Inp.asg.e l.ctr.clos e.
[1]: The P132 copies the Originator Identification from the command request into
the information report.
The P132 does never send the Originator Category “automatic-bay”. In all MiCOM
Px3x devices, Automatic Reclose is implemented as part of the protection
functionality, and therefore it is treated as process, see table row No. 8 above.
UC 7
UC 1,2
Network
HMI
Trip/close by external
Gateway protection or control
UC 7
UC 3,4 UC 10, 11
UC 9
Circuit
Station
breaker
HMI UC 6, 7 UC 5 UC 8
t
Binary signal
Communication link
Internal interface 12Z7312A_EN
Fig. 3-24: Use cases in the network context. The “UC” numbers refer to Originator Categories in the table above.
3.4.5.1.13 Communication with the MiCOM S1 Support Software via the Ethernet Interface
Direct access by the MiCOM S1 support software via the Ethernet interface on
the P132 may occur through the “tunneling principle”. Transmission is carried
out by an Ethernet Standard Protocol, but this is only supported by the
associated MiCOM S1 support software (specific manufacturer solution). Such
transmission is accomplished over the same hardware for the network, which is
used for server-client communication. Available are all the familiar functions
offered by the MiCOM S1 support software such as reading/writing of setting
parameters or retrieving stored data.
» Device A » Device B
System/GosGGIO2.ST.ind1 ... 32
IED Configurator
MCL
System/LLN0/gcb01 ... 08
Fixed assignment
S1 Studio
Ext.Dev 1 … 32
19Z7003A
time periods. The first send repetition occurs at the given cycle time set with the
parameter [IC]: Minimum Cycle Time. The cycles for the following send
repetitions result from a conditional equation with the increment set with the
parameter [IC] : Incre me nt. Should no further state changes occur up to the
time when the maximum cycle time has elapsed [ IC]: Maximu m Cy cle Time,
then GOOSE will be sent cyclically at intervals as set for the maximum cycle
time.
In order to have unambiguous identification of a GOOSE sent, characteristics
such as [I C]: Multicas t MAC Addres s, [IC] : A pplication I D (hex ),
[I C]: VL A N Identi fi er (he x), [I C] : V LA N P r iorit y and
[I C]: G OOSE Id en tif ie r must be entered in the IED Configurator settings.
Further characteristics are [IC ] : Datase t Ref e rence and
[IC]: Confi gu rat io n Re vis ion.
Each GOOSE is given the state change index and the number of send repetitions.
The virtual key "Unmap" may be used to remove the link of a binary signal input
to an external data point. In such a case all entries for this binary signal input are
deleted.
» Device A » Device B
Control/LLN0.ST.OrdRun.stVal
IED Configurator
System/LLN0/Dataset
x
19Z7004A
validity duration has elapsed without this GSSE being received again (i.e.
because of a communications fault), the signals received will automatically be
set to their respective default value (e.g. GSSE: I nput 1 default).
The various settings, measured values and signals for function group GOOSE are
described in chapters 7 and 8.
Synchronization Readiness
If the IRIG-B interface is enabled and receiving a signal, the P132 checks the
received signal for plausibility. Implausible signals are rejected by the P132. If
the P132 does not receive a correct signal in the long run, synchronization will
not be ready any longer.
IRIGB: General
enable USER
[ 023 200 ]
IRIGB: Enabled
[ 023 201 ]
IRIGB: Synchron.
ready
[ 023 202 ]
47Z02BAA
LED indicators including the six positioned directly next to the function keys are
configured independently and in this respect there is no relationship to the
respective function key configuration.
Exception: For function keys configured as control keys the operating mode is
irrelevant and it is therefore ignored.
Handling keys
If backlighting for the LC display is switched off it will automatically light up when
a function key or the "READ" key is pressed. The assigned function will only be
triggered when the respective key is pressed a second time. This is also valid for
the other keys.
F_KEY: Fct.
assignm. F1
[ 080 112 ]
Function 1 EXT
Function 2 EXT
Function 3 EXT
Function n EXT
F_KEY: Operating
mode F1
[ 080 132 ]
2 [ 080 122 ]
1: Key
2: Switch
& & S1 1
& R1 0
1)
Fig. 3-28: Configuration and operating mode of function keys. The assigned function is either a single function or a
menu jump list.
Filter Function
An additional filter function may be enabled in order to suppress transient
interference peaks at the logic signal inputs (operating modes Active "high", filt.
or Active "low", filt.). With this function enabled a status change at the binary
logic input is only signaled when the input signal remains at a steady signal level
during a set number of sampling steps (sampling step size = period / 20). The
number of sampling steps is set at parameter INP: Filt er.
INP: Fct.
assignm. U xxx
[ XXX XXX ]
Function 1 EXT
Function 2 EXT
Function 3 EXT
Function n EXT
0: Active "low"
1: Active "high"
2: Active "low", filt.
3: Active "high", filt.
-Uxxx
&
Input signal
&
[ 010 220 ]
&
&
12Z6213A
Fig. 3-29: Configuration and operating mode of the binary signal inputs.
MEASI: General
enable USER
[ 011 100 ]
0
MEASI: Enabled
1
[ 035 008 ]
0: No
1: Yes
S8Z52H1A
I DC,lin / I DC,nom
1.2
1.1
I DC,lin20 1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
I DC,lin1 0
0 0.1 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.6 I DC / I DC,nom
I DC1 I DC20
19Z5266A_EN
Fig. 3-31: Example of the conversion of 4 to 10 mA input current to 0 to 20 mA monitored current, IDC,lin.
IDC,lin / IDC,nom
0.8
Interpolation points
IDC,lin20 0.7
0.6
IDC,lin4 0.5
0.4
IDC,lin3 0.3
IDC,lin2 0.2
IDC,lin1 0.1
0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1 1.1 1.2
Fig. 3-32: Example of a characteristic with five interpolation points (characteristic with zero suppression setting of
0.1 IDC,nom is shown as a broken line).
MEASI: Enabled
[ 035 008 ]
SFMON: Invalid
scaling IDC
[ 093 116 ]
MEASI: Overload
20mA input
[ 040 191 ]
Input channel 1(I-1) SFMON: Overload
20 mA input
[ 098 025 ]
MEASI: Open
circ. 20mA inp.
[ 040 192 ]
SFMON: Open
circ. 20mA inp.
[ 098 026 ]
MEASI: Curr.
IDC,lin. p.u.
[ 004 136 ]
MEASI: Current
IDC p.u.
[ 004 135 ]
MEASI: Current
IDC
[ 004 134 ]
S8Z52H2A
Beyond the linearization described above, the user has the option of scaling the
linearized values. Thereby negative values, for example, can be displayed as well
and are available for further processing by protection functions.
MEASI: Scaled
val. IDC,lin1
[ 037 192 ]
MEASI: Scaled
val.IDC,lin20
[ 037 193 ]
Q9Z5029A
MEASI: Enabled
[ 035 008 ]
MEASI: Open
circ. PT100
Measur. input PT100 [ 040 190 ]
SFMON: PT100
open circuit
[ 098 024 ]
MEASI: Tempera-
ture T
[ 004 133 ]
MEASI: Tempera-
ture p.u. T
[ 004 221 ]
MEASI: Tempera-
ture Tmax
[ 004 233 ]
19Z5262A
Fig. 3-35: Temperature measurement using a PT 100 resistance thermometer connected to the analog (I/O)
module.
Open-Circuit Monitoring
If one of the measuring circuits is open due to a broken wire, the signal MEASI:
Open cir c. T1 (or T2, …, T9, resp.) is issued.
MEASI: Enabled
[ 035 008 ]
MEASI: Open
circ. T1
Measur. input T1 [ 040 193 ]
SFMON: T1 open
circ.
[ 098 029 ]
MEASI: Tempera-
ture T1
[ 004 224 ]
MEASI: Tempera-
ture p.u. T1
[ 004 081 ]
MEASI: Tempera-
ture T1 max.
[ 004 234 ]
19Z5263A
Fig. 3-36: Temperature measurement with temperature sensor T1 connected to the temperature p/c board. The
same applies to sensors T2 to T9.
Backup Sensors
The open circuit signals from temperature sensors, issued by function group
MEASI, are forwarded to the Thermal Overload Protection function. Should the
main temperature sensor (that has been set in the Thermal Overload Protection)
fail, it is possible to select in whether the 20 mA input or – if configured – one of
the temperature sensors T1 to T9, connected to the temperature p/c board (the
RTD module), is to be used as a backup sensor (see “Thermal Overload
Protection”).
In addition to this, the open circuit signals from the temperature sensors, issued
by the function group MEASI, are forwarded to the Limit Value Monitoring
function. The selection of such backup sensors for the Limit Value Monitoring
function is made in the function group MEASI.
For this purpose the temperature sensors connected to the temperature p/c
board (RTD board) are divided into three groups:
Group 1: T1, T2, T3
Group 2: T4, T5, T6
Group 3: T7, T8, T9
If ME AS I: BackupTempSe nsor PSx is set to None the Limit Value Monitoring
function will operate without backup sensors.
If ME AS I: B ackupTempSe n s or P Sx is set to Group 1 - 2, the defective
temperature sensor from group 1 is replaced by the corresponding sensor from
group 2.
If the backup temperature sensor from group 2 also fails it will be replaced by the
corresponding sensor from group 3, under the assumption that MEA SI:
BackupTempSensor PSx is set to Group 1 - 2/3.
The association of backup temperature sensors is listed below:
Main sensor Backup sensor from group 2, Backup sensor from group 3,
with setting: with setting:
Group 1 - 2 or Group 1 - 2/3 Group 1 - 2/3
T1 T4 T7
T2 T5 T8
T3 T6 T9
Should temperature sensor T1 fail, with the setting Group 1 - 2/3, it will be
replaced by T4. Should temperature sensor T4 also fail it will be replaced by T7.
For further details refer to section with the description of the “Limit Value
Monitoring”.
Application Example
A motor protection application is shown in the figure below with temperature
sensors T1 to T9 connected to the temperature p/c board (RTD module) and a
“PT 100” resistance thermometer connected to the analog (I/O) module Y.
RTD RTD
Phase RTD
Main Temp. Sensor
A B C Ambient temperature/
RTD Coolant temperature
Backup Temp. Sensor
RTD
RTD
RTD
RTD
RTD
RTD
RTD
RTD
Stator
RTD
RTD
Rotor
Bearing Bearing
Stator
19Z5236
Fig. 3-37: Temperature measurements on a motor to be used with the Limit Value Monitoring function (LIMIT) and
the Thermal Overload protection (THERM).
OUTP: Outp.rel.
block USER
[ 021 014 ]
0
OUTP: Outp.
1 relays blocked
≥1 [ 021 015 ]
0: No
1 ≥1
2
3
-K xxx
4
≥1
5
6
≥1
1: ES updating
2: ES manual reset
≥1
3: ES reset (fault)
OUTP: Fct.
assignment K xxx & S1 1
[ yyy xxx ]
R1
Signal 1
Signal 2
Signal 3 m out of n
Signal n
≥1 & ≥1
Selected signal
&
MAIN: General
starting OUTP: Latching
1 reset
[ 040 000 ] & [ 040 088 ]
FT_RC: System
disturb. runn
[ 035 004 ]
MAIN: General
reset USER
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
OUTP: Reset
latch. USER
[ 021 009 ]
1 1
100 ms
0: don't execute
1: execute
OUTP: Reset
latch. EXT
[ 040 015 ]
19Z8041A
Fig. 3-38: Configuration, setting the operating mode, and blocking the output relays.
OUTP: Relay
assign. f.test
[ 003 042 ]
OUTP: Fct.
assignment K xx1
[ AAA AAA ]
OUTP: Fct.
assignment K xx2
[ BBB BBB ]
OUTP: Fct.
assignment K xx3 -K xxx
[ CCC CCC ]
OUTP: Fct.
assignment K xxx
[ ZZZ ZZZ ]
0: don't execute
1: execute
Q6Z0139B
MEASI: General
enable USER
[ 011 100 ]
0
MEASI: Enabled
1
[ 035 008 ]
0: No
1: Yes
S8Z52H1A
INP: Fct.
assignm. U xxx
[ xxx xxx ]
U x1
U x2
U x3
U xx
S8Z52H5A
MEASO: Reset
output USER
[ 037 116 ]
1
0: don't execute
1: execute
MEASO: Output
MEASO: Reset reset
output EXT
[ 036 087 ] [ 037 117 ]
MAIN: General
reset USER
[ 003 002 ] MEASO: Reset
meas.val.outp.
1: execute 304 601
MAIN: Reset
indicat. USER
[ 021 010 ]
1: execute
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
MAIN: Reset
indicat. EXT
[ 065 001 ]
47Z13H6A
3.10.1.4 Scaling
Scaling is used to map the physical measuring range to the P132 inherent setting
range.
Scaling of analog output is also suited for directional-signed output of some fault
measurands, in particular fault location in percent.
Measurands Range
Scaling is made with reference to the complete range of values for the selected
measurand (variable Mx). The complete range of values is defined by their end
values Mx,RL1 and Mx,RL2. (Mx,RL1 and Mx,RL2 are listed in the operating
program S&R-103 - PC Access Software MiCOM S1 - under “minimum” and
“maximum”.)
Designation of the set values in the data "Scaled min. val. BCD" ... "Scaled max. val. BCD"
model
Measurands in the range "Measurands to BCD-Out min. value ... BCD-Out max. value
be output" (Valid BCD value)
Measurands Range
053 002 ME ASO: F ct. assi gnm. BC D FT_DA: Fa ult locat. pe rce nt
The following figure displays the values output as a function of the fault location.
The BCD value and the signal MEASO: Vali d BCD value = Yes are only issued
in the value range 0% to 200%.
200
FT_DA: Fault
-320% 0% 200% 320% locat. percent
[004 027]
47Z1040A
MEASO: 1-digit
bit 0 (BCD)
[ 037 051 ]
MEASO: 1-digit
bit 1 (BCD)
[ 037 052 ]
Setting blocked
MEASO: 1-digit
bit 2 (BCD)
[ 037 053 ]
MEASO: 10-digit
bit 0 (BCD)
[ 037 055 ]
MEASO: 10-digit
bit 1 (BCD)
MEASO: Reset [ 037 056 ]
meas.val.outp.
304 601 MEASO: 10-digit
bit 2 (BCD)
[ 037 057 ]
MEASO: 10-digit
bit 3 (BCD)
[ 037 058 ]
MEASO: 100-dig.
bit 0 (BCD)
[ 037 059 ]
Selected
MEASO: 100-dig.
meas. oper. value bit 1 (BCD)
[ 037 060 ]
Selected
Meas. event value
being updated
MEASO: Valid BCD
Selected meas. val. value
Value not measured [ 037 050 ]
MEASO: Fct.
assignm. BCD Meas. value ≥ 399
[ 053 002 ]
Measured value 1
Measured value 2
Measured value 3
Measured value n c1
c2
Scaling of the
BCD output
Selected meas. val. 1
++ 2
0 . . . 100 %
x: 3 MEASO: BCD-Out
037 122 max. value 037 143
19Z5264A
Fig. 3-44: BCD measured data output. Overflow behavior is displayed in BCD example (see previous figure).
Measurands Range
Scaled measurands with a scaled knee-point to be Mx,scal,min ... Mx,scal,knee ... Mx,scal,max
output with:
Mx,scal,min = (Mx,min - Mx,RL1) / (Mx,RL2 -
Mx,RL1
Mx,scal,knee = (Mx,knee - Mx,RL1) / (Mx,RL2 -
Mx,RL1)
Mx,scal,max = (Mx,max - Mx,RL1) / (Mx,RL2 -
Mx,RL1
Designation of the set values in the data model "Scal. min. value Ax" ...
... "Scal. knee-point Ax"
... "Scaled max. val. Ax"
Measurands Range
053 000 MEASO: F ct. assig nm. A-1 MAIN: Voltage A-B p.u.
037 104 MEASO: Scaled m in. val. A-1 0.013 (corresponds with 0.02 Vnom)
037 105 ME ASO: Scaled k ne e val. A -1 0.067 (corresponds with 0.10 Vnom)
037 106 MEASO: Sca le d m ax. val . A-1 0.667 (corresponds with 1.00 Vnom)
By setting MEASO: AnOu t m in. val. A -1, the user can specify the output
current that will be output when values are smaller than or equal to the set
minimum measured value to be transmitted. The setting at MEASO: AnO ut
max . va l. A-1 defines the output current that is output for the maximum
measured value to be transmitted. By defining the knee-point, the user can
obtain two characteristic curve sections with different slopes. When entering this
setting the user must keep in mind that only a rising/rising or falling/falling curve
sense is permitted (peaky or vee shapes not allowed). If the setting was not
properly entered, the signal SFMON: I nvalid scal ing A -1 will be issued.
A check of the set characteristic and its acceptance by the P132, if the setting was
properly entered, will only occur after the P132 is switched on-line again (with the
setting M A I N: D e v i c e o n - l i n e).
Ia / mA
20
Max. 18
output value
Knee point 16
output value
14
12
10
Min. 4
output value
2
0
0 0.02 0.1 1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 Vnom
0.013 0.067 0.667 1.0 Mx,scal
19Z5265A_EN
Fig. 3-45: Example of a characteristic curve for analog measured data output . In this example the range starting
value is = 0; also possible is directional-signed output (see corresponding example in section BCD Measured Data
Output).
Setting(s) blocked
MEASO: Enable
304 600
An. outp. ch.1 (A-1)
MEASO: Reset
meas.val.outp.
304 601
Selected
meas. oper. value
K x1
K x2 MEASO: Scaled
min. val. A-1
K x3 [ 037 104 ]
K xx MEASO: Scaled
knee val. A-1
[ 037 105 ]
MEASO: Value A-1
output MEASO: Scaled
[ 037 118 ] max. val. A-1
[ 037 106 ]
MEASO: AnOut
min. val. A-1
[ 037 107 ]
MEASO: Fct.
assignm. A-1
MEASO: AnOut
[ 053 000 ] knee point A-1
[ 037 108 ]
Measured value 1
MEASO: AnOut
max. val. A-1
Measured value 2 [ 037 109 ]
Measured value 3
Measured value n
SFMON: Invalid
Selected meas. val. scaling A-1
[ 093 114 ]
c1
0 100 % Value < AnOut range c2
c3
S8Z52H8A
H 17 (red) EDIT MODE Not configurable. H 17 indicates the input (edit) mode. Only when
the P132 is in this mode, can parameter settings be changed by
pressing the “Up” and “Down” keys. (See Section 6.2, (p. 6-2))
H 4 (red) TRIP With the P132 this LED indicator is customarily configured with
function MAIN: Ge n. tri p s ign al, but the configuration may be
modified.
H 5 to H 16 ― For each of these LED indicators both colors (red & green) may
be configured freely and independently.
TRIP
H18
ALARM
OUT OF SERVICE
HEALTHY
H19
EDIT MODE
H20
H21
H22
H23
10
11
12 -Hxx (red)
!G!
1: ES updating
2: ES manual reset
3: ES reset (fault)
≥1
4: ES reset (syst.dist)
5: NE updating
6: NE manual reset
7: ES updating bl
8: ES manual reset bl
9: ES reset (fault) bl
LED: State Hxx
10: ES rst (syst.dst) bl & red
[ zzz zzz ]
11: NE updating bl
&
12: NE manual reset bl &
& S1 1
R1
LED: Fct.assig.
Hxx red
[ yyy yyy ]
Signal 1
Signal 2
Signal 3 m out of n LED: State Hxx
& green
Signal n [ zzz zzz ]
&
&
Selected signals
& S1 1
R1
LED: Fct.assig.
Hxx green
[ yyy yyy ]
Signal 1
Signal 2 -Hxx (green)
Signal 3 m out of n
Signal n
&
FT_RC: Record.
in progress
[ 035 000 ]
&
FT_RC: System
disturb. runn
[ 035 004 ]
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
MAIN: General
reset USER
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute
45Z8000A
A
B
C
MAIN: Vref,nom
V.T. sec.
[ 031 052 ]
1U
V̲ref
2U
X X∙Y I̲A
IB
X X∙Y I̲B
IC X X∙Y I̲C
1: Standard
IN (Y = 1)
2: Opposite
(Y = -1)
X X∙Y I̲N
1: Standard
(Y = 1)
2: Opposite
(Y = -1)
MAIN: VNG,nom V.
T. sec.
[ 010 028 ]
n e
V̲N-G
n
V̲A-G
e V
V̲B-G
W
V̲C-G
N
19Z6402A
Fig. 3-49: Connecting the P132 measuring circuits (when the P132 is equipped with the RTD module; see
references in previous text).
Parameter Value
MAIN: Meas.
value rel. IP
MAIN: General [ 011 030 ]
start. int.
306 539
MAIN: Hardware c
fault
306 540
I̲A c1
I̲B c2
I̲C c3
c4
c5
c6
1 MAIN: Current A
p.u.
[ 005 041 ]
2 MAIN: Current B
p.u.
[ 006 041 ]
3 MAIN: Current C
p.u.
[ 007 041 ]
+
+ 4 MAIN: Current Σ
+ (IP) p.u.
[ 005 011 ]
5 MAIN: Current
COMP IP,max p.u.
[ 005 051 ]
6 MAIN: Current
IP,min p.u.
[ 005 056 ]
I̲max
MAIN: Inom C.T.
I̲min prim.
[ 010 001 ]
MAIN: Current A
prim.
[ 005 040 ]
MAIN: Current B
prim.
[ 006 040 ]
MAIN: Current C
prim.
[ 007 040 ]
MAIN: Current Σ
(IP) prim.
[ 005 010 ]
19Z6403A
MAIN: IA p.u.,
demand
[ 006 235 ]
MAIN: IB p.u.,
demand
[ 006 236 ]
MAIN: IC p.u.,
demand
[ 006 237 ]
MAIN: Settl. t. MAIN: IP,max p.
IP,max,del u.,demand
[ 010 113 ] [ 005 037 ]
MAIN: IA p.u.,
MAIN: Current A demand stor.
p.u.
R [ 006 232 ]
[ 005 041 ]
MAIN: IC p.u.,
MAIN: Current C demand stor.
p.u. [ 006 234 ]
[ 007 041 ] R
MAIN: IP,maxp.
MAIN: Current u.,demand.st
IP,max p.u. [ 005 035 ]
[ 005 051 ] R
MAIN: IA prim,
demand
[ 006 226 ]
MAIN: IB prim,
demand
[ 006 227 ]
MAIN: IC prim,
demand
[ 006 228 ]
MAIN: IP,max
prim.,demand
MAIN: Reset IP, [ 005 036 ]
max,st.USER
[ 003 033 ] MAIN: IA prim,
demand stor.
[ 006 223 ]
0
MAIN: IB prim,
1 demand stor.
[ 006 224 ]
MAIN: General 0: don't execute
reset USER
1: execute MAIN: IC prim,
[ 003 002 ] demand stor.
1: execute [ 006 225 ]
MAIN: General
reset EXT MAIN: IP,max
[ 005 255 ] prim,demand.st
MAIN: Reset IP, [ 005 034 ]
max,st. EXT
[ 005 211 ]
19Z6404A
Fig. 3-51: Measured operating data - phase current, part 2: demand values (delayed and stored phase currents and
maximum phase current).
MAIN: Meas.
MAIN: General value rel. IN
start. int.
306 539
[ 011 031 ]
MAIN: Hardware
fault
306 540
I̲N
MAIN: Current IN
p.u.
[ 004 044 ]
MAIN: IN,nom C.
T. prim.
[ 010 018 ]
MAIN: Current IN
prim.
[ 004 043 ]
S8Z5097A
3.12.3.4 Display of Demand Values – Delayed and Stored Values of the Three
Phase Currents
The P132 offers the option of a delayed display of the three phase currents. This
functionality is equivalent to the display of the maximum value of the three
phase currents (see description above, Fig. 3-53, (p. 3-85) and Fig. 3-51, (p. 3-
83)). However, in this case, the delayed phase current display will have reached
90 % (not 95 %) of IA , IB or IC , respectively, after the set delay.
The stored phase currents are implemented as for the stored maximum phase
current.
The delay for these six operating data values is set at MAIN: Set tl. t.
IP,max,del as for the delayed maximum phase current.
MAIN: Current
IP,max p.u.
[ 005 051 ]
MAIN: IP,max p.
u.,demand
[ 005 037 ]
MAIN: Current
IP,max p.u.
[ 005 051 ]
MAIN: IP,maxp.
u.,demand.st
[ 005 035 ]
MAIN: Current
IP,max p.u.
[ 005 051 ]
MAIN: IP,maxp.
u.,demand.st
[ 005 035 ]
Fig. 3-53: Operation of delayed and stored maximum phase current display – display of demand values.
V̲A-G COMP
V̲B-G
V̲C-G
V̲PG,max V̲PG,max
V̲PG,min V̲PG,min
+
+ Σ(VPG)/3 Σ(VPG)/3
+
+ V̲A-B
−
+ V̲B-C
−
+ V̲C-A
−
MAIN: Phase
sequence COMP
[ 010 049 ]
2 V̲PP,max V̲PP,max
1 2 V̲PP,min V̲PP,min
1: A - B - C
2: A - C - B
V̲neg V̲neg
V̲pos V̲pos
47Z0106A
Fig. 3-54: Determining the minimum and maximum phase-to-ground and phase-to-phase voltages as well as the
negative-sequence and positive-sequence voltages.
MAIN: General C
start. int.
306 539
V̲A-G C1
V̲B-G C2
V̲C-G C3
V̲PG,max C4
V̲PG,min C5
Σ(VPG)/3 C6
V̲A-B C7
V̲B-C C8
V̲C-A C9
V̲PP,max C10
V̲PP,min C11
MAIN: Voltage A
-G p.u.
V̲neg C12
[ 005 043 ]
V̲pos C13 MAIN: Voltage B
-G p.u.
[ 006 043 ]
MAIN: Voltage C
-G p.u.
[ 007 043 ]
1 MAIN: Voltage
VPG,max p.u.
2 [ 008 043 ]
MAIN: Voltage
VPG,min p.u.
3 [ 009 043 ]
MAIN: Volt. Σ
4 (VPG)/√3 p.u.
[ 005 013 ]
MAIN: Voltage A
5 -B p.u.
[ 005 045 ]
6 MAIN: Voltage B
-C p.u.
7 [ 006 045 ]
MAIN: Voltage C
8 -A p.u.
[ 007 045 ]
9 MAIN: Voltage
VPP,max p.u.
[ 008 045 ]
10 MAIN: Voltage
VPP,min p.u.
11 [ 009 045 ]
MAIN: Voltage
12 Vneg p.u.
[ 009 017 ]
13 MAIN: Voltage
Vpos p.u.
[ 009 018 ]
MAIN: Vnom V.T.
prim. MAIN: Voltage A
[ 010 002 ] -G prim.
[ 005 042 ]
MAIN: Voltage B
-G prim.
[ 006 042 ]
MAIN: Voltage C
-G prim.
[ 007 042 ]
MAIN: Volt. VPG,
max prim.
[ 008 042 ]
MAIN: Volt. VPG,
min prim.
[ 009 042 ]
MAIN: Volt. Σ
(VPG)/3 prim.
[ 005 012 ]
MAIN: Voltage A
-B prim.
[ 005 044 ]
MAIN: Voltage B
-C prim.
[ 006 044 ]
MAIN: Voltage C
-A prim.
[ 007 044 ]
MAIN: Volt. VPP,
max prim.
[ 008 044 ]
MAIN: Voltage
VPP,min prim
[ 009 044 ]
MAIN: Voltage
VPP,min prim
[ 009 044 ]
12Z6204B
MAIN: General
start. int.
306 539
MAIN: Hardware
fault MAIN: Meas. val.
306 018 rel. VNG
[ 011 033 ]
V̲N-G
MAIN: Voltage
VNG p.u.
[ 004 042 ]
MAIN: VNG,nom V.
T. prim.
[ 010 027 ]
MAIN: Voltage
VNG prim.
[ 004 041 ]
19Z5064A
MAIN: Hardware
fault
306 018
V̲ref
MAIN: Voltage
Vref p.u.
[ 005 047 ]
MAIN: Vref,nom
V.T. prim.
[ 010 100 ]
MAIN: Voltage
Vref prim.
[ 005 046 ]
47Z0109A
3.12.3.6 Measured Values for Power, Active Power Factor, and Angle
Calculation of these derived operating quantities is subject to the following
conditions:
● Values for active and reactive power will always be calculated and
displayed as these quantities are required for the subsequent energy
measurement. Greater deviations in measurements may occur with low
phase currents or a critical power factor value.
● The active power factor will be calculated only if the apparent power value
exceeds 5% of the nominal apparent power Snom.
● Load angles will be displayed only if the respective phase current exceeds
0.1·Inom and if the phase-to-ground voltage exceeds 1.5 V.
● The angle between the measured values for the residual current and the
neutral-point displacement voltage will only be displayed if the residual
current exceeds 0.02·IN,nom and the neutral-point displacement voltage
exceeds 1.5 V.
The setting for MAI N: Meas . directi on P, Q may be changed from Standard to
Opposite if the user wishes to have the following measured operating data
displayed with the opposite sign (see Fig. 3-58, (p. 3-90)):
● MA IN: Act ive powe r P p.u .
● MAI N: R eac. power Q p.u.
● MAI N: Act ive powe r P prim.
● MAI N: Reac. powe r Q pri m.
This setting parameter does not influence the remaining measured operating
data. It must be noted that inverting the sign will only affect the display of
measured operating data, all protection functions will internally use non-inverted
measured values.
MAIN: Active
power factor
[ 004 054 ]
MAIN: Appar.
I̲A > 0.025 Inom power S prim.
MAIN: Meas. [ 005 025 ]
direction P,Q
[ 006 096 ]
I̲B > 0.025 Inom
MAIN: Active
power P p.u.
X X · Y [ 004 051 ]
I̲C MAIN: Reac.
> 0.025 Inom X X · Y power Q p.u.
[ 004 053 ]
X X · Y MAIN: Active
power P prim.
V̲A-G > 1.5 V X X · Y [ 004 050 ]
MAIN: Reac.
1: Standard power Q prim.
(Y = 1) [ 004 052 ]
V̲B-G > 1.5 V 2: Opposite
(Y = -1)
[ 004 072 ]
MAIN: Angle
& C ΣVPG/IN p.u.
[ 005 072 ]
MAIN: Hardware
fault
306 018
19Z8003A
Fig. 3-58: Measured operating data – power, active power factor, and angle.
I̲A
I̲B
I̲C
I̲N
2: Reverse phase
47Z0112A
Fig. 3-59: Phase relation between calculated and measured residual current.
3.12.3.8 Frequency
The P132 determines the frequency from the voltage VA-B. This voltage needs to
exceed a minimum threshold of 0.65 Vnom in order for frequency to be
determined.
MAIN: General
start. int. C
306 539
MAIN: Hardware
fault
306 018 >0.65*Vnom
MAIN: Frequency
V̲A-G + C f p.u.
[ 004 070 ]
V̲B-G -
MAIN: Frequency f
f
[ 004 040 ]
12Z6209A
Energy values as 32 bit / text Energy values as 16 bit values Overflow counters for the 16 bit
values Value range: 0 … 655,35 MWh energy values
Value range: 0 … Value range: 0 … 10000
6553500.00 MWh
(008 065) MAIN: Act .energy (005 061) MAI N: A ct. en ergy (009 090) MA IN:
ou tp. prim outp.pri m No.ove rf l.act.e n. out
(008 066) MAIN: Act.e nergy (005 062) MAI N: A ct.en ergy (009 091) MA IN:
inp. p rim inp. prim No.ove rfl .act.en .i np
(008 067) M AIN: React .en. (005 063) MA IN: Re act.e n. (009 092) MAIN: No.ov/
outp. prim outp. prim f l.reac.en .out
(008 068) MAIN: Re act. en. (005 064) MAIN: Re act. en . (009 093) MA IN: No.ov/
inp. prim inp. prim fl .reac.en .inp
MAIN: Active
power P prim.
[ 004 050 ] ∫P(t) dt MAIN: Act.en-
ergy outp.prim
R [ 005 061 ]
MAIN: Reac.
power Q prim.
[ 004 052 ] ∫Q(t) dt MAIN: React.en.
MAIN: Reset outp. prim
meas.v.en.USER R [ 005 063 ]
[ 003 032 ]
0: don't execute
MAIN: No.ov/fl.
Overflow reac.en.inp
[ 009 093 ]
Transfer
19Z8033A
Fig. 3-61: Determining the active and reactive energy output and input.
1 ● Determination of the active and ● Constant load and slow load variations
reactive energy every 2 s (no significant load variations within
(approximately) 1 second).
● Reduced system loading ● Phase angles below 70° (cos φ > 0.3 ).
5%
2%
45° 70°
Phase Angle
S8Z0401B_EN
Fig. 3-62: Error of measurement in the determination of energy output resulting from the phase angle error of the
P132.
Error of measurement:
● Approx. ± 2 % of the measured value for |cos φ| ≥ 0.7
● Approx. ± 5 % of the measured value for |cos φ| ≥ 0.3
● where the whole measuring range is -180° ≤ φ ≤ 180°.
For phase angles φ with |cos φ| < 0.3, or when the error of measurement
resulting from the maximum phase-angle error is not acceptable, external
counters should be used to determine the energy output.
If the protection is disabled via a binary signal input that is configured for M A I N:
D i s a b l e p r o t e c t . E X T, the signal M A I N: B l o c k e d / f a u l t y is not issued.
MAIN: Device on
-line
[ 003 030 ]
0 0: No (= off)
1 MAIN: Protec-
tion active
0: No (= off) 306 001
1: Yes (= on)
INP: Fct.
assignm. U xxx
[ 152 xxx ]
U x1
U x2
U x3
U xx
MAIN: Enable
protect. EXT
[ 003 027 ]
MAIN: Prot. ext.
disabled
MAIN: Disable [ 038 046 ]
protect. EXT
[ 003 026 ]
D5Z5004A
MAIN: Syst.IN
enabled USER
[ 018 008 ]
0
MAIN: System IN
1 enabled
[ 040 133 ]
0: No
1: Yes
MAIN: System IN
disabled
[ 040 134 ]
INP: Fct.
assignm. U xxx
[ xxx xxx ]
U x1
U x2
U x3
U xx
MAIN: Syst.IN
ext/user en.
[ 040 132 ]
MAIN: System IN
enable EXT
[ 040 130 ]
MAIN: Enable
syst. IN USER
[ 003 142 ]
1
0: don't execute
1: execute
MAIN: Syst. IN
disable EXT
[ 040 131 ]
MAIN: Disable
syst.IN USER
[ 003 141 ]
1
0: don't execute
1: execute
19Z5005A
Fig. 3-64: Disabling or enabling the residual current systems of the DTOC/IDMT protection.
t1 = 0 s &
>0.05·Inom
MAIN: Current
I̲B flow B
[ 010 224 ]
MAIN: Current
I̲C flow C
[ 010 225 ]
19Z8039A
MAIN: Rush
restr. B trig.
& &
1 t [ 041 028 ]
I̲B
MAIN: Rush
restr. C trig.
& 1 &
t [ 041 029 ]
I̲C
>0.1 Inom
&
MAIN: Op. rush
restr. PSx
[ * ]
MAIN: Inrush
stabil. trigg
0 306 014
12Z7306A
MAIN: Funct.
Rush restr.PSx
[ * ]
m out of n
3 DTOC: Block.
DTOC: Starting I> Start. I> Px
450 137
040 036
3
DTOC: Starting DTOC: Block.
I>> Start. I>> Px
MAIN: Inrush 040 029 450 141
stabil. trigg 3
DTOC: Starting DTOC: Block.
306 014
I>>> Start. I>>> Px
039 075 450 145
IDMT1: Starting 3
IDMT1: Bl.Start.
Iref,P> Iref,P> Px
040 080 450 156
IDMT1: Starting
Iref,N> IDMT1: Bl.Start.
Iref,N>
040 081 450 160
IDMT2: Starting 3
IDMT2: Bl.Start.
Iref,P> Iref,P> Px
040 018 450 162
12Z7331A
Fig. 3-68: Selection of the stabilization criteria for the inrush stabilization.
MAIN: Inp.asg.
fct.block.1
[ 221 014 ]
Signal 1
Signal n
MAIN: Fct.
Selected signal block. 1 active
[ 221 015 ]
MAIN: Fct.
block. 2 active
[ 221 023 ]
MAIN: Inp.asg.
fct.block.2
[ 221 022 ]
Selected signal
F0Z5016A
MAIN: Fct.
assign. block. 1
[ 021 021 ]
Function 1
m out of n
Function 2
Function 3
MAIN: Blocking 1
EXT
[ 040 060 ]
MAIN: Fct.
assign. block. 2
[ 021 022 ]
Function 1
m out of n
Function 2
Function 3
MAIN: Blocking 2
EXT
[ 040 061 ]
D5Z50CLA
3.12.10 Blocked/Faulty
If the protective functions are blocked, the condition is signaled by continuous
illumination of the amber LED indicator H 2 on the local control panel and by a
signal from an output relay configured MAI N: B lock ed/fault y. In addition
functions can be selected that will issue the MA IN: Blocked/fau lty signal by
setting a “m out of n” parameter.
MAIN: Device on
-line
[ 003 030 ]
0: No (= off) MAIN: Device not
ready
[ 004 060 ]
MAIN: Blocked/
SFMON: Blocking faulty
[ 004 065 ]
304 951
MAIN: Fct.
assign. fault
[ 021 031 ]
Signal 1
m out of n
Signal 2
Signal 3
Signal n
Selected signals
D5Z50EHA
3.12.11 Coupling between Control and Protection for the CB Closed Signal
Bay type selection defines the external device (DEV01 or DEV02 or ...) that
represents the circuit breaker. Coupling between control and protection for the
“Closed” position signal is made by the setting MA IN: Sig. asg. CB close d. As
a result, the CB status signal needs to be assigned to one binary signal input only
if this coupling is implemented.
DEV01: Closed
signal EXT
[ 210 031 ]
DEV02: Closed
signal EXT
[ 210 081 ]
DEV03: Closed
signal EXT
[ 210 131 ]
MAIN: CB closed
Selected signal 3p EXT
[ 036 051 ]
MAIN: CB closed
3p EXT
[ 036 051 ]
12Z6268A
Fig. 3-72: Coupling between control and protection for the CB closed signal.
&
&
MAIN: CB closed
A EXT MAIN: CB closed A
& &
[ 031 029 ]
[ 031 035 ]
MAIN: CB open A
& &
[ 031 032 ]
[ 031 029 ]
configured
MAIN: CB open B
& &
[ 031 033 ]
[ 031 030 ]
configured
MAIN: CB open C
& &
[ 031 034 ]
[ 031 031 ]
configured
10 100 ms
5 0 t
MAIN: CB pos.
sig. implaus.
[ 031 041 ]
>0.05 Inom
Plausibility
check
I̲A
I̲B
I̲C
45Z1101B
MAIN: RC inh. by
CB close
[ 015 042 ]
0: No
1: Yes
0
MAIN: Man. cl.
1 t cmd.enabl.
1 [ 039 113 ]
0: No
1: Yes
0 &
0: don't execute
1: execute MAIN: Man. close
command
500ms [ 037 068 ]
&
ASC: Manual
close request
305 000 &
MAIN: Reset c.
cl/tr.cUSER
[ 003 007 ]
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
MAIN: Rst.c.cl./
tripc. EXT
[ 005 210 ] 19Z80CKA
MAIN: Inp.asg.
mult.sig. 1
[ 221 051 ]
Signal 1
Signal 2
Signal 3
Signal n
COMM1: Reset
mult. sig. 1 MAIN: Mult. sig.
[ --- --- ] 2 stored
S 11 [ 221 055 ]
COMM1: Reset
mult. sig. 2 R1
[ --- --- ]
MAIN: General
reset USER
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
OUTP: Reset
latching
402 102
306 020
12Z62FMA
MAIN: Ground
fault
[ 041 087 ]
V̲A-G
V̲B-G V̲min
V̲C-G
MAIN: Ground
V̲min=V̲A-G fault A
[ 041 054 ]
V̲min=V̲B-G
V̲min=V̲C-G
MAIN: Ground
fault B
[ 041 055 ]
MAIN: Ground
fault C
[ 041 056 ]
S8Z5081A
GFDSS: Ground
fault (curr.)
[ 009 038 ]
TGFD: Ground
fault
[ 004 033 ]
TGFD: Forward /
LS
[ 004 031 ]
TGFD: Backward /
BS
[ 004 032 ]
S8Z0182A
MAIN: Suppr.
start.sig. PSx
[ * ]
0 t
304 360
DTOC: Starting C
MAIN: Starting C
305 460 &
IDMT: Starting C [ 040 007 ]
304 361
MAIN: Starting
G int.
MAIN: Bl.tim.st. 306 516
IN,neg PSx MAIN: Starting
[ * ] Ineg int.
306 517
0
& MAIN: Bl. timer
1 st. IN,neg
306 400
&
2
0: Without
Fig. 3-78: Phase-selective starting signals. (Only IDMT1 is shown; the logic, however, also applies to IDMT2 with
different numerical addresses.)
MAIN: Gen.
start. mode PSx
[ * ]
MAIN: Gen.
0 start. mode PSx
[ * ]
1 1: With start. IN, Ineg
[ 040 036 ]
IDMT1: Starting MAIN: General
Iref,P> & starting
[ 040 080 ] [ 040 000 ]
DTOC: Starting
I>> MAIN: General
[ 040 029 ] start. int.
306 539
DTOC: Starting
I>>>
[ 039 075 ]
[ 040 009 ]
IDMT1: Starting
Iref,neg>
[ 040 107 ]
DTOC: Starting
Ineg>
[ 036 145 ]
DTOC: Starting
Ineg>>
[ 036 146 ]
DTOC: Starting
Ineg>>>
[ 036 147 ]
MAIN: Block
start. signal
* Parameter MAIN: Gen. MAIN: tGS PSx
306 512 start. mode PSx
set 1 017 027 017 005
set 2 001 219 001 225
set 3 001 220 001 226
set 4 001 221 001 227
12Z6201A
Fig. 3-79: General starting. (Only IDMT1 is shown; the logic, however, also applies to IDMT2 with different numerical
addresses.)
DTOC: tIN>>>>
elapsed
[ 035 040 ]
IDMT1: tIref,N>
elapsed
[ 040 083 ]
12Z5122A
Fig. 3-80: Multiple signaling by the DTOC and IDMT protection functions. (Only IDMT1 is shown; the logic, however,
also applies to IDMT2 with different numerical addresses.)
0
MAIN: Trip cmd.
1 blocked
[ 021 013 ]
0: No
1: Yes
MAIN: Trip cmd.
block. EXT
[ 036 045 ]
MAIN: Fct.
assig.trip cmd.1
[ 021 001 ]
Signal 1
Signal 2 m out of n
Signal n
MAIN: Gen. trip
Selected signals signal 1
[ 036 005 ]
MAIN: Min.dur.
trip cmd. 1
[ 021 003 ]
0: No
1: Yes
MAIN: Fct.
assig.trip cmd.2
[ 021 002 ]
Signal 1
Signal 2 m out of n
Signal n
0: No
1: Yes
ARC: Trip signal
[ 039 099 ]
MAIN: Rset.
latch.trip USER
[ 021 005 ]
0
MAIN: Latch.
1 trip c. reset
[ 040 139 ]
0: don't execute
19Z5007A
1: Yes
47Z01AWA
1 ≥1
MAIN: General 0: don't execute
reset USER
[ 003 002 ] 1: execute
1: execute
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
MAIN: Rst.c.cl./
tripc. EXT
[ 005 210 ]
12Z6190A
0
MAIN: Manual
1 1 trip signal
[ 034 017 ]
0: don't execute 100 ms
1: execute
MAIN: Man. trip
cmd. EXT
[ 037 018 ]
19Z5008A
MAIN: Inp.
assign. tripping
[ 221 010 ]
Signal 1
Signal 2
Signal 3
Signal n
Selected signal ≥1
MAIN: Prot.
trip>CB tripped
MAIN: Gen. trip [ 221 012 ]
command 1
[ 036 071 ]
0
1
MAIN: Gen. trip
command 2 2
[ 036 022 ]
≥1 3
0 ... 3
0: Without function
1: Gen. trip command 1
2: Gen. trip command 2
3: Gen.trip command 1/2
DEV01: Switch.
device open
[ 210 036 ]
DEV02: Switch.
device open
[ 210 086 ]
DEV03: Switch.
device open
[ 210 136 ] MAIN: CB trip
& internal
Selected signal [ 221 006 ]
MAIN: Inp.asg.
CB tr.en.ext
[ 221 050 ]
MAIN: CB tripped
≥1
Selected signal & [ 221 016 ]
MAIN: Inp.asg.
CB trip ext
[ 221 024 ]
Selected signal
ARC: Sig.
interr. CB trip
[ 036 040 ]
12Z6869B
DVICE: Module A
not fitted
307 140
19Z5070A
MAIN: Date
[ 003 090 ]
[ 003 091 ]
MAIN: Time
switching
[ 003 095 ]
MAIN: Min-pulse
clock EXT
[ 060 060 ]
306 021
0: Standard time
1: Daylight saving time
Q6Z0152B
Fig. 3-87: Date/time setting and clock synchronization with minute pulses presented at a binary signal input.
MAIN: General
reset USER
[ 003 002 ]
1 1: execute
0: don't execute
1: execute
MAIN: Reset
indicat. USER
[ 021 010 ]
0: don't execute
1: execute MAIN: Reset LED
≥1
306 020
MAIN: Reset
indicat. EXT
[ 065 001 ]
12Z6115A
Fig. 3-88: General reset, LED reset and measured event data reset from the local control panel.
m out of n
OP_RC: Reset
record. EXT
[005 213]
0 0
1 ≥1 & 1 ≥1 &
0: don't execute 0: don't execute
m out of n m out of n
12Z61RMB
Fig. 3-89: “CLEAR” key on the local control panel and, as an example, group resetting of the operating data
recording (e.g. as an example for the reset signal O P _ R C: R e s e t r e c o r d . E X T.
A complete list of all resetting parameters that can be used in the way shown in
Fig. 3-89, (p. 3-122) can be obtained from the separately available
DataModelExplorer: Look up the setting parameter MAIN: Fct.assign. rese t 1
in the file P132‑650_en_Addresses.pdf, and there follow the link to the referenced
config. table.
MAIN: Chann.
assign.COMM1/2
[ 003 169 ]
1: COMM1->chann.1,(2-2)
2: COMM1->chann.2,(2-1)
"Logical"
Communic. interface
COMM1
Comm. interface
Channel 1
"Logical"
Communic. interface
COMM2
Comm. interface
Channel 2
45Z5171A
0
MAIN: Test mode
1
[ 037 071 ]
0: No
1: Yes
D5Z50EBA
0: No
2
U x1
3
U x2
4
U x3
1: Parameter subset 1
U xx
2: Parameter subset 2
Address 065 002
PSS: Actual
1 4 param. subset
[ 003 062 ]
PSS: PS 1 active
[ 036 090 ]
PSS: Activate PS
1 EXT PSS: PS 2 active
[ 065 002 ]
[ 036 091 ]
PSS: Activate PS
4 EXT
[ 065 005 ]
1 4
PSS: Keep time
[ 003 063 ]
1
PSS: Ext.sel.
0 4 param.subset
[ 003 061 ]
PSS: PS 1
activated ext.
[ 036 094 ]
PSS: PS 2
activated ext.
[ 036 095 ]
PSS: PS 3
activated ext.
[ 036 096 ]
PSS: PS 4
activated ext.
[ 036 097 ]
D5Z5002A
3.14.3 Signal
The monitoring signals are also signaled via the output relay configured SFMON:
Warni ng (rel ay). The output relay operates as long as an internal fault is
detected.
SFMON: Fct.
assign. warning
[ 021 030 ]
Signal 1
m out of n
Signal 2
Signal 3
Signal n
SFMON: Warning
Selected monit. sig. (LED)
[ 036 070 ]
SFMON: Warning
SFMON: Hardware (relay)
fault [ 036 100 ]
304 950
Q6Z0154A
OP_RC: Operat.
data record.
[ 003 024 ]
Operating memory
MAIN: Oper.-
relev. signal
306 024
0: don't execute
1: execute
12Z61CMA
Fig. 3-94: Operating data recording and counter for signals relevant to system operation.
MT_RC: Mon.
signal record.
[ 003 001 ]
SFMON: Hardware
fault
304 950
MT_RC: Reset
record. USER
[ 003 008 ]
CT30 SFMON: Overflow
≥1 MT_RC
[ 090 012 ]
0
MT_RC: No.
1 ≥1 monit. signals
[ 004 019 ]
0: don't execute
1: execute
MT_RC: Reset
record. EXT
[ 005 240 ]
12Z6155A
Fig. 3-95: Monitoring signal recording and the monitoring signal counter.
MAIN: General ≥1
reset USER
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
OL_RC: Reset
record. EXT
[ 005 241 ]
OL_RC: Reset
record. USER
[ 100 003 ]
1: execute
50Z0137A
OL_DA: T.taken
MP: Startup f.startup,MP
[ 040 119 ] [ 005 096 ]
OL_DA: Start-up
current, MP
[ 005 098 ]
MP: IP,max r.m.s.
/Iref
304 740
OL_DA: Heat.dur.
start-up,MP
[ 005 097 ]
19Z5280A
OL_RC: Record.
in progress C
[ 035 003 ]
MAIN: General
reset USER
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute ≥1
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
OL_RC: Reset
record. EXT
[ 005 241 ]
OL_RC: Reset
record. USER
[ 100 003 ]
1: execute
12Z6238A
Fig. 3-98: Measured overload values from the thermal overload protection.
OL_RC: Record.
in progress
[ 035 003 ]
THERM: Starting
k*Iref>
[ 041 108 ] +
R OL_RC: No.
overload
[ 004 101 ]
MAIN: General
reset USER
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
OL_RC: Reset
record. EXT
[ 005 241 ]
OL_RC: Reset
record. USER
[ 100 003 ]
1: execute
52Z01C3A
OL_RC: Record. C
in progress
[ 035 003 ]
Signal 3 1
OL_RC: Overload
n recording 1
Measured value 1
1 033 020
Measured value 2
2 033 021
Measured value 3
3 033 022
Measured value N
4 033 023
MAIN: Time tag
306 021 5 033 024
MAIN: General
1 ≥1
reset USER 0: don't execute
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute
1: execute
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
OL_RC: Reset
record. EXT
[ 005 241 ]
12Z6117A
MAIN: General ≥1
reset USER
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
GF_RC: Reset
record. EXT
[ 005 242 ]
GF_RC: Reset
record. USER
[ 100 000 ]
1: execute
50Z01DWA
S1 1 & C
R1
GF_DA: GF dura-
GFDSS: VNG> tion pow.meas
triggered & +
[ 009 024 ]
304 151
R
GFDSS: GF (pow.)
ready
[ 038 026 ] R
≥1
GFDSS: Grd.
fault pow./adm.
[ 009 037 ] ≥1
MAIN: General
reset USER
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
MAIN: Reset LED
306 020
50Z0144A
Fig. 3-102: Measurement and storage of the ground fault duration from steady state power evaluation.
GFDSS: Grd. C
fault pow./adm.
[ 009 037 ]
GF_DA: Current
I̲N IN p.u.
[ 009 021 ]
R
GFDSS: Direct.
forward/LS C
[ 009 035 ]
≥1
GFDSS: Direct.
backward/BS
[ 009 036 ]
GFDSS: Current GF_DA: Curr. IN,
IN,act p.u. act p.u.
[ 004 045 ] [ 009 022 ]
& ≥1 R
GF_DA: Voltage
GFDSS: V̲NG VNG p.u.
[ 009 020 ]
304 150
R
MAIN: General
reset USER
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute ≥1
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
MAIN: Reset LED
306 020
50Z0145A
Fig. 3-103: Residual current and neutral-point displacement voltage from steady state value evaluation.
S1 1 & C
R1
R
≥1
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
MAIN: Reset LED
306 020
50Z0148A
Fig. 3-104: Measurement and storing the ground fault duration as determined by steady state current evaluation.
GF_DA: Current
I̲N IN p.u.
[ 009 021 ]
R
GF_DA: Curr. IN
GFDSS: I̲N filt. p.u.
filtered [ 009 025 ]
304 159
R
MAIN: General
reset USER
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute ≥1
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
MAIN: Reset LED
306 020
50Z0151A
S1 1 & C
R1
GFDSS: Admit- R
tance ready
[ 038 167 ] R
≥1
GFDSS: Grd.
fault pow./adm.
[ 009 037 ] ≥1
MAIN: General
reset USER
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
MAIN: Reset LED
306 020
50Z0152A
Fig. 3-106: Measurement and storing the ground fault duration from admittance evaluation.
GFDSS: Grd.
fault pow./adm. C
[ 009 037 ]
GFDSS: Op.del.Y
(N)> elapsed C
304 175
GFDSS: Direct.
forward/LS C
[ 009 035 ] ≥1
GFDSS: Direct.
backward/BS
[ 009 036 ]
GFDSS: Conduct.
G(N) p.u. GF_DA: Conduct.
G(N) p.u.
[ 004 192 ]
[ 009 066 ]
& ≥1 R
GFDSS: Suscept.
B(N) p.u. GF_DA: Suscept.
[ 004 193 ] B(N) p.u.
[ 009 067 ]
R
GF_DA: Voltage
GFDSS: V̲NG VNG p.u.
304 150
[ 009 020 ]
R
MAIN: General
reset USER
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute ≥1
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
MAIN: Reset LED
306 020
50Z0153A
MAIN: Ground
fault GF_RC: Record.
≥1 in progress
[ 041 087 ] [ 035 005 ]
MAIN: Gnd. fault
forw./LS
[ 041 088 ]
MAIN: Gnd. fault
backw./BS
[ 041 089 ]
MAIN: General
reset USER GF_RC: No.
+ ground faults
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute [ 004 100 ]
≥1 R
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
GF_RC: Reset
record. USER
[ 100 000 ]
1: execute
GF_RC: Reset
record. EXT
[ 005 242 ]
50Z01B8A
GF_RC: Record. C
in progress
[ 035 005 ]
Signal 3 1
GF_RC: Ground
n flt.record. n
Measured value 1
1 033 010
Measured value 2
2 033 011
Measured value 3
3 033 012
Measured value N
1 ≥1
MAIN: General 0: don't execute
reset USER
[ 003 002 ] 1: execute
1: execute
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
GF_RC: Reset
record. EXT
[ 005 242 ]
12Z6141A
FT_DA: Running
MAIN: General time
start. int. +
306 539 [ 004 021 ]
R
≥1
MAIN: General ≥1
reset USER
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute ≥1
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
50Z01A9A
Depending on the setting a fault location output will occur during a general
starting state or during a general starting state with a simultaneous general trip
signal.
FT_DA: Start
data acqu. PSx
[ * ]
1: End of fault
2: Trigger/Trip/End
FT_DA: Output
MAIN: General meas. values
start. int. 305 075
306 539
FT_DA: Outp.
flt.locat. PSx
FT_DA: Trigger [ * ]
EXT
[ 036 088 ]
1
Fig. 3-111: Enabling of measured fault data acquisition and fault location output.
A IA-kG / VA-G
B IB-kG / VB-G
C IC-kG / VC-G
FT_DA: Abs.
value kG PSx
[ * ]
FT_DA: Angle kG
PSx
[ * ]
I̲A
k̲G·I̲N FT_DA: I̲N·k̲G
I̲B
I̲C 307 125
FT_DA: I̲A-I̲N·k̲G
307 126
FT_DA: I̲B-I̲N·k̲G
307 127
FT_DA: I̲C-I̲N·k̲G
307 128
19Z5009A
MAIN: Starting
A int.
306 513
MAIN: Starting
B int.
306 514
MAIN: Starting
C int.
306 515
MAIN: Starting
G int.
306 516
FT_DA: I̲A-I̲N·k̲G
307 126
FT_DA: I̲B-I̲N·k̲G
307 127
FT_DA: I̲C-I̲N·k̲G
307 128
I̲A
I̲B
I̲C
V̲A-G
V̲B-G
V̲C-G
MAIN: Vmeas
306 544
MAIN: Imeas
306 545
[ 010 198 ]
19Z8071A
The fault must be present for at least 60 ms so that fault measured variables
(short-circuit data) may be determined.
To determine short-circuit data the selected measured variables Imeas and Vmeas
are applied when the fault was identified by the fault data acquisition function.
One phase current is selected as the fault current corresponding to the
measuring loop selected. In the case of multi-phase starting, this is the current of
the leading phase in the cycle. The primary fault reactance is calculated from the
per-unit fault reactance using the nominal data for the set primary current and
voltage transformers.
The ground fault data are only determined if a phase-to-ground loop has been
selected for the measurement by the fault data acquisition function. The
geometric sum of the three phase currents is displayed as the ground fault
current. The ground fault angle is the phase displacement between ground fault
current and the selected measuring voltage.
60 ms 0
MAIN: General C1
start. int. ≥1
306 539
MAIN: M.c.b.
trip V EXT
≥1
[ 004 061 ] C 1,3,4
1 FT_DA: Fault
MAIN: V.T. not current P p.u.
fitted C2 [ 004 025 ]
306 554 R
4 FT_DA: Flt.volt.
1 PG/PP prim
[ 010 217 ]
R
2 ... 3
MAIN: Sel. meas. C1
loop A-G 1
306 546
1 FT_DA: Fault
loop angle P
4 [ 004 024 ]
MAIN: Sel. meas. C2 R
loop B-G
306 547
1 ... 3
2 FT_DA: Fault
curr. N p.u.
[ 004 049 ]
R
V<2V
FT_DA: Fault
2 curr. N prim.
[ 010 216 ]
R
MAIN: Vmeas C
306 544
MAIN: General
reset USER
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute ≥1
MAIN: General
reset EXT FT_DA: Meas.
[ 005 255 ] loop selected
[ 004 079 ]
MAIN: Reset LED
306 020
19Z8055A
FT_DA: Line
length PSx
[ * ]
FT_DA: Line
reactance PSx
[ * ]
FT_DA: Output C
fault locat.
305 076
FT_DA: Fault
FT_DA: Fault location
reactance,sec. [ 004 022 ]
[ 004 028 ] R
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
FT_RC: I>
[ 017 065 ]
FT_RC: I>
I̲A triggered
[ 040 063 ]
I̲B
I̲C
FT_RC: Fct.
assig. trigger
[ 003 085 ]
Signal 1
Signal 2
m out of n
Signal 3
Signal n
Selected signals
FT_RC: Record.
FT_RC: Trigger trig active
USER [ 002 002 ]
[ 003 041 ]
0: don't execute
FT_RC: No. of
MAIN: General + faults
reset USER [ 004 020 ]
[ 003 002 ]
≥1 R
1: execute
MAIN: General
reset EXT FT_RC: No.
[ 005 255 ] + system disturb.
[ 004 010 ]
FT_RC: Reset
record. USER R
[ 003 006 ]
1: execute
FT_RC: Reset
record. EXT
[ 005 243 ]
FT_RC: System
& disturb. runn
≥1 [ 035 004 ]
ARC: Cycle
running
[ 037 000 ]
& S1 1
R1
12Z6221A
FT_RC: Record. C
in progress
[ 035 000 ]
FT_RC: Fault
Signal 1 + CT200 mem. overflow
1 ≥1 [ 035 001 ]
Signal 2 1 R
Signal 3 1
FT_RC: Pre-
fault time
[ 003 078 ]
FT_RC: Post-
fault time
[ 003 079 ]
FT_RC: Fault
n recording n
Fault memory n
1 003 000
2 033 001
3 033 002
MAIN: General
reset USER &
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute R
≥1
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
FT_RC: Reset
record. EXT
[ 005 243 ]
FT_RC: Reset
record. USER
[ 003 006 ]
1 1: execute
0: don't execute
1: execute
12Z6161B
FT_RC: Record.
in progress C
[ 035 000 ]
FT_RC: Max.
recording time
[ 003 075 ]
FT_RC: Pre-
fault time
[ 003 078 ]
FT_RC: Post-
fault time
[ 003 079 ]
f Analog channel 10
R
FT_RC: Reset
record. USER
[ 003 006 ]
1: execute
≥1
MAIN: General
reset USER
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
FT_RC: Reset
record. EXT
[ 005 243 ]
19Z8020A
DTOC: General
enable USER
[ 022 075 ]
0
DTOC: Enabled
1
[ 040 120 ]
0: No
1: Yes
[ * ]
19Z5089A
The trip signals from the DTOC function (stages I>, I>>, I>>>, IN>, IN>>, IN>>>) can
be blocked by the short-circuit direction determination function. Depending on
the setting of the short-circuit direction determination function, the trip signal of
the stages will be enabled.
DTOC: Enabled
MAIN: Dynam.
param. active
[ 040 090 ]
DTOC: Starting A
305 458
DTOC: I> PSx
c DTOC: Starting B
&
[ * ] 305 459
SCDD: Fault P
forward
[ 036 018 ]
SCDD: Fault P
backward
[ 036 019 ]
Parameter DTOC: I> PSx DTOC: I> dynam- DTOC: tI> PSx DTOC: Mode timer SCDD: Direc-
* ic PSx start PSx tion tI> PSx
set 1 017 000 017 080 017 004 002 138 017 071
set 2 073 007 073 032 073 019 002 139 077 237
set 3 074 007 074 032 074 019 002 142 078 237
set 4 075 007 075 032 075 019 002 143 079 237
19Z8010A
DTOC: Enabled
MAIN: Dynam.
param. active
[ 040 090 ]
3
DTOC: Block.
Start. I>> Px DTOC: Starting A
450 141
305 458
I̲A
& DTOC: Starting
I>>
I̲B
& [ 040 029 ]
I̲C
&
SCDD: Fault P
forward
[ 036 018 ]
SCDD: Fault P
backward
[ 036 019 ]
Parameter DTOC: I>> PSx DTOC: I>> dy- DTOC: tI>> PSx DTOC: Mode timer SCDD: Direc-
* namic PSx start PSx tion tI>> PSx
set 1 017 001 017 084 017 006 002 138 017 072
set 2 073 008 073 033 073 020 002 139 077 238
set 3 074 008 074 033 074 020 002 142 078 238
set 4 075 008 075 033 075 020 002 143 079 238
19Z8014A
DTOC: Enabled
MAIN: Dynam.
param. active
[ 040 090 ]
3
DTOC: Block.
Start. I>>> Px DTOC: Starting A
450 145
305 458
DTOC: Starting C
305 460
& c
[ * ]
I̲A
& DTOC: Starting
I>>>
& [ 039 075 ]
I̲B
I̲C
&
SCDD: Fault P
forward
[ 036 018 ]
SCDD: Fault P
backward
[ 036 019 ]
Parameter DTOC: I>>> PSx DTOC: I>>> dy- DTOC: tI>>> PSx DTOC: Mode timer SCDD: Direc-
* namic PSx start PSx tion tI>>> PSx
set 1 017 002 017 085 017 007 002 138 007 230
set 2 073 009 073 034 073 021 002 139 007 231
set 3 074 009 074 034 074 021 002 142 007 232
set 4 075 009 075 034 075 021 002 143 007 233
19Z8015A
ARC: Blocking
trip
[ 042 000 ]
19Z8008A
Fig. 3-123: Trip signals from the DTOC phase current stages.
DTOC: Block.
Start. Ineg>
450 153
DTOC: Block.
Start. Ineg>>
450 154
DTOC: Block.
Start. Ineg>>>
450 155
DTOC: Enabled
[ 040 120 ] &
MAIN: Protec-
tion active
306 001
MAIN: Dynam.
param. active
[ 040 090 ]
DTOC: Block.
tIneg> EXT DTOC: tIneg> PSx
[ 036 141 ] C
[ * ]
MAIN: Bl. timer
st. IN,neg DTOC: Ineg> PSx
306 400
& c [ * ]
t 0
DTOC: tIneg>
DTOC: Ineg> dy- elapsed
MAIN: Phase namic PSx [ 036 148 ]
sequence & c [ * ]
[ 010 049 ]
DTOC: Starting
I̲A Ineg>
& [ 036 145 ]
I̲B Ineg
I̲C
DTOC: Trip
& signal tIneg>
[ 036 151 ]
ARC: Blocking
trip
[ 042 000 ]
DTOC: tIneg>>
DTOC: Block. PSx
tIneg>> EXT C
[ 036 142 ] [ * ]
DTOC: Starting
& Ineg>>
[ 036 146 ]
DTOC: Trip
& signal tIneg>>
[ 036 152 ]
DTOC: Ineg>>>
c PSx
& [ * ]
t 0 DTOC: tIneg>>>
DTOC: Ineg>>> elapsed
dynamic PSx [ 036 150 ]
& c
[ * ]
DTOC: Starting
Ineg>>>
& [ 036 147 ]
DTOC: Trip
& signal tIneg>>>
MAIN: Gen.
start. mode PSx [ 036 153 ]
[ * ]
1: With start. IN, Ineg
Parameter DTOC: Ineg> PSx DTOC: Ineg> dy- DTOC: tIneg> PSx DTOC: Ineg>> PSx DTOC: Ineg>> dy- DTOC: tIneg>>
* namic PSx namic PSx PSx
set 1 072 011 076 200 072 023 072 012 076 201 072 024
set 2 073 011 077 200 073 023 073 012 077 201 073 024
set 3 074 011 078 200 074 023 074 012 078 201 074 024
set 4 075 011 079 200 075 023 075 012 079 201 075 024
DTOC: Trip
DTOC: tIneg>> signal tIneg>>
elapsed & [ 036 152 ]
[ 036 149 ]
MAIN: Gen.
start. mode PSx
[ * ] Parameter MAIN: Gen.
*
1: With start. IN, Ineg start. mode PSx
set 1 017 027
set 2 001 219
set 3 001 220
set 4 001 221
19Z5282B
Fig. 3-125: Trip signals from the DTOC negative-sequence current stages.
I̲A
I̲B 1
I̲C
2
DTOC: Eval.
IN>>> PSx
[ * ]
DTOC: IN>>>>
310 066
DTOC: Eval. IN> DTOC: Eval. IN>> DTOC: Eval.
* Parameter PSx PSx IN>>> PSx
DTOC: Block.
Start. IN>
450 149
DTOC: Block.
Start. IN>> DTOC: Starting N
450 150 305 461
DTOC: Block.
Start. IN>>>
450 151
DTOC: Block.
Start. IN>>>>
450 152
DTOC: tIN> PSx
DTOC: Blocking C
tIN> EXT
[ 041 063 ] [ * ]
DTOC: IN> PSx
& c [ * ]
MAIN: Bl. timer
st. IN,neg t 0
306 400 DTOC: tIN>
DTOC: IN> dy- elapsed
c namic PSx [ 040 013 ]
&
[ * ]
DTOC: I̲N
&
DTOC: Starting
IN>
307 150
[ 040 077 ]
&
DTOC: Starting
IN>>>
[ 039 078 ]
&
DTOC: Enabled DTOC: Starting
IN>>>>
[ 040 120 ] & [ 035 031 ]
MAIN: System IN
enabled
[ 040 133 ]
* Parameter DTOC: IN> PSx DTOC: IN> dy- DTOC: tIN> PSx DTOC: IN>> PSx DTOC: IN>> dy- DTOC: tIN>> PSx
namic PSx namic PSx
set 1 017 003 017 081 017 008 017 009 017 086 017 010
set 2 073 015 073 035 073 027 073 016 073 036 073 028
set 3 074 015 074 035 074 027 074 016 074 036 074 028
set 4 075 015 075 035 075 027 075 016 075 036 075 028
* Parameter DTOC: IN>>> PSx DTOC: IN>>> dy- DTOC: tIN>>> PSx DTOC: IN>>>> PSx DTOC: IN>>>> DTOC: tIN>>>>
namic PSx dyn. PSx PSx
set 1 017 018 017 087 017 019 072 018 072 036 072 030
set 2 073 017 073 037 073 029 073 018 072 105 073 030
set 3 074 017 074 037 074 029 074 018 072 202 074 030
set 4 075 017 075 037 075 029 075 018 072 219 075 030
19Z8083A
SCDD: Block.
direct. tIN>>
304 464
MAIN: Gen.
start. mode PSx
[ * ] * Parameter MAIN: Gen.
start. mode PSx
1: With start. IN, Ineg
set 1 017 027
set 2 001 219
set 3 001 220
set 4 001 221
12Z5103B
Fig. 3-128: Trip signal from the DTOC residual current stages.
DTOC: Puls.prol.
IN>,intPSx
[ * ]
DTOC: tIN,
interm. PSx
[ * ]
DTOC: Hold-t.
tIN>,intmPSx
[ * ]
DTOC: Pulse
prolong. runn.
305 462
DTOC: H.-time
tIN>,i. runn
[ 040 086 ]
MAIN: General
starting DTOC: tIN>,
[ 040 000 ] interm. elapsed
[ 040 099 ]
19Z5019A
DTOC: Starting
IN>
[ 040 077 ]
DTOC: Pulse
prolong. runn.
305 462
DTOC: H.-time
tIN>,i. runn
[ 040 086 ]
DTOC: t2 N
305 454
Settings
S8Z5001A
Fig. 3-130: Signal flow for values below the accumulation limit value.
DTOC: Starting
IN>
[ 040 077 ]
DTOC: Pulse
prolong. runn.
305 462
DTOC: H.-time
tIN>,i. runn
[ 040 086 ]
DTOC: t2 N
305 454
Settings
19Z5243A
Fig. 3-131: Signal flow for values at the accumulation limit value.
IDMT1: General
enable USER
[ 017 096 ]
0
IDMT1: Enabled
1
[ 040 100 ]
0: No
1: Yes
IDMT1: Enable
PSx
[ * ]
19Z5020A
Fig. 3-132: Disabling or enabling IDMT protection. (Only IDMT1 is shown; the logic, however, also applies to IDMT2
with different numerical addresses.)
a
Per IEC 255–3 t =k· I b
(I ) -1
ref
1 Standard Inverse 0.14 0.02
2 Very Inverse 13.50 1.00
3 Extremely Inverse 80.00 2.00
4 Long Time Inverse 120.00 1.00
a k ·R
Per IEEE C37.112 t = k ·( I + c) tr = I 2
(I )b - 1 (I ) -1
ref ref
5 Moderately Inverse 0.0515 0.0200 0.1140 4.85
6 Very Inverse 19.6100 2.0000 0.4910 21.60
7 Extremely Inverse 28.2000 2.0000 0.1217 29.10
a k ·R
Per ANSI t = k ·( I + c) tr = I 2
b
(I ) -1 (I ) -1
ref ref
8 Normally Inverse 8.9341 2.0938 0.17966 9.00
9 Short Time Inverse 0.2663 1.2969 0.03393 0.50
10 Long Time Inverse 5.6143 1.0000 2.18592 15.75
1
11 RI-Type Inverse t =k· 0.236
0.339 - I
(I )
ref
I
12 RXIDG-Type Inverse t = k · (5.8 - 1.35 · ln I )
ref
Characteristic 1: IEC 255–3, Standard Inverse Characteristic 2: IEC 255–3, Very Inverse
1000 1000
100 100
k=10
10 10
k=10
t/s k=1
t/s
1 1
k=1
k=0.1
0.1 k=0.05 0.1
k=0.1
k=0.05
0.01 0.01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
I/Iref I/Iref
Characteristic 3: IEC 255–3, Extremely Inverse Characteristic 4: IEC 255–3, Long Time Inverse
1000 1000
100 100
k=10
10 10
k=1
t/s t/s
k=10
1 1
k=0.1
k=0.05
k=1
0.1 0.1
k=0.1
0.01 k=0.05 0.01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
I/Iref I/Iref
Characteristic 5: IEEE C37.112, Moderately Inverse Characteristic 6: IEEE C37.112, Very Inverse
1000 1000
100 100
10 k=10 10
k=10
t/s t/s
1 k=1 1
k=1
I/Iref I/Iref
1000
100
10
t/s
k=10
1
k=1
0.1
k=0.1
0.01 k=0.05
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
I/Iref
1000 1000
100 100
10 10
t/s t/s
k=10
1 1
k=10
k=1
0.1 0.1
k=1
k=0.1
0.01 k=0.05 0.01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 k=0.1
k=0.05
I/Iref I/Iref
1000
100
k=10
10
t/s k=1
1
k=0.1
0.1 k=0.05
0.01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
I/Iref
100 100
k=10
k=10
10 10
k=0.1
k=0.05 k=0.1
0.1 0.1 k=0.05
0.01 0.01
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
I/Iref I/Iref
P G neg
t/s 10
IDMT: Iref,y
PSx
1
1 10 100
P G neg
P G neg
P G neg
12Z6303B
Fig. 3-137: Influence of the minimum operate value and the minimum trip time on the IDMT characteristics.
3
IDMT1: Bl.Start.
Iref,P> Px
450 156
IDMT1: Enabled
&
[ 040 100 ]
MAIN: Protec-
tion active
306 001 IDMT1: Iref,P
c PSx
& [ * ]
IDMT: Starting A
IDMT1: Iref,P
dynamic PSx
& c [ * ]
304 359
IDMT: Starting B
304 360
c
IDMT: Starting C
1.05 Iref
304 361
IDMT1: Starting
& Iref,P>
I̲A
[ 040 080 ]
I̲B &
I̲C &
IDMT1: Memory P
clear
IDMT1: Block. [ 040 110 ]
tIref,P> EXT
[ 040 101 ]
I̲P,max/Iref,P IDMT1: Hold time
P running
[ 040 053 ]
IDMT1: tIref,P>
elapsed
[ 040 082 ]
Parameter IDMT1: Mode SCDD: Direc- IDMT1: Iref,P IDMT1: Iref,P IDMT1: Charac-
timer start PSx tion tI> PSx PSx dynamic PSx teristic P PSx
set 1 007 226 017 071 072 050 072 003 072 056
set 2 007 227 077 237 073 050 073 003 073 056
set 3 007 228 078 237 074 050 074 003 074 056
set 4 007 229 079 237 075 050 075 003 075 056
Parameter IDMT1: Factor IDMT1: Min. trip IDMT1: Hold time IDMT1: Release P IDMT1: Factor
kt,P PSx time P PSx P PSx PSx KI,P PSx
set 1 072 053 072 077 072 071 072 059 007 250
set 2 073 053 073 077 073 071 073 059 007 251
set 3 074 053 074 077 074 071 074 059 007 252
set 4 075 053 075 077 075 071 075 059 007 253
19Z8034A
Fig. 3-138: Phase current stage for IDMT1. Note: The logic displayed here is not valid for IDMT2 as the parameters
I D M T 1: F a c t o r K I , P P S x and I D M T 1: M o d e t i m e r s t a r t P S x do not exist with IDMT2.
The phase current stage or IDMT2 is displayed in Fig. 3-139, (p. 3-179). (Trip
signal: see Fig. 3-140, (p. 3-180).)
3
IDMT2: Bl.Start.
Iref,P> Px
450 162
IDMT2: Enabled
&
[ 040 135 ]
MAIN: Protec-
tion active IDMT1: Iref,P
306 001 PSx
c
& [ * ]
IDMT: Starting A
IDMT1: Iref,P
dynamic PSx 304 359
IDMT2: Starting
& Iref,P>
I̲A [ 040 018 ]
I̲B &
I̲C &
Setting
IDMT1: Charac- IDMT1: Charac-
teristic P PSx teristic P PSx
MAIN: Dynam. [ * ]
param. active
[ 040 090 ] 0: Definite Time
IDMT1: Min. trip
time P PSx 1: IEC Standard Inverse
[ * ] 2: IEC Very Inverse
3: IEC Extr. Inverse
IDMT1: Factor
kt,P PSx 4: IEC Long Time Inv.
[ * ]
5: IEEE Moderately Inv.
IDMT1: Hold time 6: IEEE Very Inverse
Setting P PSx
IDMT1: Release P [ * ] 7: IEEE Extremely Inv.
PSx
8: ANSI Normally Inv.
IDMT1: Release P
1: Without delay PSx 9: ANSI Short Time Inv.
2: Delayed as per char. [ * ] 10: ANSI Long Time Inv.
11: RI-Type Inverse
IDMT2: Block.
tIref,P> EXT c 12: RXIDG-Type Inverse
[ 040 136 ]
C
IDMT2: Memory P
clear
[ 040 178 ]
IDMT2: tIref,P>
elapsed
[ 040 021 ]
Parameter IDMT1: Factor IDMT1: Min. trip IDMT1: Hold time IDMT1: Release P
kt,P PSx time P PSx P PSx PSx
Fig. 3-139: Phase current stage for IDMT2. IDMT represents IDMT2. (Note: The logic displayed here is not valid for
IDMT1.)
The phase current stage for IDMT1 is displayed in Fig. 3-138, (p. 3-178). (Trip
signal: see Fig. 3-141, (p. 3-180).)
12Z5111A
Fig. 3-140: Trip signal of the phase current stage for IDMT1.
12Z5112A
Fig. 3-141: Trip signal of the phase current stages for IDMT2.
IDMT1: Bl.Start.
Iref,neg>
450 161
IDMT1: Enabled
&
[ 040 100 ]
MAIN: Protec-
tion active
306 001
IDMT1: Iref,neg
c PSx
& [ * ]
IDMT1: Iref,neg
dynamic PSx
& c [ * ]
1.05 Iref
I̲neg/Iref,neg
c
MAIN: Phase
sequence
[ 010 049 ]
IDMT1: Starting
& Iref,neg>
I̲A [ 040 107 ]
I̲B I̲neg
I̲C
Parameter IDMT1: Factor IDMT1: Min.trip IDMT1: Hold time IDMT1: Release IDMT1: Factor
kt,neg PSx time negPSx neg PSx neg. PSx KI,neg PSx
set 1 072 054 072 078 072 072 072 060 007 254
set 2 073 054 073 078 073 072 073 060 007 255
set 3 074 054 074 078 074 072 074 060 008 002
set 4 075 054 075 078 075 072 075 060 008 005
19Z8035A
Fig. 3-142: Negative-sequence current stage. (Only IDMT1 is shown; the logic, however, also applies to IDMT2 with
different numerical addresses, and with the exception of parameter I D M T 1: F a c t o r K I , n e g P S x that does not
exist for IDMT2.)
3.24.6 Selecting the Measured Variable for the Residual Current Stage
A setting specifies which current will be used by the P132 as the residual current:
either the residual current calculated from the three phase currents or the
residual current directly measured at the fourth current transformer (T 4).
IDMT1: Evalua-
tion IN PSx
[ * ]
I̲N 2
1
I̲A
I̲B 1 2 IDMT: IN
I̲C 307 100
1: Calculated
2: Measured
Parameter IDMT1: Evalua-
tion IN PSx
set 1 072 075
set 2 073 075
set 3 074 075
set 4 075 075
19Z5022A
Fig. 3-143: Selecting the measured variable. (Only IDMT1 is shown; the logic, however, also applies to IDMT2 with
different numerical addresses.)
IDMT1: Bl.Start.
Iref,N>
450 160
IDMT1: Enabled
&
[ 040 100 ]
MAIN: System IN
enabled
[ 040 133 ]
MAIN: Dynam.
param. active
[ 040 090 ]
IDMT1: Iref,N
PSx
c
& [ * ]
IDMT1: Iref,N
dynamic PSx
& c
[ * ]
c
1.05 Iref
IDMT1: Starting
& Iref,N>
IDMT: IN I̲N/Iref,N [ 040 081 ]
307 100
Setting
IDMT1: Charac- IDMT1: Charac-
teristic N PSx teristic N PSx
IDMT1: Mode
timer start PSx [ * ]
[ * ] 0: Definite Time
& IDMT1: Factor
1: With starting kt,N PSx 1: IEC Standard Inverse
2: With direction & [ * ] 2: IEC Very Inverse
SCDD: Direc-
tion tIN> PSx IDMT1: Min. trip 3: IEC Extr. Inverse
[ * ] time N PSx
4: IEC Long Time Inv.
1: Forward directional [ * ]
& 5: IEEE Moderately Inv.
2: Backward directional IDMT1: Hold time 6: IEEE Very Inverse
& N PSx
[ * ] 7: IEEE Extremely Inv.
3: Non-directional
Setting 8: ANSI Normally Inv.
IDMT1: Release N
SCDD: Ground IDMT1: Release N PSx 9: ANSI Short Time Inv.
fault forward PSx
[ * ] 10: ANSI Long Time Inv.
[ 040 037 ]
SCDD: Ground 1: Without delay 11: RI-Type Inverse
fault backw. IDMT1: Factor
[ 040 038 ] 2: Delayed as per char. KI,N PSx 12: RXIDG-Type Inverse
[ * ]
MAIN: Gen.
start. mode PSx c
[ * ] &
IDMT1: Block.
tIref,N> EXT IDMT1: Memory N
[ 040 103 ] clear
[ 040 112 ]
MAIN: Bl. timer
st. IN,neg
306 400 IDMT1: Hold time
N running
[ 040 054 ]
IDMT1: tIref,N>
elapsed
[ 040 083 ]
Parameter IDMT1: Mode SCDD: Direc- MAIN: Gen. IDMT1: Iref,N IDMT1: Iref,N
timer start PSx tion tIN> PSx start. mode PSx PSx dynamic PSx
set 1 007 226 017 073 017 027 072 052 072 005
set 2 007 227 077 240 001 219 073 052 073 005
set 3 007 228 078 240 001 220 074 052 074 005
set 4 007 229 079 240 001 221 075 052 075 005
Parameter IDMT1: Charac- IDMT1: Factor IDMT1: Min. trip IDMT1: Hold time IDMT1: Release N IDMT1: Factor
teristic N PSx kt,N PSx time N PSx N PSx PSx KI,N PSx
set 1 072 058 072 055 072 079 072 073 072 061 001 173
set 2 073 058 073 055 073 079 073 073 073 061 001 174
set 3 074 058 074 055 074 079 074 073 074 061 001 175
set 4 075 058 075 055 075 079 075 073 075 061 001 176
19Z8036A
Fig. 3-144: Residual current stage for IDMT1. (Note: The logic displayed here is not valid for IDMT2 as the
parameters I D M T 1: F a c t o r K I , N P S x and I D M T 1: M o d e t i m e r s t a r t P S x do not exist with IDMT2.)
The phase current stage for IDMT2 is displayed in Fig. 3-145, (p. 3-185). (Trip
signal: see Fig. 3-146, (p. 3-186).)
IDMT2: Bl.Start.
Iref,N>
450 166
IDMT2: Enabled
&
[ 040 135 ]
MAIN: System IN
enabled
[ 040 133 ]
MAIN: Dynam.
param. active
[ 040 090 ]
IDMT1: Iref,N
PSx
c
& [ * ]
IDMT1: Iref,N
dynamic PSx
& c [ * ]
c
1.05 Iref
IDMT2: Starting
I̲N/Iref,N
& Iref,N>
IDMT: IN
[ 040 019 ]
307 100
Setting
IDMT1: Charac- IDMT1: Charac-
teristic N PSx teristic N PSx
[ * ]
0: Definite Time
IDMT1: Factor
kt,N PSx 1: IEC Standard Inverse
[ * ] 2: IEC Very Inverse
IDMT1: Min. trip 3: IEC Extr. Inverse
time N PSx
4: IEC Long Time Inv.
[ * ]
5: IEEE Moderately Inv.
IDMT1: Hold time 6: IEEE Very Inverse
Setting N PSx
IDMT1: Release N [ * ] 7: IEEE Extremely Inv.
PSx 8: ANSI Normally Inv.
IDMT1: Release N
PSx 9: ANSI Short Time Inv.
1: Without delay [ * ] 10: ANSI Long Time Inv.
2: Delayed as per char. 11: RI-Type Inverse
MAIN: Gen. c
start. mode PSx & 12: RXIDG-Type Inverse
[ * ]
1: With start. IN, Ineg
IDMT2: tIref,N>
elapsed
[ 040 022 ]
Parameter IDMT1: Factor IDMT1: Min. trip IDMT1: Hold time IDMT1: Release N
kt,N PSx time N PSx N PSx PSx
set 1 071 000 071 052 071 036 071 024
set 2 071 001 071 053 071 037 071 025
set 3 071 002 071 054 071 038 071 026
set 4 071 003 071 055 071 039 071 027
19Z8037A
Fig. 3-145: Residual current stage for IDMT2. Note: The logic displayed here is not valid for IDMT1.
The residual current stage for IDMT1 is displayed in Fig. 3-144, (p. 3-184). (Trip
signal: see Fig. 3-147, (p. 3-186).)
IDMT1: tIref,N>
elapsed IDMT1: Trip
[ 040 083 ] signal tIref,N>
[ 040 085 ]
ARC: Blocking
trip
[ 042 000 ]
SCDD: Bl.Direct.
tIref,N>
304 466
12Z5113A
Fig. 3-146: Trip signal from the residual current stage for IDMT1.
IDMT2: tIref,N>
elapsed IDMT2: Trip
signal tIref,N>
[ 040 022 ]
[ 040 024 ]
ARC: Blocking
trip
[ 042 000 ]
12Z5114A
Fig. 3-147: Trip signal from the residual current stage for IDMT2.
Case A
IDMT1: Starting
Iref,P>
[ 040 080 ]
Per characteristic
Non-delayed
IDMT1: tIref,P>
elapsed
[ 040 082 ]
Case B
IDMT1: Starting
Iref,P>
[ 040 080 ]
Non-delayed
Per characteristic
IDMT1: tIref,P>
elapsed
[ 040 082 ]
Fig. 3-148: Effect of hold time shown with a phase current stage as an example. Example A: Hold time determined
is not reached. Example B: Hold time determined is reached. (Only IDMT1 is shown; the logic, however, also applies
to IDMT2 with different numerical addresses.)
SCDD: General
enable USER
[ 017 070 ]
0
SCDD: Enabled
1
[ 040 098 ]
0: No
1: Yes
[ * ]
Parameter SCDD: Enable PSx
1: Yes
19Z5027A
Measurem. relation
Forward direction
αP
IA
VB-C
Backward direction
Line of direction
S8Z5005A
Fig. 3-150: Example for the forming of a directional phase current stage decision with a single-pole fault in phase A
to ground (A-G) and with an inductive system and a phase sequence A-B-C (or clockwise rotary field direction).
SCDD: Enabled
[ 040 098 ]
[ 040 005 ]
MAIN: Starting B
[ 040 006 ]
MAIN: Starting C
[ 040 007 ]
>200 mV
V̲A-G ≥2
V̲B-G
V̲C-G
>0.1 Inom
SCDD: Determin.
P enabled
304 456
≥1
I̲A SCDD: Phase curr.
stage bl.
304 460
I̲B
I̲C
19Z5028B
After being enabled and depending on the direction determination decision one
of the following signals will be issued:
● With a fault in forward direction, SCDD: Fau lt P for ward
● With a fault in backward (reverse) direction, SCDD: Fault P backward
To inhibit transient contention problems starting and dropping out of a direction
determination decision in both directions is delayed for 30 ms.
MAIN: Phase
sequence
[ 010 049 ]
1: A - B - C
2: A - C - B
SCDD: Determin.
P enabled
304 456
MAIN: Starting
A int.
306 513
MAIN: Starting
B int. Starting Selected meas. var. Characteristic
306 514
at at
I̲A
Setting Setting
Phase sequence Phase sequence
I̲B
A–B–C A–C–B
I̲C
V̲A-G +
B I̲B V̲C-A +45° +135°
V̲C-G +
A-B I̲A V̲B-C +60° +150°
SCDD: Fault P
forward
[ 036 018 ]
Direction determin.
SCDD: Fault P
backward
[ 036 019 ]
19Z5029B
Fig. 3-152: Direction determination for phase current stages. (Note: Previous terminology of M A I N: P h a s e
s e q u e n c e was M A I N : R o t a r y f i e l d.)
3.25.4 Forming the Blocking Signal for the Phase Current Stages
To form the blocking signal for the two DTOC phase current stages and the IDMT
phase current stage the fault direction to evaluate the measuring decision may
be set separately for each of the stages to either “Forward directional”,
“Backward directional” or “Non‑directional”.
A blocking signal for the first DTOC phase current stage is formed when one of
the following conditions is met:
● The direction for tI> is set to Forward directional and the short-circuit
direction determination detects a fault in backward direction.
● The direction for tI > is set to Backward directional and the short-circuit
direction determination detects a fault in forward direction.
A blocking signal for the second DTOC phase current stage is formed when one
of the following conditions is met:
● The direction for tI>> is set to Forward directional and the short-circuit
direction determination detects a fault in backward direction.
● The direction for tI>> is set to Backward directional and the short-circuit
direction determination detects a fault in forward direction.
A blocking signal for the third DTOC phase current stage is formed when one of
the following conditions is met:
● The direction for tI>>> is set to Forward directional and the short-circuit
direction determination detects a fault in backward direction.
● The direction for tI>>> is set to Backward directional and the short-circuit
direction determination detects a fault in forward direction.
A blocking signal for the IDMT phase current stage is formed when one of the
following conditions is met:
● The direction for tIref,P> is set to Forward directional and the short-circuit
direction determination detects a fault in backward direction.
● The direction for tIref,P> is set to Backward directional and the short-circuit
direction determination detects a fault in forward direction.
In case the direction determination function is not enabled (e.g. with a M.c.b.
trip) it is possible to select whether stages set to Forward directional may be
operated with biased tripping by enabling SC DD: Trip bias PSx.
0: No
1: Yes
[ * ]
1: Forward directional
SCDD: Block.
2: Backward directional direct. tI>
304 461
3: Non-directional
SCDD: Direc-
tion tI>> PSx
[ * ]
1: Forward directional
SCDD: Block.
2: Backward directional direct. tI>>
304 462
3: Non-directional
SCDD: Direc-
tion tI>>> PSx
[ * ]
1: Forward directional
SCDD: Block.
2: Backward directional Direct.tI>>>
310 067
3: Non-directional
SCDD: Direct.
tIref,P> PSx
[ * ]
1: Forward directional
SCDD: Bl.Direct.
2: Backward directional tIref,P>
304 465
3: Non-directional
SCDD: Fault P
forward
[ 036 018 ]
SCDD: Fault P
backward
[ 036 019 ]
SCDD: Trip bias SCDD: Direc- SCDD: Direc- SCDD: Direc- SCDD: Direct.
Parameter PSx tion tI> PSx tion tI>> PSx tion tI>>> PSx tIref,P> PSx
set 1 017 074 017 071 017 072 007 230 017 066
set 2 077 236 077 237 077 238 007 231 077 233
set 3 078 236 078 237 078 238 007 232 078 233
set 4 079 236 079 237 079 238 007 233 079 233
52Z0130A
Fig. 3-153: Forming the blocking signals for the phase current stages.
Line of direction
Backward direction
VG-N = -VN-G
IN αN
Forward direction
Measurem. relation
S8Z5006A
Fig. 3-154: Example for forming a directional decision in the residual current stage.
SCDD: Evalua-
tion VNG PSx
[ * ]
V̲N-G 2
1
V̲A-G
V̲B-G 1 ... 2 SCDD: VNG
V̲C-G 310 026
1: Calculated
2: Measured
SCDD: Enabled
[ 040 098 ]
MCMON: Meas.
circ. V faulty
[ 038 023 ]
MAIN: Starting
G int.
306 516
DTOC: Starting
IN>>
[ 040 041 ]
SCDD: VNG> PSx
DTOC: Starting
IN>>>
[ 039 078 ] [ * ]
SCDD: VNG
310 026
SCDD: Determin.
N enabled
304 455
19Z6451A
After being enabled and depending on the direction determination decision one
of the following signals will be issued:
● With a fault in forward direction: SCDD: Ground fault for ward
● With a fault in backward direction: SCD D: Ground fault backw.
To inhibit transient contention problems starting and dropping out of a direction
determination decision in both directions is delayed for 30 ms.
SCDD: Charact.
SCDD: Determin. angle G PSx
N enabled
304 455
[ * ]
I̲N
Direction determin.
SCDD: VNG
310 026
SCDD: Ground
fault forward
[ 040 037 ]
SCDD: Ground
fault backw.
[ 040 038 ]
19Z6452A
3.25.8 Forming the Blocking Signal for the Residual Current Stages
To form the blocking signal for the two DTOC residual current stages and the
IDMT residual current stage the fault direction to evaluate the measuring
decision may be set separately for each of the stages to either Forward
directional, Backward directional or Non-directional.
A blocking signal for the first DTOC residual current stage is formed when one of
the following conditions is met:
● The direction for tIN> is set to Forward directional and the short-circuit
direction determination detects a fault in backward direction.
● The direction for tIN> is set to Backward directional and the short-circuit
direction determination detects a fault in forward direction.
A blocking signal for the second DTOC residual current stage is formed when one
of the following conditions is met:
● The direction for tIN>> is set to Forward directional and the short-circuit
direction determination detects a fault in backward direction.
● The direction for tIN>> is set to Backward directional and the short-circuit
direction determination detects a fault in forward direction.
A blocking signal for the third DTOC residual current stage is formed when one of
the following conditions is met:
● The direction for tIN>>> is set to Forward directional and the short-circuit
direction determination detects a fault in backward direction.
● The direction for tIN>>> is set to Backward directional and the short-circuit
direction determination detects a fault in forward direction.
A blocking signal for the IDMT residual current stage is formed when one of the
following conditions is met:
● The direction for tIref,N> is set to Forward directional and the short-circuit
direction determination detects a fault in backward direction.
● The direction for tIref,N> is set to Backward directional and the short-circuit
direction determination detects a fault in forward direction.
In case the direction determination function is not enabled (e.g. with a M.c.b.
trip) it is possible to select whether stages set to Forward directional may be
operated with biased tripping by enabling SCDD: Trip bias PSx. In case of a
phase current starting bias tripping in the residual current stage may be
suppressed by enabling SCDD: Block. bi as G P Sx.
SCDD: Block.
bias G PSx
[ * ]
0
MAIN: Starting
A int. 1
306 513
0: No
MAIN: Starting 1: Yes
B int.
306 514
MAIN: Starting
C int.
306 515
3: Non-directional
SCDD: Direc-
tion tIN>> PSx
[ * ]
3: Non-directional
SCDD: Direc-
tion tIN>>> PSx
[ * ]
3: Non-directional
SCDD: Direct.
tIref,N> PSx
[ * ]
3: Non-directional
SCDD: Ground
fault forward
[ 040 037 ]
SCDD: Ground
fault backw.
[ 040 038 ]
SCDD: Block. SCDD: Trip bias SCDD: Direc- SCDD: Direc- SCDD: Direc- SCDD: Direct.
Parameter bias G PSx PSx tion tIN> PSx tion tIN>> PSx tion tIN>>> PSx tIref,N> PSx
set 1 017 078 017 074 017 073 017 075 007 235 017 067
set 2 077 245 077 236 077 240 077 241 007 236 077 242
set 3 078 245 078 236 078 240 078 241 007 237 078 242
set 4 079 245 079 236 079 240 079 241 007 238 079 242
52Z0133A
Fig. 3-158: Forming the blocking signals for the residual current stages.
SCDD: Fault P
forward SCDD: Fault P or
[ 036 018 ] G forwd.
[ 040 039 ]
SCDD: Ground
fault forward
[ 040 037 ]
SCDD: Fault P
backward SCDD: Fault P or
[ 036 019 ] G backw.
[ 040 040 ]
SCDD: Ground
fault backw.
[ 040 038 ]
S8Z5029A
Fig. 3-159: Fault signals from phase or residual current stages forward or backward directional.
Should the result with a disabled voltage memory be VABmeas > 200 mV the
direction will be determined on the basis of VABmeas. The following signal is
issued: S CD D: Di rect . us ing V me as
If VABmeas < 200 mV, a forward fault is detected if the voltage memory is disabled
and if the pre-orientation is active (set under SCD D: Trip bias PSx), otherwise
the directional decision is blocked. The following signal is issued: SCDD: For w.
w/o measurem.
These signals are additionally delivered to the following signals:
● SC DD: Fault P for ward
● SCD D: Fault P backward
● SCD D: Fault P or G f orwd.
● SCDD: Fau lt P or G backw.
SOTF: General
enable USER
[ 011 068 ]
0
SOTF: Enabled
1 &
[ 040 069 ]
0: No
1: Yes * y PSU: PS y active
1 036 090
2 036 091
3 036 092
4 036 093
MAIN: Manual
close EXT
[ 036 047 ]
S1 1
SOTF: Operating
mode
[ 011 061 ]
1: Trip by I>
2: Trip by I>>
3: Trip by I>>>
4: Trip by gen. start.
19Z8067A
Fig. 3-160: Switch on to fault protection. (Only IDMT1 is shown; the logic, however, also applies to IDMT2 with
different numerical addresses.)
PSIG: General
enable USER
[ 015 004 ]
0
PSIG: Enabled
1
[ 015 008 ]
0: No
1: Yes
0: No
1: Yes
INP: Fct.
assignm. U xxx
[ xxx xxx ]
U x1
U x2
U x3
U xx
PSIG: Ext./user
enabled
[ 037 023 ]
PSIG: Enable EXT
[ 037 025 ]
PSIG: Enable USER
[ 003 132 ]
0: don't execute
1: execute
[ 037 026 ]
PSIG: Disable
USER
[ 003 131 ]
0: don't execute
PSIG: Ready
1: execute
[ 037 027 ]
MAIN: Protec-
tion active
306 001
PSIG: Blocking
EXT
[ 036 049 ]
PSIG: Telecom. PSIG: Not ready
faulty
[ 036 060 ] [ 037 028 ]
45Z5032A
Substation a L+ L-
PSIG: Send
(transm.relay)
-K1
L-/L+
P139
Substation b L- L+
-K2
PSIG: Receive EXT
L+/L-
L-/L+
PSIG: Send
(transm.relay)
P139
S8Z5031A
Fig. 3-162: Protective signaling over pilot wires, operating mode selected Transm.rel.break con.
SCDD: Ground fault SC DD: Ground fault SCDD: Fau lt P SCD D: Fa ult P
back w. forward back ward forward
Fault residual current Fault residual current Fault phase current Fault phase current
stage backward stage forward stage backward stage forward
(reverse) (reverse)
No No No No
No No No Yes
No Yes No No
No Yes No Yes
Yes No No Yes
The signal PSIG: Trip s ignal is generated without delay after the DC loop is
closed again with the general starting condition present and the status signal for
a closed DC loop was issued to the binary signal input labeled PSIG: Receive
EX T. Delayed by the release time set at PSIG: Re lease t. send PSx the DC
loop is closed again after the general starting condition has dropped out.
When protective signaling is not ready the DC loop is open when the operating
mode is set to Transm.rel.make con. and it is closed when the operating mode is
set to Transm.rel.break con.
PSIG: Tripping
PSIG: Ready time PSx
C
[ 037 027 ] [ * ]
4
PSIG: Trip signal
1: Without
2: Phase curr. system [ 038 007 ]
3: Residual curr.system
4: Phase/resid.c.system
SCDD: Fault P
forward
[ 036 018 ]
SCDD: Fault P
backward
[ 036 019 ]
SCDD: Ground
fault forward
[ 040 037 ]
SCDD: Ground
fault backw.
[ 040 038 ]
PSIG: Release t.
send PSx
[ * ]
PSIG: Send
(signal)
[ 036 035 ]
PSIG: Send
(transm.relay)
[ 037 024 ]
PSIG: Test
telecom. USER
[ 015 009 ] PSIG: DC loop
op. mode PSx
[ * ]
0
1
1
0: don't execute 2
2: Transm.rel.make con.
PSIG: Test
telecom. chann.
[ 034 016 ]
PSIG: Test
telecom. EXT
[ 036 038 ]
19Z6423A
PSIG: Release t.
send PSx
[ * ]
PSIG: Receive EXT
Release time send
[ 036 048 ] + 600ms PSIG: Telecom.
faulty
MAIN: General [ 036 060 ]
starting
[ 040 000 ]
SFMON: Telecom.
faulty
[ 098 006 ]
19Z5036A
ARC: Ready
[ 004 068 ]
ARC: Cycle
running
[ 037 000 ]
DTOC: ARC
starting I>
305 463
Terminated Terminated
MAIN: Close
command
[ 037 009 ]
Terminated
ARC: Reclaim
time running
[ 036 042 ]
ARC: Blocking
trip
[ 042 000 ]
ARC: Reclosure
successful
[ 036 062 ]
Parameter ARC: HSR trip. ARC: TDR trip. ARC: Operative ARC: HSR dead ARC: TDR dead ARC: Reclaim
time I> PSx time I> PSx time PSx time PSx time PSx time PSx
set 1 015 072 015 073 015 066 015 056 015 057 015 054
set 2 024 040 024 041 024 035 024 030 024 031 024 028
set 3 025 000 025 001 024 095 024 090 024 091 024 088
set 4 025 060 025 061 025 055 025 050 025 051 028 048
ARC: Operating
mode PSx
[ * ]
19Z5037A
0: No
1: Yes
[ * ]
ARC: Enabled
0
[ 015 064 ]
1
0: No
1: Yes
INP: Fct.
assignm. U xxx
[ xxx xxx ]
U x1
U x2
U x3
U xx
ARC: Ext./user
enabled
[ 037 013 ]
ARC: Enable EXT
[ 037 010 ]
ARC: Enable USER
[ 003 134 ]
0: don't execute
1: execute
[ 003 133 ]
0: don't execute
1: execute
19Z5038A
19Z5040A
ARC: CB clos.
pos.sig. PSx
[ * ]
0: Without
1: With
MAIN: CB closed
3p EXT
[ 036 051 ]
ARC: Ready
[ 004 068 ]
MAIN: Protec-
tion active
306 001
ARC: CB drive
ready EXT
[ 004 066 ]
ARC: Not ready
[ 004 069 ]
ARC: Cycle
running
[ 037 000 ]
DTOC: ARC
starting I>>
305 464
ARC: HSRtrip.
time I>>>PSx
[ * ]
DTOC: Starting
I>>>
[ 039 075 ]
DTOC: ARC
starting IN>
305 465
ARC: HSRtrip.
time IN>>PSx
[ * ]
DTOC: ARC
starting IN>>
305 466
ARC: HSRtrip.t.
IN>>> PSx
[ * ]
DTOC: Starting
IN>>>
[ 039 078 ]
ARC: Block/
reset HSR
303 104
Parameter ARC: HSR trip. ARC: HSR trip. ARC: HSRtrip. ARC: HSR trip. ARC: HSRtrip. ARC: HSRtrip.t.
time I> PSx time I>>PSx time I>>>PSx time IN>PSx time IN>>PSx IN>>> PSx
set 1 015 072 015 074 014 096 015 076 015 031 014 098
set 2 024 040 024 101 024 102 024 103 024 104 024 105
set 3 025 000 025 151 024 152 024 153 024 154 024 155
set 4 025 060 025 101 025 102 025 103 025 104 025 105
19Z5042A
DTOC: ARC
starting I>>
305 464
ARC: TDRtrip.
time I>>>PSx
[ * ]
DTOC: Starting
I>>>
[ 039 075 ]
DTOC: ARC
starting IN>
305 465
ARC: TDRtrip.
time IN>>PSx
[ * ]
DTOC: ARC
starting IN>>
305 466
ARC: TDRtrip.t.
IN>>> PSx
[ * ]
DTOC: Starting
IN>>>
[ 039 078 ]
ARC: Block/
reset TDR
303 105
Parameter ARC: TDR trip. ARC: TDR trip. ARC: TDRtrip. ARC: TDR trip. ARC: TDRtrip. ARC: TDRtrip.t.
time I> PSx time I>>PSx time I>>>PSx time IN>PSx time IN>>PSx IN>>> PSx
set 1 015 073 015 075 014 097 015 077 015 032 014 099
set 2 024 041 024 113 024 114 024 115 024 116 024 117
set 3 025 001 025 163 024 164 024 165 024 166 024 167
set 4 025 061 025 113 025 114 025 115 025 116 025 117
19Z5043A
ARC: HSRtrip.t.
Iref,P PSx
[ * ]
ARC: HSRtrip.t.
Iref,N PSx
[ * ]
ARC: HSRtr.t.
Iref,neg PSx
[ * ]
IDMT1: Starting
Iref,neg>
[ 040 107 ]
ARC: Block/
reset HSR
303 104
ARC: TDRtrip.t.
Iref,P PSx
[ * ]
ARC: TDRtrip.t.
Iref,N PSx
[ * ]
ARC: TDRtr.t.
Iref,neg PSx
[ * ]
ARC: Block/
reset TDR
303 105
ARC: HSRtrip.t. ARC: HSRtrip.t. ARC: HSRtr.t. ARC: TDRtrip.t. ARC: TDRtrip.t. ARC: TDRtr.t.
Parameter Iref,P PSx Iref,N PSx Iref,neg PSx Iref,P PSx Iref,N PSx Iref,neg PSx
set 1 015 094 015 096 015 034 015 095 015 097 015 035
set 2 024 106 024 107 024 108 024 118 024 119 024 120
set 3 024 156 024 157 024 158 024 168 024 169 024 170
set 4 025 106 025 107 025 108 025 118 025 119 025 120
12Z6230A
ARC: Sig.asg.
trip t.GFDSS
[ 015 105 ]
1: Starting LS
2: Starting Y(N)>
3: Starting LS/Y(N)>
ARC: Starting
GFDSS
GFDSS: Starting 303 151
forward/LS
[ 009 040 ]
GFDSS: Starting
Y(N)> ARC: HSR trip t.
[ 009 074 ] GFDSS PSx
[ * ]
19Z5045A
MAIN: General
starting
[ 040 000 ]
ARC: TDR trip.
time GS PSx
[ * ]
19Z5046A
ARC: HSRtrip.t.
LOGIC PSx
[ * ]
19Z5047A
1 ARC: Block/
reset HSR
303 104
0: No
1: Yes
0
ARC: Block/
1 reset TDR
303 105
0: No
1: Yes
DTOC: Starting
I>>>
[ 039 075 ]
ARC: Operating
mode PSx
[ * ]
2: TDR only permitted
ARC: Blocked
[ 004 069 ]
19Z5048A
List parameter
LOGIC: Fct.assignm . outp. 1 (030 000) OR e.g. LOGIC: Input 04 EXT (034 003)
In general, any equation within the programmable logic function can be used to
start the ARC tripping time.
One of the options offered by the programmable logic is the triggering of the ARC
by an external protection device.
LOGIC: Fct.
assignm. outp. 1
[ 030 000 ]
t 0
ARC: Start by
LOGIC
LOGIC: Output 01 [ 037 078 ]
(t)
LOGIC: Fct.
assignm. outp. 2
[ 030 004 ]
m out of n
ARC: Blocking
trip
[ 042 000 ]
LOGIC: Output 02 LOGIC: Output 02
(t) (t)
[ 042 035 ]
S8Z5049B
&
ASC: Manual
close request
305 000
&
* Parameter ARC: Operating ARC: Operative ARC: HSR dead ARC: TDR dead ARC: No. permit. ARC: Reclaim
mode PSx time PSx time PSx time PSx TDR PSx time PSx
set 1 015 051 015 066 015 056 015 057 015 068 015 054
set 2 024 025 024 035 024 030 024 031 024 037 024 028
set 3 024 085 024 095 024 090 024 091 024 097 024 088
set 4 025 045 025 055 025 050 025 051 025 057 025 048
19Z8049A
ARC: Ready
[ 004 068 ]
ARC: Cycle
running
[ 037 000 ]
DTOC: ARC
starting I>
305 463
DTOC: Trip
signal tI>
[ 041 020 ]
Terminated Terminated
MAIN: Close
command
[ 037 009 ]
ARC: Reclaim
time running
[ 036 042 ]
ARC: Blocking
trip
[ 042 000 ]
ARC: Reclosure
successful
[ 036 062 ]
ARC: Sig.
interr. CB trip
[ 036 040 ]
Parameter ARC: HSR trip. ARC: Operative ARC: HSR dead ARC: Reclaim MAIN: Close cmd.
time I> PSx time PSx time PSx time PSx pulse time
[015 067 ]
set 1 015 072 015 066 015 056 015 054
set 2 024 040 024 035 024 030 024 028
ARC: No. permit.
set 3 025 000 024 095 024 090 024 088 TDR PSx
set 4 025 060 025 055 025 050 025 048 Setting: 0
19Z5050A
Fig. 3-179: HSR signal sequence (example shown is with ASC disabled – see also section “Joint Operation of the
ARC and ASC Functions”).
ARC: Cycle
running
[ 037 000 ]
DTOC: ARC
starting I>
305 463
ARC: (Re)close
request
[ 037 077 ]
Terminated
ASC: Operat.
time running
[ 037 093 ]
ASC: Close
rejection
[ 037 086 ]
MAIN: Close
command
[ 037 009 ]
ARC: Reclaim
time running
[ 036 042 ]
ARC: Blocking
trip
[ 042 000 ]
ARC: Reclosure
successful
[ 036 062 ]
ARC: Sig.
interr. CB trip
[ 036 040 ]
Parameter ARC: HSR trip. ARC: Operative ARC: HSR dead ARC: Reclaim ASC: Operative MAIN: Close cmd.
time I> PSx time PSx time PSx time PSx time PSx pulse time
[015 067 ]
set 1 015 072 015 066 015 056 015 054 018 010
set 2 024 040 024 035 024 030 024 028 077 034
ARC: No. permit.
set 3 025 000 024 095 024 090 024 088 078 034 TDR PSx
set 4 025 060 025 055 025 050 025 048 079 034 Setting: 0
19Z51BHA
Fig. 3-180: HSR signal sequence (example shown is with ASC enabled).
1: execute
S8Z5040A
ARC: Ready
[ 004 068 ]
ARC: Cycle
running
[ 037 000 ]
DTOC: ARC
starting I>
305 463
MAIN: Close
command
[ 037 009 ]
Terminated Terminated
ARC: Reclaim
time running
[ 036 042 ]
ARC: Blocking
trip
[ 042 000 ]
ARC: Sig.
interr. CB trip
[ 036 040 ]
ARC: Reclosure
successful
[ 036 062 ]
Parameter ARC: HSR trip. ARC: TDR trip. ARC: Operative ARC: HSR dead ARC: TDR dead ARC: Reclaim
time I> PSx time I> PSx time PSx time PSx time PSx time PSx
set 1 015 072 015 073 015 066 015 056 015 057 015 054
set 2 024 040 024 041 024 035 024 030 024 031 024 028
set 3 025 000 025 001 024 095 024 090 024 091 024 088
set 4 025 060 025 061 025 055 025 050 025 051 028 048
Fig. 3-182: Signal sequence of a failed HSR followed by a failed TDR and then by a final successful TDR (example
shown is with ASC disabled).
1
MAIN: General 0: don't execute
reset USER
[ 003 002 ] 1: execute
1: execute
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
ARC: Reset
counters EXT
[ 005 244 ]
12Z6147A
ASC: Measure-
ment loop PSx
[ * ]
V̲A-G
V̲B-G
V̲C-G
ASC: Select.
meas.loop PG
305 008
ASC: Vmeas
1: Loop A-G
305 007
2: Loop B-G
3: Loop C-G
4: Loop A-B
5: Loop B-C
Parameter ASC: Measure-
ment loop PSx 6: Loop C-A
set 1 031 060
set 2 077 044
set 3 078 044
set 4 079 044
47Z0125A
0: No
1: Yes
0 ASC: Enabled
1 [ 018 024 ]
0: No
1: Yes
INP: Fct.
assignm. U xxx
[ xxx xxx ]
U x1
U x2
U x3
U xx
ASC: Ext./user
enabled
[ 037 092 ]
ASC: Enable EXT
[ 037 049 ]
ASC: Enable USER
[ 003 136 ]
1
0: don't execute
1: execute
[ 037 061 ]
ASC: Disable USER
[ 003 135 ]
0: don't execute
1: execute
19Z5232A
MAIN: M.c.b.
trip V EXT
[ 004 061 ]
MAIN: M.c.b.
trip Vref EXT
[ 036 086 ]
ASC: Clos.rej.
w.block PSx
[ * ]
ASC: Close en-
able w.block
305 001
0 ASC: Close
reject.w.block
1 305 002
0: No
1: Yes
ASC: Active
0
305 003
1
0: No
1: Yes
ARC: HSR
303 156
ASC: Active for
TDR PSx
[ * ]
0: No
1: Yes
ARC: TDR
303 006
ASC: Manual
close request
305 000
19Z51BCA
ARC: (Re)close
request ASC: Gen. close
[ 037 077 ] request
306 012
ARC: Cycle
running
[ 037 000 ]
DEV01: Close ASC: Manual
request close request
307 001
305 000
ASC: AC effect.
for DEV01
305 040
ASC: AR close
requ. USER
[ 008 238 ]
1 500ms 1
0: don't execute
1: execute
ASC: AR Close
request
[ 008 239 ]
INP: Fct.
assignm. U xxx
[ 152 xxx ]
U x1
U x2
U x3
U x4
U xx
ASC: Test AR
close r.USER
[ 008 237 ]
ASC: Test
305 004
0
1 100ms 1 1
500ms
0: don't execute
1: execute
19Z8073A
ARC: (Re)close
request ASC: Gen. close
[ 037 077 ] request
306 012
ARC: Cycle
running
[ 037 000 ]
ASC: MC close
requ. USER
[ 018 004 ]
1 500ms 1
0: don't execute
1: execute
ASC: MC Close
request
[ 034 018 ]
INP: Fct.
assignm. U xxx
[ 152 xxx ]
U x1
U x2
U x3
U x4
U xx
ASC: Test MC
close r.USER
[ 018 005 ]
ASC: Test
305 004
0
1 100ms 1 1
500ms
0: don't execute
1: execute
19Z8072A
The ASC operative time is started with the close request. If the close enable is
issued before the ASC operative time has elapsing, the close command is issued.
Otherwise an ASC: Cl ose rej e ction signal is generated for 100 ms.
D5Z5073B
Fig. 3-189: Signal flow for a close enable and a close rejection.
Close enable conditions for Auto-reclose control Close enable conditions for Manual close
command
ASC: AR Op.m ode v -chk .PSx A SC: MC op. mode v-ch k. PSx
ASC: AR Delta phi max PSx ASC: MC delta phi max PSx
The automatic reclosure setting parameters become active when a close request
is issued by the integrated ARC (for an RRC, HSR or TDR) or by a close request
from an external ARC device sent to the binary signal input function ASC: AR
close req ue st EXT.
yes yes
no no
47Z1085A_EN
Fig. 3-190: Functional sequence and close conditions for the Synchronism check.
ASC: AR V> vo lt .check PSx ASC: MC V > vol t.ch eck PSx
Depending on the operating mode selected for the voltage check, all three
phase-to-ground voltages need to exceed or fall below the set value in order to
meet the condition for voltage-checked closing. If the conditions corresponding
to the set operating mode for the voltage synchronism check are met, then the
close enable is issued after the set minimum time has elapsed.
The following operating modes for voltage checking can be selected separately
for each parameter subset:
● Vref but not V
● V but not Vref
● Not V and not Vref
● Not V or not Vref
● N V&Vref or V&n Vref
ASC: Enabled
[ 018 024 ]
ASC: Active
305 003
1: Voltage-checked
ASC: AR V> volt.
check PSx
3: Volt./sync.-checked [ * ]
V̲A-G 1V̲A-G·√3
V̲B-G 1V̲B-G·√3
V̲C-G 1V̲C-G·√3
1V̲A-G·√3
1V̲B-G·√3
1V̲C-G·√3
ASC: AR tmin v
-check PSx
[ * ]
ASC: Select. 1 ASC: AR Op.mode
meas.loop PG v-chk.PSx
305 008
2 [ * ]
V̲ref V̲ref·√3 1
1
2
1 2
2
ASC: Close
enable,sync.ch
[ 037 084 ]
Parameter ASC: AR op. mode ASC: AR V> volt. ASC: AR V< volt. ASC: AR Op.mode ASC: AR tmin v
PSx check PSx check PSx v-chk.PSx -check PSx
set 1 018 025 026 017 018 017 018 029 018 018
set 2 018 026 077 043 077 040 018 030 077 041
set 3 018 027 078 043 078 040 018 031 078 041
set 4 018 028 079 043 079 040 018 032 079 041
19Z8080A
ASC: Enabled
[ 018 024 ]
ASC: Active
305 003
V̲A-G 1V̲A-G·√3
V̲B-G 1V̲B-G·√3
V̲C-G 1V̲C-G·√3
1V̲A-G·√3
1V̲B-G·√3
1V̲C-G·√3
ASC: MC tmin v
-check PSx
[ * ]
ASC: Select. 1 ASC: MC op.mode
meas.loop PG v-chk.PSx
305 008
2 [ * ]
V̲ref V̲ref·√3 1
1
2
1 2
2
1 ASC: Close
100ms enable,volt.ch
[ 037 085 ]
ASC: Close enable
1
ARC: HSR 100ms [ 037 083 ]
303 156
ASC: Close
enable,sync.ch
[ 037 084 ]
Parameter ASC: MC op. mode ASC: MC V> volt. ASC: MC V< volt. ASC: MC op.mode ASC: MC tmin v
PSx check PSx check PSx v-chk.PSx -check PSx
set 1 000 056 000 064 000 068 000 060 000 072
set 2 000 057 000 065 000 069 000 061 000 073
set 3 000 058 000 066 000 070 000 062 000 074
set 4 000 059 000 067 000 071 000 063 000 075
19Z8081A
Fig. 3-192: Voltage-checked close enable for autoreclose control for manual close control.
If these conditions are met for at least the set time ASC: A R tmin sync.chk
PS x or A SC: MC tmin sync. chk P Sx, respectively, then a close enable signal
is issued. The ASC operating time for the determination of differences in voltage,
angle, and frequency is approximately 100 ms.
The voltage magnitude difference, angle difference, and frequency difference are
stored as measured synchronism data at the time the close request is issued. In
the event of another close request, they are automatically overwritten by the
new data.
ASC: Active
* Parameter MAIN: Neutr.pt. ASC: AR op. mode ASC: Phi offset ASC: AR V> sync.
305 003
treat. PSx PSx PSx check PSx
ASC: AR op. mode set 1 010 048 018 025 018 034 018 011
PSx
set 2 001 076 018 026 077 042 077 035
[ * ]
set 3 001 077 018 027 078 042 078 035
set 4 001 078 018 028 079 042 079 035
1
* Parameter ASC: AR Delta ASC: AR Delta f ASC: AR Delta ASC: AR tmin
2 Vmax PSx max PSx phi max PSx sync.chk PSx
set 1 018 012 018 014 018 013 018 015
3
set 2 077 036 077 038 077 037 077 039
1: Voltage-checked set 3 078 036 078 038 078 037 078 039
2: Sync.-checked set 4 079 036 079 038 079 037 079 039
3: Volt./sync.-checked
MAIN: Neutr.pt.
treat. PSx
[ * ]
1: Low-imped. grounding
V̲A-G V̲A-G*√3
V̲B-G V̲B-G*√3
V̲C-G V̲C-G*√3
ASC: Select. 1
meas.loop PG
305 008
2
ASC: AR tmin
sync.chk PSx
V̲ref V̲ref*√3 1
[ * ]
2
1
1 2 ASC: Close
enable,sync.ch
100ms
[ 037 084 ]
ASC: Test
305 004
ASC: AR Delta
Vmax PSx ASC: Volt.
magnit. diff.
[ * ] [ 004 091 ]
Δfmax
ASC: AR Delta
ASC: Phi offset phi max PSx
PSx
[ * ]
[ * ]
Δφmax
φ - φcorr
47Z1112A
ASC: Active MAIN: Neutr.pt. ASC: MC op. mode ASC: Phi offset ASC: MC V> sync.
* Parameter
treat. PSx PSx PSx check PSx
305 003
ASC: MC op. mode set 1 010 048 000 056 018 034 000 052
PSx set 2 001 076 000 057 077 042 000 053
[ * ]
set 3 001 077 000 058 078 042 000 054
set 4 001 078 000 059 079 042 000 055
1
Parameter ASC: MC delta ASC: MC delta f ASC: MC delta ASC: MC tmin
2 * Vmax PSx max PSx phi max PSx sync.chk PSx
MAIN: Neutr.pt.
treat. PSx
[ * ]
1: Low-imped. grounding
V̲A-G
V̲A-G*√3
V̲B-G V̲B-G*√3
V̲C-G V̲C-G*√3
ASC: Select. 1
meas.loop PG
305 008
2
ASC: MC tmin
sync.chk PSx
V̲ref V̲ref*√3 1 [ * ]
2
1 ASC: Close
1 2 enable,sync.ch
100ms [ 037 084 ]
ASC: Test
305 004
Δfmax
ASC: MC delta
ASC: Phi offset phi max PSx
PSx [ * ]
[ * ]
Δφmax
φ - φcorr
47Z1113A
ASC: Operative
time PSx
[ * ]
ASC: Cycle
ASC: Gen. close running
request
[ 038 019 ]
306 012
ASC: Close
ASC: Test rejection
[ 037 086 ]
305 004
D5Z5076A
Triggering parameter for auto-reclose control Triggering parameter for manual close command
The ASC cycle and the operating time are started by the test close request.
The network synchronism is checked during the whole operating time and A SC:
Close ena ble is set accordingly. If at the end of the operate time no network
synchronism is registered, a 100 ms signal A SC: Close rejection is issued.
ASC: Close
rejection ASC: Close enable
[ 037 086 ]
[ 037 083 ]
1 2
19Z5230A
3.29.11 Integrating the ASC Function into the Control and Monitoring of
Switchgear Units
ASC triggering by a close request from the control functions is also possible.
This requires that the circuit breaker is assigned to an external device and that
the ASC system integration is set to ‘Autom. synchr. Control’. If the control
function issues a close request then the close command for the circuit breaker
requires the A SC: Close en able (see Section 3.43.6.6, (p. 3-390)).
However if ASC: Sys te m in tegrat. P Sx is set to Autom.synchron.check ASC
will not interfere with any switching commands. Data generated and
continuously updated by the ASC function is transmitted – when configurations
have been set accordingly – to the central control station, where operators may
make decisions as to which external device is to be given a switching command.
ASC: Enabled
[ 018 024 ]
ASC: CB assign-
ment PSx
[ * ]
No assignment
DEV01
DEV02
DEV03
[ 037 083 ]
ASC: System
integrat. PSx
[ * ]
2
1: Autom.synchron.check
2: Autom.synchr.control
12Z51BGB
Fig. 3-197: Integrating the ASC function into the control and monitoring of switchgear units.
ASC: Transm.
cycle,meas.v.
[ 101 212 ]
ASC: Cycle
running
[ 038 019 ]
ASC: Volt.
magnit. diff.
[ 004 091 ]
ASC: Angle
difference
[ 004 089 ]
ASC: Frequ.
difference
[ 004 090 ]
19Z5231A
ASC: Reset
counters USER
[ 003 089 ]
0: don't execute
1: execute
47Z1377A
GFDSS: Enable
PSx
[ * ]
0: No
1: Yes
GFDSS: General
enable USER
[ 016 060 ]
GFDSS: Enabled
&
[ 042 096 ]
0
0: No
1: Yes
&
MAIN: Protec-
tion active
306 001
GFDSS: Operating
mode
[ 016 090 ]
1: Steady-state power
2: Steady-state current
3: Steady-state admitt.
GFDSS: GF (pow.)
& ready
[ 038 026 ]
GFDSS: GF (curr.
& ) ready
[ 038 028 ]
GFDSS: GF (curr.
) not ready
[ 038 029 ]
GFDSS: GF (curr.
) evaluat.
[ 039 071 ]
GFDSS: Admit-
& tance ready
[ 038 167 ]
12Z6243A
Fig. 3-200: Enabling, disabling and readiness of the ground fault direction determination using steady-state values.
GFDSS: Evalua-
tion VNG PSx
[ * ]
V̲N-G 2
1
V̲A-G
V̲B-G 1 ... 2 GFDSS: V̲NG
V̲C-G 304 150
1: Calculated
2: Measured
MAIN: General
start. int.
t 0
306 539
GFDSS: Grd.
fault pow./adm.
[ 009 037 ]
GFDSS: VNG>
triggered
304 151
GFDSS: f/fnom (P
meas.) PSx
C
[ * ]
I̲N
1 1
2 2
C C
GFDSS: Direc-
tion LS
Q 304 153
GFDSS: Direc-
tion BS
304 154
GFDSS: P
304 155
GFDSS: Q
304 156
Parameter GFDSS: VNG> PSx GFDSS: f/fnom (P GFDSS: tVNG> PSx GFDSS: Op.m.GF GFDSS: Meas.
meas.) PSx pow./adm PSx direction PSx
set 1 016 062 016 091 016 061 016 063 016 070
set 2 000 233 001 044 000 230 000 236 001 002
set 3 000 234 001 045 000 231 000 237 001 003
set 4 000 235 001 046 000 232 000 238 001 004
12Z6240A
Fig. 3-202: Direction determination with the “Steady-state power” operating mode.
VNG
BS
BS
GFDSS: Sector
angle BS PSx
GFDSS: IN,act>/
reac> BS PSx
IN
GFDSS: IN,act>/
reac> LS PSx
GFDSS: Sector
angle LS PSx
LS
LS
D5Z50BLA
Fig. 3-203: Characteristic of the ground fault direction determination using steady-state values, “cos φ” operating
mode.
VNG
BS LS
IN
BS LS
D5Z50BMA
Fig. 3-204: Characteristic of the ground fault direction determination using steady-state values, “sin φ” operating
mode.
GFDSS: GF (pow.)
ready
[ 038 026 ]
GFDSS: P
304 155
IN,act 1, 3
GFDSS: IN,act>/
GFDSS: V̲NG C reac> BS PSx
filtered [ * ]
304 152
GFDSS: Q
304 156
IN,reac 2, 4
GFDSS: Direc-
tion LS
304 153
GFDSS: Direc-
tion BS
304 154
ARC: Blocking
trip
[ 042 000 ]
GFDSS: Starting
forward/LS
[ 009 040 ]
GFDSS: Trip
signal forw./LS
[ 009 031 ]
GFDSS: Sector
C angle LS PSx GFDSS: Direct.
[ * ] forward/LS
[ 009 035 ]
GFDSS: GF (curr.
) not ready
[ 038 029 ]
GFDSS: Starting
backw. /BS
[ 009 041 ]
Parameter GFDSS: Op.m.GF GFDSS: Sector GFDSS: Sector GFDSS: IN,act>/ GFDSS: IN,act>/
pow./adm PSx angle LS PSx angle BS PSx reac> LS PSx reac> BS PSx
set 1 016 063 016 065 016 068 016 064 016 067
set 2 000 236 000 242 000 248 000 239 000 251
set 3 000 237 000 243 000 249 000 240 000 252
set 4 000 238 000 244 000 250 000 241 000 253
Fig. 3-205: Output of the direction decisions with the “steady-state power” operating mode.
GFDSS: Admit-
tance ready
[ 038 167 ]
GFDSS: GF (pow.)
ready
[ 038 026 ]
GFDSS: GF (curr. GFDSS: f/fnom (I GFDSS: IN> PSx GFDSS: Operate GFDSS: Release
) ready C meas.) PSx delay IN PSx delay IN PSx
[ 038 028 ] [ * ] [ * ] [ * ] [ * ]
GFDSS: Ground
fault (curr.)
MAIN: General [ 009 038 ]
start. int.
306 539
t 0 0 t
I̲N
GFDSS: IN>
triggered
304 158
GFDSS: I̲N
filtered
304 159
GFDSS: Curr. IN
filt. p.u.
[ 004 047 ]
Parameter GFDSS: f/fnom (I GFDSS: IN> PSx GFDSS: Operate GFDSS: Release
meas.) PSx delay IN PSx delay IN PSx
set 1 016 092 016 093 016 094 016 095
set 2 001 047 001 017 001 020 001 023
set 3 001 048 001 018 001 021 001 024
set 4 001 049 001 019 001 022 001 025
12Z6244A
GFDSS: No. GF
GFDSS: Direc- + (curr. meas)
tion BS
[ 009 003 ]
304 154
R
GFDSS: Reset
counters USER
[ 003 004 ]
1 ≥1
0: don't execute
1: execute
MAIN: General
reset USER
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
GFDSS: Reset
counters EXT
[ 005 245 ]
12Z61BRA
GFDSS: Admit-
tance ready t 0
[ 038 167 ] GFDSS: Grd.
fault pow./adm.
[ 009 037 ]
GFDSS: VNG>
triggered
304 151
GFDSS: f/fnom (P
meas.) PSx
C
[ * ]
I̲
1 1
2 2
GFDSS: Correc-
C tion angle PSx
[ * ]
C C
GFDSS: Direc-
tion LS
Q 304 153
GFDSS: Direc-
tion BS
304 154
GFDSS: P
304 155
GFDSS: Q
304 156
Parameter GFDSS: VNG> PSx GFDSS: f/fnom (P GFDSS: tVNG> PSx GFDSS: Op.m.GF GFDSS: Correc- GFDSS: Meas.
meas.) PSx pow./adm PSx tion angle PSx direction PSx
set 1 016 062 016 091 016 061 016 063 016 110 016 070
set 2 000 233 001 044 000 230 000 236 001 026 001 002
set 3 000 234 001 045 000 231 000 237 001 027 001 003
set 4 000 235 001 046 000 232 000 238 001 028 001 004
12Z6245A
Fig. 3-208: Direction determination with the “Steady-state admittance” operating mode.
VNG
BS
BS
GFDSS: G(N)> /
B(N)> BS PSx
GFDSS: G(N)> /
B(N)> LS PSx
LS
LS
19Z5059A
Fig. 3-209: Characteristic for ground fault direction determination using steady-state admittance, “cos φ” operating
mode.
VNG
BS LS
IN
BS LS
19Z5060A
Fig. 3-210: Characteristic for ground fault direction determination using Steady-state admittance, “sin φ” operating
mode.
GFDSS: Admit-
tance ready
[ 038 167 ]
GFDSS: G(N)> /
B(N)> LS PSx
C
GFDSS: Direc- [ * ]
tion LS
304 153
GFDSS: Op.m.GF
pow./adm PSx
[ * ] 1, 3, 4, 5 GFDSS: G(N)> /
1: cos phi circuit C B(N)> BS PSx
[ * ]
2, 3, 4, 5
2: sin phi circuit
GFDSS: Starting
GFDSS: P backw. /BS
[ 009 041 ]
304 155
G(N) 1, 3
GFDSS: V̲NG
filtered
304 152
GFDSS: Q
304 156
2, 4
B(N)
5
Y(N)
GFDSS: Admitt.
Y(N) p.u.
[ 004 191 ]
5 GFDSS: Conduct.
G(N) p.u.
[ 004 192 ]
4
GFDSS: Suscept.
3 B(N) p.u.
[ 004 193 ]
1 ... 2
ARC: Blocking GFDSS: Trip
trip signal forw./LS
[ 042 000 ] [ 009 031 ]
t 0 0 t GFDSS: Direct.
forward/LS
[ 009 035 ]
t 0 0 t GFDSS: Direct.
backward/BS
[ 009 036 ]
GFDSS: GF (curr.
) not ready
[ 038 029 ]
Fig. 3-211: Output of the direction decisions with the “Steady-state admittance” operating mode.
The trip signal from the non-directional ground fault determination is blocked by
the auto-reclosing control function (ARC) when this function is able to issue a trip
command.
GFDSS: Op.del.Y
(N)> elapsed
304 175
GFDSS: GF (curr.
) ready
[ 038 028 ]
GFDSS: GF (pow.)
ready
[ 038 026 ] GFDSS: Trip
signal Y(N)>
[ 009 072 ]
ARC: Blocking
trip
[ 042 000 ] GFDSS: Starting
Y(N)>
[ 009 074 ]
GFDSS: No. GF
GFDSS: Op.del.Y + admitt. Y(N)
(N)> elapsed
[ 009 060 ]
304 175
R
GFDSS: Reset
counters USER
[ 003 004 ]
1 ≥1
MAIN: General 0: don't execute
reset USER 1: execute
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
GFDSS: Reset
counters EXT
[ 005 245 ]
12Z6191B
MAIN: Protec-
tion active
306 001
[ * ]
1
0: No
1: Yes
TGFD: General
enable USER
[ 016 040 ]
0 TGFD: Enabled
1 [ 037 100 ]
0: No
1: Yes
MAIN: Nominal
frequ. fnom
[ 010 030 ]
50: 50 Hz
SFMON: Fcts.not
perm.f.60Hz
60: 60 Hz
[ 093 098 ]
TGFD: Ready
[ 037 080 ]
TGFD: Blocking
EXT
[ 004 034 ]
TGFD: Direct.
determined
[ 004 030 ]
SFMON: TGFD mon.
triggered
[ 093 094 ]
[ 037 081 ]
SFMON: Module N
DPR faulty TGFD: Hardware
[ 093 090 ] fault
304 207
SFMON: Module N
RAM faulty
[ 093 091 ]
SFMON: Time-out
module N
[ 093 092 ]
SFMON: Invalid
SW vers. N
[ 093 093 ]
SFMON: DAC
faulty module N Parameter TGFD: Enable PSx
[ 093 095 ]
SFMON: +15V set 1 001 054
faulty mod. N
[ 093 096 ] set 2 001 055
SFMON: -15V set 3 001 056
faulty mod. N set 4 001 057
[ 093 097 ]
12Z6282A
Fig. 3-214: Enabling, disabling and readiness of the transient ground fault detection function.
TGFD: Evalua-
tion VNG PSx
[ * ]
V̲N-G 2
1
V̲A-G
V̲B-G 1 ... 2 TGFD: V̲NG
V̲C-G 304 200
1: Calculated
2: Measured
TGFD: Hardware
fault
304 207
TGFD: Ground
TGFD: V̲NG fault
[ 004 033 ]
304 200
TGFD: VNG>
triggered
304 203
S1 1
R1
S1 1
R1
S1 1
R1
TGFD: Measurem.
direc. PSx
[ * ]
TGFD: Direc-
1 tion LS
304 204
1 TGFD: Direc-
tion BS
2 304 205
1: Standard
2: Opposite
Parameter TGFD: IN,p> PSx TGFD: VNG> PSx TGFD: Operate TGFD: Measurem.
delay PSx direc. PSx
set 1 016 042 016 041 016 044 016 045
set 2 001 064 001 061 001 067 001 073
set 3 001 065 001 062 001 068 001 074
set 4 001 066 001 063 001 069 001 075
12Z62EUA
Directional decisions are output for the duration of the set buffer time. If buffer
time is set to 0 s, directional decisions are output until the neutral-point
displacement voltage's fundamental component no longer exceeds the trigger
threshold set at TGFD: V NG> PSx.
TGFD: Hardware
fault
304 207
TGFD: Buffer
time PSx
[ * ]
TGFD: Forward /
LS
TGFD: Direc- 1 [ 004 031 ]
tion LS
R
304 204
TGFD: Backward /
TGFD: Direc- 1 BS
tion BS [ 004 032 ]
304 205 R
S1 1
TGFD: Reset
signal USER
[ 003 009 ]
1: execute
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
12Z61EWA
5s 0
TGFD: IN,p SFMON: TGFD mon.
30 ms triggered
triggered &
304 201
[ 093 094 ]
TGFD: VNG>
triggered
304 203
TGFD: Ready
[ 037 080 ]
MT_RC: Reset
record. USER
[ 003 008 ]
1: execute
MT_RC: Reset
record. EXT
[ 005 240 ]
12Z61EXB
TGFD: Reset
counters USER
[ 003 022 ]
1 ≥1
MAIN: General 0: don't execute
reset USER
[ 003 002 ] 1: execute
1: execute
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
TGFD: Reset
counters EXT
[ 005 246 ]
12Z61EYA
0
MP: Enabled
1
[ 040 115 ]
0: No
1: Yes
1: Yes
19Z5073A
MP: Enabled
[ 040 115 ]
Iref*kP
MP: Operating
mode PSx
[ * ]
MP: Starting k
0 *Iref>
[ 041 057 ]
1
0: Without THERM
1: With THERM
MP: St. kP*Iref>
/Istup>
304 703
MP: Istup>
304 702
19Z5074A
● Mapping of heating:
Basically the overload memory is continuously incremented when the
maximum RMS phase current value measured will have exceeded the
threshold value of kP·Iref (overload range). The rate of this increase of the
storing value depends on the magnitude of the maximum RMS phase
current value and, to a certain extent, on the selected tripping
characteristic (MP: Ch ar acte r.type P PSx).
● Mapping of heat transfer:
After a startup has been identified and the maximum RMS phase current
value has fallen below the current threshold of 0.6·IStUp> (load range), then
the stored value is continuously and automatically pre-decreased, governed
by the settable heat dispersion time constant MP: Tau after st.-up PSx
of the overload memory. This time constant is used to map the heat
transfer in the asynchronous motor from the copper of the rotor to the
rotor’s iron core. This continuous pre-decreasing of the stored value is
carried out linearly up to the minimum value stored after initial startup
(mentioned above) and depending on the count of the startup frequency
monitor. The rate for this pre-decreasing of the stored value is constant and
ranges at about 40% of the discharge (τ after startup = 20) within a time
duration of 60 s, for example.
● Mapping of cooling:
When the measured maximum RMS phase current value has fallen below
the current threshold of IkIref,P> and when the mapping of heat transfer, if
applicable, has been completed, then cooling of the protected object is
simulated by a continuous decreasing of the value stored in the overload
memory. If the machine is running, decreasing of the stored value will be
governed by the cooling time constant MP: Tau mach.running P Sx and
will continue until the minimum loading state of 20% is reached. If the
machine is stopped, decreasing of the stored value will be governed by the
constant MP: Tau mach. stoppe d PSx and will continue until the
minimum loading state of 0% is reached. Decreasing of the stored value is
an exponential function of time. The cooling time duration from an initial
value m0 to an interim value of m(t) can be determined as follows:
● Machine running:
m0 - 0.2
t = τrotating machine · ln m(t ) - 0.2
● Machine stopped:
m0
t = τmachine stopped · ln m(t)
m in % Overload memory
100
80
60
40
20
t
S8Z5054B
● Logarithmic:
(I / I ref)2
t= (1 - m0) · t6I · 36 · ln
ref (I / I ref)2 - 1
where m0 in each case signifies the pre-charging of the overload memory at time
t = 0. With reference to the basic physical model (two-body model), the
logarithmic characteristic in the overload range also takes into account heat
transfer to the coolant, but this heat transfer becomes less significant as the
overcurrent increases. At I = 6·Iref, for example, the tripping time increase is only
about 1.4% and is thus below the specified accuracy of the protection device. For
a low overcurrent range, selection of the logarithmic characteristic provides
significantly higher tripping times than selection of the reciprocally squared
characteristic (see Fig. 3-225, (p. 3-281)), since the latter characteristic neglects
any heat transfer to the cooling medium in the overload range. The possibility of
choosing between two different tripping time characteristics takes into account
the fact that the user or the application may require a more restrictive or a less
restrictive type of protection. For currents in excess of 10 Iref, the tripping times
are limited in the direction of lower values.
The equation for determining the setting value t6Iref can be derived from the
above equations for tripping time t. For this the startup current Istartup and the
maximum permissible blocking time from cold tblock,cold for the asynchronous
motor must be known. Setting the overload protection function on the basis of
the “cold” tripping time where m0 = 0 % (“cold curve”) is permitted since the
conditions for a machine at operating temperature are automatically taken into
account. The conditional equations for the setting value t6Iref are therefore the
following:
● Reciprocally squared:
(I startup / I ref)2
t6I = tblock,cold · 36
ref
● Logarithmic:
1
t6I = tblock,cold ·
ref (I startup / I ref)2
36 · ln
(I startup / I ref)2 - 1
t in s
Startup
Overload
Load
Logarithmic
Reciprocally squared
S8Z5053A
10000
1000
100
t / s
10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
I / IB
S 8 Z 5 0 D 6 A_EN
Fig. 3-225: Tripping characteristic of motor protection (at I/Iref = 2.5 we have m=0.2, at I/Iref > 2.5 we have m=0).
0.1
3.32.4.1 Logic Function for the Operating Mode with Thermal Overload
Protection (THERM)
For particular applications, the machine may be operated in the overload range
for a longer period of time. In such cases the motor protection function (MP) is
too restrictive. For such applications the MP and THERM protection functions are
combined. The MP protection function then serves as rotor protection and the
THERM protection function as stator protection.
When MP: Operatin g m ode P Sx is set to With THERM, the overload memory
will be incremented when the maximum RMS phase current is above the current
threshold set at MP: IStUp> P Sx. If this threshold is not exceeded, the stored
value in the memory after a startup will initially be decremented until the
mapping of the heat transfer from the copper of the rotor to the rotor core is
complete. Thereafter, the value stored in the overload memory will remain
constant and the thermal model of the thermal overload protection function
(THERM) will become active. With the onset of another startup of the
asynchronous motor (not the first startup), the thermal model of the THERM
protection function will be temporarily blocked during the startup time.
1000
100
t / s 10
0.1
1 3 5 7 9 11
I / Iref
Fig. 3-226: Tripping characteristic of motor protection with operating mode With THERM (“cold” characteristic).
MP: Therm.repl.
block EXT
[ 040 044 ]
MP: Character.
type P PSx
[ * ]
Setting Setting
MP: t6Iref PSx
MP: Character. MP: Perm. No.
type P PSx st.-ups PSx [ * ]
Memory = 100%
With heavy starting
MP: Speed
monitor n> EXT Machine running
[ 040 045 ] With heavy starting
MP: Startup
[ 040 119 ]
MP: Block.
sequence control replica THERM
304 700
Not dur. 1st startup
MP: Machine
stopped
304 701
MP: Istup>
304 702
Parameter MP: Character. MP: t6Iref PSx MP: Tau after MP: Tau mach. MP: Tau mach. MP: Perm. No.
type P PSx st.-up PSx running PSx stopped PSx st.-ups PSx
set 1 017 029 017 041 018 042 017 088 017 089 017 047
set 2 024 135 024 136 024 137 024 138 024 139 024 140
set 3 024 185 025 186 024 187 024 188 024 189 024 190
set 4 025 135 025 136 025 137 025 138 025 139 025 140
Parameter MP: RC per- MP: IStUp> PSx MP: tIStUp> PSx MP: St.-up time MP: Blocking
mitted, Θ< PSx tStUpPSx time tE PSx
set 1 018 043 017 053 017 042 017 043 017 044
set 2 024 141 024 133 024 134 024 143 024 144
set 3 024 191 024 183 024 184 024 193 024 194
set 4
set 4 025 141 025 133 025 134 025 143 025 144
12Z6232A
MAIN: General
reset USER
[ 003 002 ]
1: execute ≥1
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
12Z6231A
MP: Reset
replica USER
[ 022 073 ]
0
MP: Reset therm.
1 replica
[ 041 083 ]
0: don't execute
1: execute
MP: Reset
replica EXT
[ 041 082 ]
MP: Enabled
[ 040 115 ]
MAIN: Protec-
tion active
306 001
19Z5077A
[ * ]
19Z5078A
General
The P132 was subjected to risk analysis based on the DIN V 19 250 standard of
May 1994 (on basic safety considerations for measuring and protection relays) as
well as DIN V 19 251 of February 1995 (on measuring and protection relays,
specifications and measures for their fail-safe functioning) and owing to a lack of
more specific standards also based on DIN V VDE 0801 (on computers in safety
systems).
Based on this risk analysis involving the examination of extensive measures for
prevention and management of malfunction, the P132 has been classified in
specifications class 3. According to NAMUR NE 31 (NAMUR: German committee
on standards for measuring and control engineering), specifications class 3
corresponds to risk area 1. For this risk area, a protection device of single-
channel design with alarm signal and/or normally-energized arrangement
(“closed-circuit principle”) will normally suffice. In special cases, a requirement
for a higher specifications class can be met by a customized “1 out of 2” or “2
out of 3” circuit.
By connection and configuration of the output relay MAIN: Blocked/fault y, the
increased-safety machine can be switched off immediately or, alternatively, an
alarm signal can be given for delayed switch-off based on an assessment of the
operational conditions by trained staff.
During startup of the P132 and during its operation, cyclic self-monitoring tests
are run. In the event of a positive test result, a specified monitoring signal will be
issued and stored in a non-volatile (NV) memory – the monitoring signal memory
(see Chapter 11, (p. 11-1)). Monitoring signals prompted by a serious
hardware or software fault in the unit are always entered in the monitoring signal
memory. The entry of monitoring signals of lesser significance into the
monitoring signal memory is optional. The user can select this option by setting a
“m out of n” parameter.
The blocking of the protection device is governed by similar principles, that is,
signals prompted by a serious hardware or software fault in the unit always lead
to a blocking of the unit. The assignment of signals of lesser significance to the
signal MA IN: Fct. assign. f aul t by an “m out of n” parameter (MAIN:
Block ed/faul ty) is optional.
K 908 OUTP: Fct . assignm. K 150 214 Par/Conf MAIN: Fct. as sign. fault
908
z.B. K 901 OUTP: Fct . assignm. K 150 193 Par/Conf SFMON: Warni ng
901 ( re lay)
THERM: General
enable USER
[ 022 050 ]
0
THERM: Enabled
1 &
[ 040 068 ]
0: No
1: Yes
THERM: Enable
PSx
[ * ]
0: No
1: Yes y PSU: PS y active Parameter THERM: Enable
PSx
19Z6112B
THERM: Select
meas.inputPSx
[ * ]
0: None
1: PT100
2: 20mA input
3: T1
n: Tx
&
MEASI: Open 11: T9
circ. PT100
[ 040 190 ]
MEASI: Overload
20mA input
>1 &
[ 040 191 ]
MEASI: Open &
circ. 20mA inp.
[ 040 192 ] &
MEASI: Open circ.
Ty
[ * ]
THERM: Sel.
backup th. PSx
[ * ]
n
0: None
1: PT100
2: 20mA input
3: T1
THERM: CTA error
n: Ty &
11: T9 & [ 039 111 ]
&
THERM: Funct.f.
CTA fail.PSx
[ * ]
2
& THERM: Block. by
CTA error
3 305 200
Tx, Ty
set 1 072 177 072 080 076 177 MEASI: Open 040 219 MEASI: Open 040 252
circ. T7 circ. T8
set 2 073 177 073 080 077 177
set 3 074 177 074 200 078 177 MEASI: Open 040 253
circ. T9
set 4 075 177 075 200 079 177
19Z6110B
The maximum permitted coolant temperature Θc,max is derived from the difference
between the T H E R M: M a x . p e r m . o b j . t m p . P S x and T H E R M: O / T f . I r e f p e r s .
P S x settings.
The Δϑtrip tripping threshold is set to a fixed value of 100% if the operating mode
is Absolute replica.
Θ/%
10000
1000
τ / min
100
200
10 110 1000
50
t / min
1
200
110
30
50
0.1
200
110
0.01
50 1
0.001
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
I / I ref
D5Z50BEB_EN
Fig. 3-233: Tripping characteristics of thermal overload protection (tripping characteristics apply to ΔϑP = 0 % and
identical settings for the maximum permissible coolant temperature and coolant temperature).
3.33.9 Trip
The trip threshold is set according to the selected operating mode with the
following parameters:
● Relative replica: THERM: Re l . O /T tri p PSx
● Absolute replica: TH ERM: Max. pe rm.obj. tmp.PSx
If a trip command is issued, the trip signal is maintained until the status of the
thermal replica has decreased by the value set at TTHERM: Hy st ere sis t rip
PSx, at least for a fixed time of 5 s.
3.33.10 Cooling
If the current falls below the default threshold of 0.1 Iref, the thermal replica is
applied with the time constant set at THERM: Ti m. cons t. 2,<I bl PSx. This
element in the thermal model takes account of the cooling characteristics of
stopped motors.
These two time constants should be set to the same value for transformers and
power lines.
I̲P,max AR_MV
MAIN: Protec-
tion active & c
306 001
THERM: Enabled
[ 040 068 ]
THERM: Starting
k*Iref>
THERM: Block [ 041 108 ]
replica EXT
[ 041 074 ]
THERM: Block. by
CTA error & c
305 200
THERM: Tim.
const.1,>Ibl PSx
c [ * ]
THERM: Iref PSx THERM: Tim.
<0.1 Iref c const.2,<Ibl PSx
[ * ]
[ * ]
THERM: Start. THERM: O/T f.
fact.OL_RC PSx Iref pers. PSx
[ * ] c [ * ]
THERM: Warning
k·Iref c temp. PSx
[ * ]
THERM: Max.
c perm.obj.tmp.PSx
THERM: Absolute [ * ]
replica
[ 022 065 ] THERM: Max.
c perm.cool.tmpPSx
[ * ]
0 THERM: Rel. O/T THERM: Within
c warning PSx pre-trip time
[ * ]
1 [ 041 109 ]
THERM: Rel. O/T
0: No trip PSx SFMON: Setting
c [ * ] error THERM
1: Yes [ 098 035 ]
THERM: Default
c CTA PSx THERM: Setting
[ * ] error,block.
THERM: Relative THERM: Hystere- [ 039 110 ]
replica sis trip PSx THERM: Warning
[ 022 064 ] [ * ]
THERM: Warning [ 039 025 ]
0 pre-trip PSx THERM: Trip
[ * ] signal
1 [ 039 020 ]
THERM: Buffer
0: No empty
1: Yes [ 039 112 ]
THERM: Status
THERM: With CTA THERM replica
c [ 004 016 ]
305 201
R THERM: Object
Coolant temperature I/Iref temperature
[ 004 137 ]
THERM: Reset THERM: Coolant
replica temperature
[ 039 061 ] [ 004 149 ]
c THERM: Pre-trip
time left
[ 004 139 ]
THERM: Temp.
offset replica
[ 004 109 ]
THERM: Coolant
temp. p.u.
Parameter THERM: Iref PSx THERM: Start. THERM: Tim.
fact.OL_RC PSx const.1,>Ibl PSx [ 004 178 ]
THERM: Object
set 1 072 179 072 180 072 187 temp. p.u.
set 2 073 179 073 180 073 187 [ 004 179 ]
set 3 074 179 074 180 074 187 THERM: Therm.
set 4 075 179 075 180 075 187 replica p.u.
[ 004 017 ]
Parameter THERM: Tim. THERM: O/T f. THERM: Warning THERM: Max. THERM: Current
const.2,<Ibl PSx Iref pers. PSx temp. PSx perm.obj.tmp.PSx I,therm prim
set 1 072 188 072 167 072 153 072 182 [ 007 220 ]
set 2 073 188 073 167 073 153 073 182 THERM: Current
I,therm p.u
set 3 074 188 074 167 074 153 074 182
[ 007 221 ]
set 4 075 188 075 167 075 153 075 182
Parameter THERM: Max. THERM: Rel. O/T THERM: Rel. O/T THERM: Default THERM: Hystere- THERM: Warning
perm.cool.tmpPSx warning PSx trip PSx CTA PSx sis trip PSx pre-trip PSx
set 1 072 185 072 184 072 181 072 186 072 183 072 191
set 2 073 185 073 184 073 181 073 186 073 183 073 191
set 3 074 185 074 184 074 181 074 186 074 183 074 191
set 4 075 185 075 184 075 181 075 186 075 183 075 191
19Z8042A
3.33.12 Resetting
The thermal replica may be reset either via a setting parameter or via an
appropriately configured binary signal input. Resetting is possible even when
thermal overload protection is disabled. Thermal overload protection can be
blocked via an appropriately configured binary signal input.
THERM: Reset
replica USER
[ 022 061 ]
0
THERM: Reset
1 replica
[ 039 061 ]
0: don't execute
1: execute
THERM: Enabled
[ 040 068 ]
THERM: Reset
replica EXT
[ 038 061 ]
Q9Z5020A
0
I2>: Enabled
1
[040 073 ]
0: No
1: Yes
[ * ]
0: No
1: Yes
19Z5082A
I2>: Blocking
tIneg> EXT
[ 041 076 ]
I2>: Blocking
tIneg>> EXT
[ 041 077 ]
I2>: Enabled
&
[ 040 073 ]
MAIN: Protec-
tion active
306 001
[ 035 100 ] [ * ] [ * ]
t 0 I2>: tIneg>
>0.1 Inom |I̲neg|/Inom elapsed
[ 035 033 ]
I2>: Starting
Ineg>
I̲A [ 035 024 ]
I̲B
I2>: Ineg>> PSx I2>: tIneg>> PSx
I̲C
[ * ] [ * ]
I2>: tIneg>>
MAIN: Phase elapsed
sequence
[ 035 034 ]
[ 010 049 ]
I2>: Starting
Ineg>>
[ 035 025 ]
I̲neg
Parameter I2>: Ineg> PSx I2>: tIneg> PSx I2>: Ineg>> PSx I2>: tIneg>> PSx
19Z5083B
0: No
1: Yes
[ * ]
V<>: Enabled
0 [ 040 066 ]
0: No
V<>: Ready
1: Yes
[ 042 003 ]
MCMON: Meas.
circ. V faulty V<>: Not ready
[ 038 023 ]
[ 042 004 ]
19Z5085A
1
0: Without
1: With
V<>: I enable
V< PSx
[ * ]
I̲A
I̲B
I̲C
V<>: Operating
mode PSx
[ * ]
MAIN: Protec-
tion active
306 001
V<>: Ready
[ 042 003 ]
fnom
V̲A-G
V̲B-G
fnom 1
V̲C-G
fnom
fnom
VA-G √3
fnom
2
VB-G √3
fnom
VC-G √3
1V̲A(-B)
1 2 1V̲B(-C)
1V̲C(-A)
1: Delta
2: Star
Parameter V<>: Operating
mode PSx
set 1 076 001
set 2 077 001
set 3 078 001
set 4 079 001
47Z0147A
[ * ]
[ 041 034 ]
1V̲B(-C)
V<>: Blocking
tV> EXT
[ 041 068 ]
V<>: Starting
V> 3-pole
[ 041 097 ]
[ * ]
[ * ]
[ 041 035 ]
V<>: Blocking
tV>> EXT
[ 041 069 ]
V<>: Starting
V>>>
[ 010 231 ]
V<>: Starting
V>/>> A(-B)
[ 041 031 ]
V<>: Starting
V>/>> B(-C)
[ 041 032 ]
Parameter V<>: V> PSx V<>: tV> PSx V<>: tV> 3-pole V<>: Starting
PSx V>/>> C(-A)
set 1 076 003 076 005 076 027 [ 041 033 ]
set 2 077 003 077 005 077 027
set 3 078 003 078 005 078 027
set 4 079 003 079 005 079 027
Parameter V<>: V>> PSx V<>: tV>> PSx V<>: tV>> 3-pole V<>: Hyst. V<>
PSx meas. PSx
set 1 076 004 076 006 011 092 076 048
set 2 077 004 077 006 011 094 077 048
set 3 078 004 078 006 011 095 078 048
set 4 079 004 079 006 011 096 079 048
19Z8091A
[ * ]
V<>: Blocking
tV>>> EXT
[ 010 246 ]
V<>: tV>>> 3
-pole elapsed
[ 010 234 ]
V<>: Starting
V>>> 3-pole
[ 010 232 ]
Parameter V<>: V>>> PSx V<>: tV>>> PSx V<>: tV>>> 3 V<>: Hyst. V<>
-pole PSx meas. PSx
set 1 011 075 011 079 011 099 076 048
set 2 011 076 011 080 011 105 077 048
set 3 011 077 011 081 011 117 078 048
set 4 011 078 011 082 011 118 079 048
19Z8092A
V<>: Blocking
tV< EXT
V<>: tV< PSx
[ 041 070 ]
[ * ]
[ * ]
Setting(s) blocked
Setting(s) blocked
V<>: Starting
V< 3-pole
V<>: tV<< PSx [ 042 005 ]
[ * ]
V<>: Fault V< 3
-pole
[ 041 111 ]
V<>: V<< PSx
[ * ]
[ 041 042 ]
Setting(s) blocked
V<>: Starting V<<
[ 041 099 ]
V<>: tV<< 3-pole V<>: Fault V<<
PSx
[ * ] [ 041 112 ]
V<>: Blocking
tV<< EXT
[ 041 071 ]
Setting(s) blocked
V<>: tV< elaps. V<>: Starting
transient V<< 3-pole
[ 042 023 ] [ 010 228 ]
V<>: tV< 3p
elaps. trans.
[ 042 024 ]
V<>: tV<<
elapsed trans. V<>: Fault V<<
[ 042 025 ] 3-pole
[ 011 132 ]
V<>: tV<< 3p
elaps. trans
[ 010 230 ] V<>: Starting
V</<< A(-B)
[ 041 038 ]
V<>: Starting
Parameter V<>: Hyst. V<> V</<< B(-C)
meas. PSx [ 041 039 ]
set 1 076 048 V<>: Starting
set 2 077 048 V</<< C(-A)
[ 041 040 ]
set 3 078 048
set 4 079 048
Parameter V<>: V< PSx V<>: tV< PSx V<>: tV< 3-pole V<>: V<< PSx V<>: tV<< PSx V<>: tV<< 3-pole
PSx PSx
set 1 076 007 076 009 076 028 076 008 076 010 011 119
set 2 077 007 077 009 077 028 077 008 077 010 011 124
set 3 078 007 078 009 078 028 078 008 078 010 011 125
set 4 079 007 079 009 079 028 079 008 079 010 011 126 19Z8093A
Fig. 3-243: Undervoltage monitoring, Part 1: stages V< and V<<. (Transient pulse: See following diagram.)
V<>: Blocking
tV<<< EXT
V<>: tV<<< PSx
[ 010 247 ]
[ * ]
V<>: tV<<<
elapsed
V<>: V<<< PSx [ 010 237 ]
[ * ]
Setting(s) blocked
V<>: tV<<< 3
-pole elapsed
[ 010 239 ]
Setting(s) blocked
V<>: Starting
V<<< 3-pole
[ 010 236 ]
V<>: tTransient
pulse PSx V<>: tTransient
pulse PSx
[ * ]
[ * ]
V<>: tV<<<
elaps. transie
[ 010 238 ]
V<>: tV<<< 3p
elaps. tran
[ 010 240]
V<>: tV</<</<<<
el.trans
[ 042 007 ]
Parameter V<>: V<<< PSx V<>: tV<<< PSx V<>: tV<<< 3 V<>: Hyst. V<> V<>: tTransient
-pole PSx meas. PSx pulse PSx
set 1 011 083 011 088 011 127 076 048 076 029
set 2 011 083 011 088 011 127 077 048 077 029
set 3 011 083 011 088 011 127 078 048 078 029
set 4 011 083 011 088 011 127 079 048 079 029
19Z8094A
Fig. 3-244: Undervoltage monitoring, Part 2: stage V<<< and transient pulse for stages V</<</<<<.
MAIN: Phase
sequence
[ 010 049 ]
MAIN: Protec-
tion active & C
306 001
V<>: Ready
[ 042 003 ]
fnom
V̲A-G V<>: V̲pos
305 250
fnom
V̲B-G V̲pos
fnom
V̲C-G
305 251
D5Z50AYB
Fig. 3-245: Determination of positive- and negative-sequence voltages. (Note: The previous terminology for
MAIN: Phase sequence was MAIN: Rotary field.)
[ * ]
V<>: Starting
Vpos>
V<>: Blocking
tVpos>> EXT [ 042 010 ]
[ 041 091 ]
V<>: tVpos>> PSx
[ * ]
[ * ]
V<>: tVpos>>
elapsed
[ 042 013 ]
V<>: Starting
Vpos>>
V<>: Blocking
tVpos< EXT [ 042 011 ]
[ 041 092 ] V<>: tVpos< PSx
[ * ]
Setting(s) blocked
V<>: Starting
Vpos<
[ 042 014 ]
V<>: tVpos<< PSx
V<>: Blocking [ * ]
tVpos<< EXT V<>: Fault Vpos<
[ 041 093 ]
[ 041 113 ]
V<>: tVpos<<
elapsed
[ 042 017 ]
V<>: Vpos<< PSx
[ * ] Setting(s) blocked
V<>: Starting
Vpos<<
[ 042 015 ]
V<>: tTransient
pulse PSx
[ * ] V<>: tVpos<
Parameter V<>: Vpos> PSx V<>: tVpos> PSx elaps. trans.
[ 042 026 ]
set 1 076 015 076 017
set 2 077 015 077 017 V<>: tVpos<<
elaps.trans.
set 3 078 015 078 017 [ 042 027 ]
set 4 079 015 079 017
Parameter V<>: Vpos< PSx V<>: tVpos< PSx V<>: Vpos<< PSx V<>: tVpos<< PSx V<>: tTransient V<>: Hyst. V<>
pulse PSx deduc. PSx
set 1 076 019 076 021 076 020 076 022 076 029 076 049
set 2 077 019 077 021 077 020 077 022 077 029 077 049
set 3 078 019 078 021 078 020 078 022 078 029 078 049
set 4 079 019 079 021 079 020 079 022 079 029 079 049
19Z80AZA
V<>: Blocking
tVneg> EXT
[ 041 094 ]
V<>: tVneg> PSx
V<>: Hyst. V<>
deduc. PSx [ * ]
[ * ]
V<>: Vneg> PSx
[ * ]
V<>: tVneg>
V<>: V̲neg elapsed
305 251 [ 042 021 ]
[ * ]
[ * ]
V<>: tVneg>>
elapsed
[ 042 022 ]
V<>: Starting
Vneg>>
[ 042 020 ]
Parameter V<>: Vneg> PSx V<>: tVneg> PSx V<>: Vneg>> PSx V<>: tVneg>> PSx V<>: Hyst. V<>
deduc. PSx
set 1 076 023 076 025 076 024 076 026 076 049
set 2 077 023 077 025 077 024 077 026 077 049
set 3 078 023 078 025 078 024 078 026 078 049
set 4 079 023 079 025 079 024 079 026 079 049
D5Z52BAA
V<>: Evaluation
VNG PSx
[ * ]
V̲N-G 2
1
V̲A-G
V̲B-G 1 2 V<>: V̲NG
V̲C-G 305 252
1: Calculated
2: Measured
Parameter V<>: Evaluation
VNG PSx
set 1 076 002
set 2 077 002
set 3 078 002
set 4 079 002
47Z0148A
V<>: Blocking
tVNG> EXT
[ 041 072 ]
V<>: Ready
[ * ] [ * ]
V<>: Starting
VNG>>
[ 042 008 ]
Parameter V<>: VNG> PSx V<>: tVNG> PSx V<>: VNG>> PSx V<>: tVNG>> PSx V<>: Hyst. V<>
deduc. PSx
set 1 076 011 076 013 076 012 076 014 076 049
set 2 077 011 077 013 077 012 077 014 077 049
set 3 078 011 078 013 078 012 078 014 078 049
set 4 079 011 079 013 079 012 079 014 079 049
D5Z52BCA
V<>: Blocking
tVref> EXT
[ 007 036 ]
V<>: tVref> PSx
V<>: Hyst. V<>
deduc. PSx
[ * ]
[ * ]
V<>: Vref> PSx
C C
[ * ]
V<>: Starting
V<>: Blocking Vref>
tVref>> EXT [ 007 051 ]
[ 007 037 ]
V<>: tVref>> PSx
[ * ]
V<>: tVref>>
elaps.
[ 007 048 ]
V<>: Starting
Vref>>>
[ 010 241 ]
Parameter V<>: Vref> PSx V<>: tVref> PSx V<>: Vref>> PSx V<>: tVref>> PSx V<>: Vref>>> PSx V<>: tVref>>>
PSx
set 1 007 064 007 066 007 065 007 067 007 065 007 067
set 2 007 071 007 069 007 068 007 070 007 068 007 070
set 3 007 075 007 073 007 072 007 074 007 072 007 074
set 4 007 079 007 077 007 076 007 078 007 076 007 078
19Z8095A
V<>: Blocking
tVref< EXT
[ 007 039 ]
V<>: tVref< PSx
V<>: Hyst. V<>
deduc. PSx
[ * ] [ * ]
Setting(s) blocked
V<>: Blocking
tVref<<< EX V<>: Starting
[ 010 249 ] Vref<<
[ 007 056 ]
V<>: tVref<<<
PSx
V<>: tVref<<
[ * ] elapsed
[ 007 054 ]
MAIN: Protec- V<>: Vref<<< PSx
tion active C C
306 001
[ * ]
MCMON: M.circ.
Vref flty.
[ 007 213 ]
V<>: Fault
Vref<<<
[ 011 135 ]
Setting(s) blocked
V<>: Starting
Vref<<<
[ 010 243 ]
V<>: tTransient
pulse PSx
[ * ]
V<>: tVref<
elaps. trans.
[ 007 057 ]
V<>: tVref<<
elaps.trans.
[ 007 060 ]
V<>: tVref<<<
elaps.trans
[ 010 245 ]
Parameter V<>: tTransient V<>: Hyst. V<>
pulse PSx deduc. PSx V<>: tVref</<<
/<<< el.tr.
set 1 076 029 076 049 [ 007 063 ]
set 2 077 029 077 049
set 3 078 029 078 049
set 4 079 029 079 049
Parameter V<>: Vref< PSx V<>: tVref< PSx V<>: Vref<< PSx V<>: tVref<< PSx V<>: Vref<<< PSx V<>: tVref<<<
PSx
set 1 007 086 007 088 007 087 007 096 011 059 011 071
set 2 007 097 007 099 007 098 007 100 011 062 011 072
set 3 007 101 007 103 007 102 007 104 011 069 011 073
set 4 007 105 007 107 007 106 007 108 011 070 011 074
19Z8096A
1 f<>: Enabled
[ 042 100 ]
0: No
1: Yes
[ 042 101 ]
0
0: No
f<>: Not ready
1: Yes
[ 042 140 ]
F5Z0104C
f<>: Selection
MAIN: Protec- meas. volt
tion active
306 001
[ 018 202 ]
f<>: Ready
[ 042 101 ]
fnom
V̲A-G VA-G √3 1
fnom
V̲B-G VB-G √3 2
fnom
V̲C-G VC-G √3 3
fnom
fnom
fnom
f<>: V̲Meas
1 6
305 725
1: Voltage A-G
2: Voltage B-G
3: Voltage C-G
4: Voltage A-B
5: Voltage B-C
6: Voltage C-A
47Z0150A
f<>: Undervolt.
block. V<
[ 018 200 ]
f<>: Blocked by
f<>: V̲Meas V<
[ 042 102 ]
305 725
f<>: Evaluation
time
[ 018 201 ]
f<>: fMeas
305 726
47Z0151A
f<
Δf
Δt Δt
t
Start Δt Start Δt
Function blocked
Trip Δf/Δt
F5Z0128C
f<>: Blocking f1
EXT
[ 042 103 ]
f<>: Oper. mode
f1 PSx
[ * ]
1: f
2: f with df/dt
f<>: f1 PSx
3: f w. Delta f/Delta t [ * ]
MAIN: Nominal
frequ. fnom
[ 010 030 ]
f<>: tf1 PSx
f<>: Ready
[ * ]
[ 042 101 ]
MAIN: Protec-
tion active
306 001
f<>: Trip signal
f<>: Blocked by f1
V< [ 042 111 ]
[ 042 102 ]
MAIN: M.c.b.
trip V EXT
[ 004 061 ]
f<>: Starting f1
[ 042 107 ]
f<>: df1/dt PSx
[ * ]
f<>: fMeas
df/dt
305 726
f<>: Starting
Start. cond. met f1/df1
[ 042 108 ]
SFMON: Setting
f> error f<>
f<>: Delta f1 [ 098 028 ]
PSx
[ * ]
f<>: Delta t1
PSx
[ * ]
df/dt
f<>: Delta f1
triggered
[ 042 109 ]
Start. cond. met
f<>: Delta t1
elapsed
[ 042 110 ]
Parameter f<>: Oper. mode f<>: f1 PSx f<>: df1/dt PSx f<>: Delta f1 f<>: Delta t1 f<>: tf1 PSx
f1 PSx PSx PSx
set 1 018 120 018 100 018 108 018 112 018 116 018 104
set 2 018 121 018 101 018 109 018 113 018 117 018 105
set 3 018 122 018 102 018 110 018 114 018 118 018 106
set 4 018 123 018 103 018 111 018 115 018 119 018 107
47Z0152A
0: No
1: Yes
[ * ]
P<>: Enabled
0 [ 036 250 ]
1
Parameter P<>: Enabled PSx
0: No
1: Yes set 1 014 252
set 2 014 253
set 3 014 254
set 4 014 255
45Z5051A
P<>: Enabled
[ 036 250 ]
MCMON: Meas.
circ. V faulty
[ 038 023 ]
fnom
I̲A P<>: P
402 631
fnom
I̲B
fnom
I̲C
fnom
V̲A-G
fnom
V̲B-G
fnom
V̲C-G
P<>: P+
402 633
P<>: P-
402 634
P<>: Q
402 632
P<>: Q+
402 635
P<>: Q-
402 636
45Z5052A
P<>: Operate
delay P> PSx
[ * ]
P<>: Release
P<>: Blocking delay P> PSx
tP> EXT [ * ]
[ 035 082 ]
P<>: Diseng.
ratio P> PSx
[ * ]
402 631
[ 035 086 ]
P<>: Operate
delay P>>PSx
[ * ]
P<>: Release
delay P>>PSx
P<>: Blocking
tP>> EXT [ * ]
[ 035 083 ]
P<>: Diseng.
ratio P>>PSx
[ * ]
[ 035 089 ]
Parameter P<>: P> PSx P<>: Diseng. P<>: Operate P<>: Release
ratio P> PSx delay P> PSx delay P> PSx
set 1 017 120 017 124 017 128 017 132
set 2 017 200 017 125 017 129 017 133
set 3 017 201 017 126 017 130 017 134
set 4 017 202 017 127 017 131 017 135
Parameter P<>: P>> PSx P<>: Diseng. P<>: Operate P<>: Release
ratio P>>PSx delay P>>PSx delay P>>PSx
set 1 017 140 017 144 017 148 017 152
set 2 017 141 017 145 017 149 017 153
set 3 017 142 017 146 017 150 017 154
set 4 017 143 017 147 017 151 017 155
19Z5271A
Fig. 3-259: Active power monitoring when the set thresholds are exceeded.
P<>: Direction
P> PSx
[ * ]
1: Forward directional
2: Backward directional
3: Non-directional
P<>: Trip signal
P<>: Signal P> P>
delayed [ 035 088 ]
[ 035 087 ]
P<>: P+
402 633
P<>: P-
402 634
P<>: Direction
P>> PSx
[ * ]
1: Forward directional
2: Backward directional
3: Non-directional
P<>: Trip signal
P<>: Signal P>> P>>
delayed [ 035 091 ]
[ 035 090 ]
45Z5054A
Fig. 3-260: Direction-dependent trip signal of the active power protection function when the set thresholds are
exceeded.
P<>: Operate
delay Q> PSx
[ * ]
P<>: Release
delay Q> PSx
P<>: Blocking
tQ> EXT [ * ]
[ 035 084 ]
P<>: Diseng.
ratio Q> PSx
[ * ]
P<>: Operate
delay Q>>PSx
[ * ]
P<>: Release
delay Q>>PSx
P<>: Blocking [ * ]
tQ>> EXT
[ 035 085 ]
P<>: Diseng.
ratio Q>>PSx
[ * ]
[ 035 095 ]
Parameter P<>: Q> PSx P<>: Diseng. P<>: Operate P<>: Release
ratio Q> PSx delay Q> PSx delay Q> PSx
set 1 017 160 017 164 017 168 017 172
set 2 017 161 017 165 017 169 017 173
set 3 017 162 017 166 017 170 017 174
set 4 017 163 017 167 017 171 017 175
Parameter P<>: Q>> PSx P<>: Diseng. P<>: Operate P<>: Release
ratio Q>>PSx delay Q>>PSx delay Q>>PSx
set 1 017 180 017 184 017 188 017 192
set 2 017 181 017 185 017 189 017 193
set 3 017 182 017 186 017 190 017 194
set 4 017 183 017 187 017 191 017 195
19Z5270A
Fig. 3-261: Reactive power monitoring when the set thresholds are exceeded.
P<>: Direction
Q> PSx
[ * ]
1: Forward directional
2: Backward directional
3: Non-directional
P<>: Trip signal
P<>: Signal Q> Q>
delayed [ 035 094 ]
[ 035 093 ]
P<>: Q+
402 635
P<>: Q-
402 636
P<>: Direction
Q>> PSx
[ * ]
1: Forward directional
2: Backward directional
3: Non-directional
P<>: Trip signal
P<>: Signal Q>> Q>>
delayed [ 035 097 ]
[ 035 096 ]
45Z5056A
Fig. 3-262: The direction-dependent trip signal of the reactive power protection function when the set thresholds
are exceeded.
3.37.8 Active Power Monitoring when Values Fall Below Set Thresholds
The P132 monitors the active power with two-stage functions to detect when it
falls below the set thresholds. The resetting ratio of the threshold stages can be
set. When the active power falls below the set thresholds, a starting results. The
starting signal is followed by the set operate and resetting delays.
P<>: Blocking
tP< EXT
[ 035 050 ]
Setting(s) blocked
P<>: Starting P<
[ 035 054 ]
[ * ]
C [ * ]
Setting(s) blocked
P<>: Starting P<<
[ 035 060 ]
&
P<>: tTransient
pulse PSx P<>: tTransient
pulse PSx
[ * ]
[ * ]
P<>: tP<<
elapsed trans.
[ 035 062 ]
P<>: tP</tP<<
elaps.trans
[ 035 178 ]
Parameter P<>: P< PSx P<>: Diseng. P<>: Operate P<>: Release
ratio P< PSx delay P< PSx delay P< PSx
set 1 017 030 017 034 017 060 017 226
set 2 017 031 017 035 017 061 017 227
set 3 017 032 017 036 017 062 017 228
set 4 017 033 017 037 017 063 017 229
Parameter P<>: P<< PSx P<>: Diseng. P<>: Operate P<>: Release P<>: tTransient
ratio P<< PSx delay P<<PSx delay P<<PSx pulse PSx
set 1 017 234 017 238 017 242 017 246 018 246
set 2 017 235 017 239 017 243 017 247 018 247
set 3 017 236 017 240 017 244 017 248 018 248
set 4 017 237 017 241 017 245 017 249 018 249
19Z5272B
Fig. 3-263: Active power monitoring when values fall below set thresholds.
3.37.9 Active Power Direction when Values Fall Below Set Thresholds
The P132 determines the sign of the active power. If the sign is positive, a
forward-directional decision is issued; if it is negative, a backward- (reverse-)
directional decision results. A setting determines whether a trip signal is
triggered by a forward-directional, a backward- (reverse-) directional or a non-
directional decision.
[ 035 054 ]
Apparent power S
> 0,010 Snom
P<>: Direction
P< PSx
[ * ]
1: Forward directional
2: Backward directional
3: Non-directional
&
&
P<>: tP< elapsed
trans.
[ 035 056 ] P<>: Trip signal
&
& P< trans
[ 035 059 ]
P<>: P+
402 633
&
P<>: P-
402 634
&
[ 035 060 ]
P<>: Direction
P<< PSx
[ * ]
1: Forward directional
2: Backward directional
3: Non-directional
&
&
&
Fig. 3-264: The direction-dependent trip signal of the active power protection function when values fall below set
thresholds.
035 054
P<>: Operate
delay P< PSx
*
P<>: Release
delay P< PSx
*
2
035 057
P<>: Operate
1 delay P< PSx *
P<>: Release
2 delay P< PSx *
P<>: tTransient
3 pulse PSx *
19Z5278A
Fig. 3-265: Performance of the transient signal and the fault signal issued by the active power monitoring.
P<>: Blocking
tQ< EXT
[ 035 052 ]
Setting(s) blocked
P<>: Starting Q<
[ 035 066 ]
Setting(s) blocked
P<>: Starting Q<<
[ 035 010 ]
P<>: tTransient
pulse PSx P<>: tTransient
pulse PSx
[ * ]
[ * ]
P<>: tQ<<
elapsed trans.
[ 035 016 ]
P<>: tQ</tQ<<
elaps.trans
[ 035 179 ]
Parameter P<>: Q< PSx P<>: Diseng. P<>: Operate P<>: Release
ratio Q< PSx delay Q< PSx delay Q< PSx
set 1 018 035 018 044 018 052 018 056
set 2 018 036 018 045 018 053 018 057
set 3 018 037 018 046 018 054 018 058
set 4 018 038 018 047 018 055 018 059
Parameter P<>: Q<< PSx P<>: Diseng. P<>: Operate P<>: Release P<>: tTransient
ratio Q<< PSx delay Q<<PSx delay Q<<PSx pulse PSx
set 1 018 085 018 095 018 213 018 236 018 246
set 2 018 086 018 096 018 214 018 237 018 247
set 3 018 087 018 097 018 215 018 238 018 248
set 4 018 088 018 098 018 216 018 239 018 249
19Z5276B
Fig. 3-266: Reactive power monitoring when values fall below set thresholds.
3.37.11 Reactive Power Direction when Values Fall Below Set Thresholds
The P132 determines the sign of the reactive power. If the sign is positive, a
forward-directional decision is issued; if it is negative, a backward- (reverse-)
directional decision results. A setting determines whether a trip signal is
[ 035 066 ]
P<>: Direction
Q< PSx
[ * ]
1: Forward directional
2: Backward directional
3: Non-directional
&
&
P<>: tQ< elapsed
trans.
P<>: Trip sig.
[ 035 068 ]
& Q< trans.
& [ 035 156 ]
P<>: Q+
P<>: Q-
402 636
&
[ 035 010 ]
P<>: Direction
Q<< PSx
[ * ]
1: Forward directional
2: Backward directional
3: Non-directional
&
&
&
19Z5277B
Fig. 3-267: Direction-dependent trip signal of the reactive power protection function when values fall below set
thresholds.
P<>: Operate
delay Q< PSx
*
P<>: Release
delay Q< PSx
*
2
035 069
P<>: Operate
1 delay Q< PSx *
P<>: Release
2 delay Q< PSx *
P<>: tTransient
3 pulse PSx *
19Z5279A
Fig. 3-268: Performance of the transient signal and the fault signal issued by the reactive power monitoring.
Apparent power S
> 0,010 Snom
P<>: Direction
& P forw.
P<>: Starting P> [ 035 181 ]
[ 035 086 ]
P<>: Starting P>>
[ 035 089 ]
19Z5274B
Fig. 3-269: Directional starting signal issued by the active power monitoring.
P<>: Q+
402 635
P<>: Q-
402 636
P<>: Direction
Q forw.
&
P<>: Starting Q> [ 035 193 ]
[ 035 092 ]
P<>: Starting Q>>
[ 035 095 ]
Apparent power S
> 0,010 Snom
19Z5275B
Fig. 3-270: Directional starting signal issued by the reactive power monitoring.
0
CBF: Enabled
1 &
[ 040 055 ]
0: No
1: Yes
INP: Fct.
assignm. U xxx
[ xxx xxx ]
U x1
U x2
U x3
U xx
[ 038 041 ]
CBF: Enable USER
[ 003 016 ]
0: don't execute
1: execute
[ 038 042 ]
CBF: Disable USER
[ 003 015 ]
0: don't execute
1: execute
47Z1138B
[ 038 058 ]
≥1
CBF: t1 3p
[ 022 165 ]
blocked &
CBF: t2
[ 022 166 ]
blocked
CBF: Delay
/starting trig.
[ 022 155 ]
blocked
CBF: Delay
/fault beh. CB
[ 022 171 ]
blocked
CBF: Delay/CB
sync.superv
[ 022 172 ]
blocked
19Z6130B
CBF: I<
[ 022 160 ]
CBF: Current
flow Phx
[ 038 233 ]
CBF: Evalua-
tion IN
[ 022 184 ]
0: Without
1: Calculated c1
2: Measured
c2
+
+ 1
CBF: IN<
+
[ 022 180 ]
I̲N 2
≥1
CBF: IN
460 394
64Z1103C
INP: Fct.
assignm. U xxx
[ xxx yyy ]
U x01
U x02
U x03
U xxx
19Z6131C
CBF: Fct.
assignm. CBAux.
[ 022 159 ]
Signal 1
Signal 2 m out of n
Signal 3
Selected signals
CBF: CB pos.
implausible
[ 038 210 ]
CBF: I<
&
[ 022 160 ] ≥1
&
I̲A & & S 1 1
I̲B R 1
I̲C
MAIN: CB open 3p
EXT
[ 031 028 ]
≥1
MAIN: CB closed
3p EXT
[ 036 051 ]
CBF: Startup 3p
≥1 & ≥1 S 1 1
[ 038 211 ]
R 1
≥1 &
>1
CBF: Start with
man. trip
[ 022 154 ]
1 & ≥1
0: No
MAIN: Trip cmd. 1: Yes
blocked
[ 021 013 ] &
MAIN: Gen. trip &
signal 1
[ 036 005 ]
MAIN: Manual
trip signal
[ 034 017 ]
INP: Fct.
assignm. U xxx
[ xxx yyy ]
U x01
U x02
U x03
U xxx & ≥1
[ 038 205 ]
19Z6132D
&
CBF: CB faulty
EXT
[ 038 234 ]
19Z6433A
CBF: Min.dur.
trip cmd.t1
[ 022 167 ]
MAIN: Trip cmd. CBF: Trip
blocked t 0 command t1
[ 021 013 ] & ≥1
[ 038 220 ]
CBF: Trip signal
t1 ≥1
[ 038 215 ]
CBF: Latching
trip cmd.t1
[ 022 169 ]
0 & S 1 1
1 R 1
CBF: Min.dur.
0: No trip cmd.t2
1: Yes [ 022 168 ]
CBF: Trip
t 0 ≥1
& command t2
CBF: Trip signal [ 038 224 ]
t2
[ 038 219 ] ≥1
CBF: Latching
trip cmd.t2
[ 022 170 ]
0 & S 1 1
1 R 1
0: No
1: Yes
MAIN: Latch.
trip c. reset
[ 040 139 ]
19Z6134B
CBF: Delay
/starting trig.
[ 022 155 ]
19Z6135B
[ 022 160 ]
t 0 CBF: Fault
& behind CB
[ 038 225 ]
I̲A &
I̲B
I̲C
MAIN: CB open 3p
EXT
[ 031 028 ]
MAIN: CB closed
3p EXT
[ 036 051 ]
19Z6136D
CBF: CB pos.
implausible
[ 038 210 ]
MAIN: CB open 3p
EXT ≥1
[ 031 028 ] CBF: Delay/CB
MAIN: CB closed sync.superv
3p EXT [ 022 172 ]
[ 036 051 ]
CBF: TripSig
CBF: I< t 0 CBsync.super
& [ 038 226 ]
[ 022 160 ]
I̲A
≥1
I̲B
I̲C
<3
CBF: CBsync.
superv A open
& [ 038 227 ]
CBF: CBsync.
superv B open
& [ 038 228 ]
CBF: CBsync.
superv C open
& [ 038 229 ]
19Z6137B
0
CBM: Enabled
1
[ 044 130 ]
0: No
1: Yes
48Z5404A
3.39.2 Variants
The wear condition of a circuit breaker may be determined using a variety of
methods:
● Monitoring the mechanical switching operations
● Accumulating ruptured current values
● Accumulating the squared ruptured current values
● Calculating the current-time integral of ruptured and accumulated current
values
● Calculating the remaining switching operations with reference to the CB
wear characteristic.
100000
Number of permissible CB operations
10000
1000
100
10
0.1 1 10 100
Disconnection current in kA 19Z6123A_EN
The knee points in Fig. 3-282, (p. 3-346) are necessary to set the wear
characteristic for the circuit breaker:
● The circuit breaker's nominal current (CBM: Inom,CB and the permitted
number of CB operations at nominal current (CBM: Perm. CB op.
Inom,C B)
● The circuit breaker's mean ruptured current (CBM: Med. curr. Itrip ,CB)
and the permitted number of CB operations at mean ruptured current
(CBM: Pe rm. C B op. Im e d,C B)
● The circuit breaker's maximum ruptured current (CBM: Max. curr.
I trip,C B) and the permitted number of CB operations at maximum
ruptured current (CBM: Pe rm. CB op. Imax,CB)
The mean ruptured current is not available for all types of circuit breakers.
In such a case the parameters for this knee point are to be set to 'Blocked'. A
knee point is not considered in the characteristic when at least one of the
parameters for the knee point is set to 'Blocked'.
For proper performance of circuit breaker monitoring it should be observed that
the knee points must be applied in a logically correct sequence (continuously
descending). When set currents and numbers of CB operations are not plausible
according to the characteristic the P132 will issue an error message and block
circuit breaker monitoring.
Where:
● Inom,CB: Nominal current for the CB
● n(Inom,CB): Max permitted number of CB operations at Inom,CB
● Id,CB: Ruptured current
● n(Id,CB): Permitted number of CB operations at Id,CB according to wear
characteristics
● nrem,0(Inom,CB): Remaining permitted number of CB operations at Inom,CB
before disconnection
● nrem,(Inom,CB): Remaining permitted number of CB operations at Inom,CB after
disconnection
tripping are canceled and the CBM: tmax> A (CBM: tmax> B, CBM: tmax>
C) signal is issued.
Signal 1
Signal 2 m out of n
Signal n
CBM: internal
Selected signal trip cmd.
310 025
19Z6124B
The external devices' “open” state signal may be linked to the control function's
“open” state signal by setting the CBM: Sig. asg. tr ip cmd.. parameter so
that the function in the P132 will be triggered by CB auxiliary contacts.
Signal 1
Signal 2 m out of n
Signal n
MAIN: CB open 3p
EXT
[ 031 028 ]
19Z6125C
20,00
15,00
10,00
5,00
0,00
-5,00
-10,00
-15,00
-20,00
Calculating the
current-time integral
19Z6126A
Fig. 3-285: Calculation of the current-time integral when CBM is triggered by a general trip command 1.
Only such measured values and counter values in the P132 may be set to new
values that do not have their default values set to Blocked.
The stored value will remain unchanged if the default value is set to Blocked.
Executing the set command results in initializing all default values in the P132 to
Blocked.
MAIN: Protec-
tion active & C
306 001
C
1
&
CBM: Inom,CB
2 C
& [ 022 012 ]
MAIN: Inom C.T.
3
& prim.
[ 010 001 ]
1: With trip cmd. only
CBM: Perm. CB
op. Inom,CB
2: With CB sig.EXT only [ 022 013 ]
3: CB sig. EXT or trip CBM: Med. curr.
CBM: Blocked Itrip,CB
[ 044 199 ] [ 022 014 ]
CBM: internal CBM: Perm. CB
trip cmd. op. Imed,CB
310 025 [ 022 015 ]
CBM: Internal CB
trip CBM: Max. curr.
310 030
Itrip,CB
[ 022 016 ]
fnom
I_x CBM: Perm. CB
op. Imax,CB
[ 022 017 ]
CBM: Corr.acqu.
t. CB sig.
[ 022 018 ]
C
CBM: Corr. acqu.
time trip
CBM: Set No. CB [ 007 249 ]
oper. A
[ * ]
CBM: Set remain. CBM: Itrip A
CB op. A
[ * ] R [ * ]
CBM: Set ΣItrip A
CBM: I*t A
[ * ] R [ * ]
CBM: Set ΣItrip
**2 A CBM: Itrip,prim A
[ * ]
R [ * ]
CBM: Set ΣI*t A
CBM: Itrip**2 A
[ * ]
R [ * ]
CBM: ΣItrip A
S [ * ]
CBM: ΣItrip**2 A
S [ * ]
CBM: ΣI*t A
S [ * ]
CBM: No. of CB
oper. A
S [ * ]
Phase x / CBM: Set No. CB CBM: Set remain. CBM: Set ΣItrip A CBM: Set ΣItrip CBM: Set ΣI*t A CBM: No. of CB CBM: Remain. No.
Current Ix oper. A CB op. A **2 A oper. A CB op. A
A / IA 022 131 022 134 022 137 022 140 022 143 008 011 008 014
B / IB 022 132 022 135 022 138 022 141 022 144 008 012 008 015
C / IC 022 133 022 136 022 139 022 142 022 145 008 013 008 016
Phase x / CBM: Itrip A CBM: I*t A CBM: Itrip,prim A CBM: Itrip**2 A CBM: ΣItrip A CBM: ΣItrip**2 A CBM: ΣI*t A
Current Ix
A / IA 009 047 009 061 009 212 009 051 009 071 009 077 009 087
B / IB 009 048 009 062 009 213 009 052 009 073 009 078 009 088
C / IC 009 049 009 063 009 214 009 053 009 076 009 079 009 089
52Z0145A
19Z6121B
At the same time each switching operation will increment the P132's counter for
the number of CB operations. The number of CB operations performed is
displayed. A threshold value can be set with the parameter CBM: No. CB
ope rat ions >. An alarm is issued should the number of CB operations
performed exceed this threshold.
CBM: No. CB
C operations >
[ 022 019 ]
CBM: No. of CB
oper. B
[ 008 012 ]
CBM: No. of CB
oper. C
[ 008 013 ]
19Z6122B
[ 044 128 ]
CBM: Blocking
USER
[ 022 150 ]
0: No
1: Yes
48Z5346B
MCMON: Meas.
circ. V faulty
[ 038 023 ]
MCMON: Under- SFMON: Meas.
voltage circ. V faulty
[ 038 038 ] [ 098 017 ]
MCMON: Phase
sequ. V faulty
[ 038 049 ] MCMON: M.circ.
Vref flty.
[ 007 213 ]
MCMON: M.circ.
V,Vref flty.
[ 040 078 ]
MCMON: FF, Vref SFMON: M.circ.
triggered V,Vref flty.
[ 038 100 ] [ 098 023 ]
MAIN: M.c.b.
trip Vref EXT
[ 036 086 ] 300ms 0 SFMON: M.c.b.
trip Vref
[ 098 011 ]
MCMON: Meas.
circ.V,I faulty
[ 037 020 ]
MCMON: Meas. SFMON: Meas.
circ. I faulty circ.V,I faulty
[ 040 087 ] [ 098 016 ]
MAIN: M.c.b. MCMON: M.circ.
trip VNG EXT VNG flty.
[ 002 183 ] [ 007 214 ]
52Z0146A
where IP,max is the highest of the three phase currents and IP,min is the lowest;
Idiff> is the set operate value MCMON: Idi f f>. In order to suppress short-term
transients, the measuring stage Idiff> is followed by a set operate-delayed timer
stage MCMON: Ope rate de l ay.
MCMON: General
enable USER
[ 014 001 ]
0
MCMON: Enabled
1
[040 094 ]
0: No
1: Yes
2 1, 3
0: Without
1: IA, IC
1, 2, 3
2: IA, IB, IC
I̲A
1
I̲B 2
I̲C 3
|I̲P,max|
|I̲P,max|-|I̲P,min|
|I̲P,min|
|I̲P,max|-|I̲P,min|/
MAIN: General
starting |I̲P,max|
[ 040 000 ]
>0.05 Inom
MCMON: Meas.
circ. I faulty
[040 087 ]
SFMON: Meas.
circ. I faulty
[098 005 ]
19Z5087A
MCMON: Operate
delay
[ 017 023 ]
MAIN: General
starting
[ 040 000 ]
MCMON: Enabled >0.05 Inom
C
[ 040 094 ]
I̲A
I̲B
I̲C
2 &
3 &
1: Vmin<
2: Vmin< with I enable
MAIN: CB closed 3: Vmin< w.CB cont.enab
3p EXT
[ 036 051 ]
MCMON: Vmin<
& C
[ 017 022 ] MCMON: Under-
t 0
voltage
&
[ 038 038 ]
V̲A-G +
SFMON: Under-
V̲B-G - voltage
[ 098 009 ]
+
V̲C-G -
+
>0.65 Vnom
C
MCMON: Meas.
& & voltage o.k.
[ 038 048 ]
MCMON: Phase
sequ. monitor.
[ 018 019 ]
0: No
1: Yes
>0.4 Vnom
C
&
& C
MAIN: Phase
sequence
[ 010 049 ]
60<φ(VA-B)<180
MCMON: FF,Vref
enabled USER
[ 014 013 ]
0: No
1: Yes
V̲ref
|V̲ref|-|V̲Meas|≥
305 007
INP: Fct.
assignm. U xxx
[ 152 xxx ]
MCMON: Oper.
delay FF, Vref
[ 014 012 ]
U x1
U x2
47Z0178B
LIMIT: General
enable USER
[ 014 010 ]
0
LIMIT: Enabled
1
[ 040 074 ]
0: No
1: Yes
LIMIT: I> LIMIT: tI>
MAIN: Protec-
tion active
306 001
LIMIT: tI>
elapsed
[ 040 220 ]
I̲C
LIMIT: tI>>
I_max elapsed
[ 040 221 ]
I_min
LIMIT: tI<
elapsed
[ 040 222 ]
LIMIT: tI<<
elapsed
[ 040 223 ]
47Z0153A
Fig. 3-294: Limit Value Monitoring of minimum and maximum phase current.
V̲C-G
t 0 LIMIT: tVPP>>
V̲PP,max elapsed
[ 040 229 ]
V̲PP,min
t 0 LIMIT: tVPP<
elapsed
[ 040 230 ]
t 0
LIMIT: tVPP<<
elapsed
[ 040 231 ]
t 0 LIMIT: tVPG>
elapsed
[ 040 224 ]
t 0 LIMIT: tVPG>>
V̲PG,max elapsed
[ 040 225 ]
V̲PG,min
t 0
LIMIT: tVPG<
elapsed
[ 040 226 ]
t 0 LIMIT: tVPG<<
elapsed
[ 040 227 ]
47Z0154B
Fig. 3-295: Limit Value Monitoring of maximum and minimum phase-to-phase voltage and maximum and minimum
phase-to-ground voltage.
LIMIT: Enabled
[ 040 074 ]
MAIN: Protec-
tion active
306 001
LIMIT: tVNG>
V̲B-G elapsed
[ 040 168 ]
V̲C-G
LIMIT: tVNG>>
elapsed
[ 040 169 ]
S8Z52G8A
LIMIT: Starting
IDC,lin>
[ 040 180 ]
LIMIT: Enabled
LIMIT: IDC,lin> LIMIT: tIDC,lin>
[ 040 074 ]
[ 014 110 ] [ 014 112 ]
MAIN: Protec-
tion active
306 001
LIMIT: Starting
IDC,lin>>
[ 040 181 ]
LIMIT: tIDC,
lin>> elapsed
[ 040 183 ]
LIMIT: Starting
IDC,lin<
[ 040 184 ]
LIMIT: tIDC,lin<
elapsed
[ 040 186 ]
LIMIT: Starting
IDC,lin<<
[ 040 185 ]
LIMIT: tIDC,
lin<< elapsed
[ 040 187 ]
S8Z52G6A
LIMIT: General
enable USER
[ 014 010 ]
LIMIT: Enabled
[ 040 074 ]
0: No
1: Yes
LIMIT: Vref> LIMIT: tVref>
MAIN: Device on
-line [ 042 144 ] [ 042 148 ]
[ 003 030 ]
1: Yes (= on)
LIMIT: tVref>
elapsed
[ 042 152 ]
LIMIT: tVref>>
Vref elapsed
[ 042 153 ]
LIMIT: tVref<
elapsed
[ 042 154 ]
LIMIT: tVref<<
elapsed
[ 042 155 ]
19Z5215A
LIMIT: Star-
ting T>
[ 040 170 ]
LIMIT: Enabled
[ 040 074 ] LIMIT: T> LIMIT: tT>
MAIN: Protec-
tion active306 001
MEASI: Tempera-
ture T LIMIT: tT>
[ 004 133 ] elapsed
[ 040 172 ]
LIMIT: Starting
T>>
[ 040 171 ]
LIMIT: tT>>
elapsed
[ 040 173 ]
LIMIT: Star-
ting T<
[ 040 174 ]
LIMIT: tT<
elapsed
[ 040 176 ]
LIMIT: Starting
T<<
[ 040 175 ]
LIMIT: tT<<
elapsed
[ 040 177 ]
19Z5212A
LIMIT: Starting
T1>
[ 040 200 ]
LIMIT: Enabled
[ 040 074 ] LIMIT: T1> LIMIT: tT1>
MAIN: Protec-
tion active
306 001
LIMIT: tT1>
MEASI: Tempera- elapsed
ture T1 [ 040 202 ]
[ 004 224 ]
LIMIT: Starting
T1>>
[ 040 201 ]
LIMIT: tT1>>
elapsed
[ 040 203 ]
LIMIT: Starting
T1<
[ 040 204 ]
LIMIT: tT1<
elapsed
[ 040 206 ]
LIMIT: Starting
T1<<
[ 040 205 ]
LIMIT: tT1<<
elapsed
[ 040 207 ]
19Z5213A
Fig. 3-300: Monitoring the measured temperature value T1 as an example for measured temperature values T1 to
T9.
Main sensor Backup sensor from group 2, Backup sensor from group 3,
with setting: with setting:
Group 1 - 2 or Group 1 - 2/3 Group 1 - 2/3
T1 T4 T7
T2 T5 T8
T3 T6 T9
Should temperature sensor T1 fail, with the setting Group 1 - 2/3, it will replaced
by T4. Should temperature sensor T4 also fail it will replaced by T7.
Limit Value Monitoring function, LI MIT: 2out of3 with T1,2,3. This is
displayed in the following figure.
Group 1 - 2
Group 1 - 2/3
MEASI: Open
circ. T1
040 193
LIMIT: tT1>>
elapsed LIMIT: tTx>>
elapsed
040 203
MEASI: Open
circ. T4
040 208
LIMIT: tT4>>
elapsed Tx: T1 or
041 153 backup sensor
LIMIT: tT7>>
elapsed
041 183
MEASI: Open
circ. T2
040 194
LIMIT: tT2>>
elapsed
040 213 LIMIT: tTx>>
elapsed
MEASI: Open tTx>> for 2 of 3
circ. T5 LIMIT: 2out of3
limit values with T1,2,3
040 209
elapsed [ 041 248 ]
LIMIT: tT5>>
elapsed Tx: T2 or
041 163 backup sensor
MEASI: Open (T5 or T8)
circ. T8
040 252
LIMIT: tT8>>
elapsed
041 193
MEASI: Open
circ. T3
040 195
LIMIT: tT3>>
elapsed
LIMIT: tTx>>
040 163 elapsed
MEASI: Open
circ. T6
040 218
LIMIT: tT6>>
elapsed Tx: T3 or
041 173 backup sensor
MEASI: Open (T6 or T9)
circ. T9
040 253
LIMIT: tT9>>
elapsed
041 243
19Z5210A
Fig. 3-301: Using backup sensors (M E A S I: B a c k u p T e m p S e n s o r P S x) with the “2-out-of-3” Limit Value
Monitoring function.
MEASI: Open
circ. T4
040 208 LIMIT: tT4>>
elapsed
LIMIT: tT4>>
elapsed without open circuit
041 153
MEASI: Open
circ. T5 tTx>> for 2 of 3
040 209 LIMIT: tT5>> LIMIT: 2out of3
elapsed limit values with T4,5,6
LIMIT: tT5>> elapsed [ 041 249 ]
elapsed without open circuit
041 163
MEASI: Open
circ. T6
040 218 LIMIT: tT6>>
elapsed
LIMIT: tT6>>
elapsed without open circuit
041 173
MEASI: Open
circ. T7
LIMIT: tT7>>
040 219 elapsed
LIMIT: tT7>>
elapsed without open circuit
041 183
MEASI: Open
circ. T8
040 252 LIMIT: tT8>> tTx>> for 2 of 3 LIMIT: 2out of3
elapsed limit values with T7,8,9
LIMIT: tT8>> [ 041 250 ]
elapsed
elapsed without open circuit
041 193
MEASI: Open
circ. T9
040 253 LIMIT: tT9>>
elapsed
LIMIT: tT9>>
elapsed without open circuit
041 243
19Z5211A
Fig. 3-302: Limit Value Monitoring function “2-out-of-3” for temperature sensors T4 to T6 and T7 to T9. If M E A S I:
B a c k u p T e m p S e n s o r P S x is set to None this scheme will also apply to temperature sensors T1 to T4.
RTD RTD
Phase RTD
Main Temp. Sensor
A B C Ambient temperature/
RTD Coolant temperature
Backup Temp. Sensor
RTD
RTD
RTD
RTD
RTD
RTD
RTD
RTD
Stator
RTD
RTD
Rotor
Bearing Bearing
Stator
19Z5236
Fig. 3-303: Temperature measurements on a motor to be used with the Limit Value Monitoring function (LIMIT) and
the Thermal Overload protection (THERM).
Binary signals in the P132 may be linked by logical “OR” or “AND” operations
with the option of additional NOT operations by setting L OGIC: Fct.assignm.
outp. 1 (or LOGI C: F ct.a ssi gnm . ou tp. 2 to L OGIC: Fct .as sign m. out p.
32, or L OG_2: Fct .ass ignm. outp. 1 to LO G_2: F ct .as sign m. out p. 4).
The Boolean equations need to be defined without the use of brackets. The
following rule applies to the operators: “NOT” before “AND” before “OR”.
A maximum of 32 elements can be processed in one Boolean equation. In
addition to the signals generated by the P132, initial conditions for governing the
equations can be set using setting parameters, through binary signal inputs, or
through the serial interfaces.
Logical operations of the function group LOGIC can be controlled through the
binary signal inputs in different ways.
The binary input signals LOGIC: I npu t 01 E XT (or L OGIC: In put 0 2 EXT, …,
LOGIC: In put 4 0 EXT) have an updating function, whereas the input signals
LOGIC: Set 1 EXT (or LOGIC: Set 2 EXT, …, LOGI C: Set 8 EXT) are latched.
The logic can only be controlled from the binary signal inputs configured for
LOGI C: S et 1 EXT if the corresponding reset input L OGIC: Res et 1 EXT) has
been configured for a binary signal input. If only one or neither of the two
functions is configured, then this is interpreted as “Logic externally set”. If the
input signals of the two binary signal inputs are implausible (such as when they
both have a logic value of “1”), then the last plausible state remains stored in
memory. (For LOG_2, there are no such parameters for assigning binary input
signals.)
Warning!
l When using the programmable logic, the user must carry out a functional type
test to conform with the requirements of the relevant protection/control
application. In particular, it is necessary to verify that the requirements for the
implementation of logic linking (by setting) as well as the time performance
during startup of the P132, during operation and when there is a fault
(blocking of the P132) are fulfilled.
[ 034 030 ]
0
LOGIC: 1 has
1 been set
[ 034 067 ]
0: No
1: Yes
INP: Fct.
assignm. U xxx
[ xxx xxx ]
U x1
U x2
U x3
U xx
LOGIC: 1 set
Address 036 051 externally
[ 034 075 ]
Address 036 059
[ 034 051 ]
LOGIC: Reset 1
EXT
[ 034 059 ]
D5Z52FAB
Fig. 3-304: Control of logic operations via setting parameters or stored input signals. (The logic does not apply to
LOG_2.)
LOGIC: General
enable USER
LOGIC: Enabled
[ 031 099 ]
[ 034 046 ]
0: No
1: Yes
Signal 1
Signal 2
Signal 3
Signal n
0
LOGIC: Input 16
EXT
[ 034 015 ] 1
2
3
LOGIC: 1 has
been set 4
[ 034 067 ]
5
0 5
LOGIC: 8 has
been set
[ 034 074 ] 0: Without timer stage
LOGIC: Time t1
output 1
1: Oper./releas.delay
[ 030 002 ]
2: Oper.del./puls.dur.
LOGIC: 1 set LOGIC: Time t2
externally output 1
[ 034 075 ] 3: Op./rel.delay,retrig
[ 030 003 ]
4: Op.del./puls.dur.,rt
5: Minimum time
LOGIC: 8 set
externally LOGIC: Output 01
[ 034 082 ] (t)
[ 042 033 ]
[ 034 038 ]
0
LOGIC: Output 01
1
[ 042 032 ]
0: don't execute
1: execute
LOGIC: Trigger 8
[ 034 045 ]
1
0: don't execute
1: execute
D5Z52CDA
Fig. 3-305: Setting options for programmable logic, function group LOGIC (shown here for output 1).
LOG_2: General
enable USER
LOG_2: Enabled
[ 011 137 ]
[ 011 138 ]
0: No
1: Yes LOG_2: Op. mode
t output 1
[ 050 001 ]
1
Signal 1 2
3
Signal 2
4
Signal 3 5
0 5
Signal n
0: Without timer stage
LOG_2: Time t1
1: Oper./releas.delay output 1
2: Oper.del./puls.dur. [ 050 002 ]
3: Op./rel.delay,retrig
LOG_2: Time t2
4: Op.del./puls.dur.,rt output 1
5: Minimum time [ 050 003 ]
LOG_2: Output 1
(t)
[ 052 033 ]
LOG_2: Output 1
[ 052 032 ]
19Z80CDA
Fig. 3-306: Setting options for programmable logic, function group LOG_2 (shown here for output 1).
The output signal of an equation can be fed into a further, higher order, equation
as an input signal thus creating a sequence of interlinked Boolean equations. The
equations are processed in the sequence defined by the order of each equation.
It should be noted that in the case of overlapping equations, the result is
provided by the equation with the highest order.
The output signal of each equation is fed to a separate timer stage with two
timer elements and a choice of operating modes. This offers the possibility of
assigning a freely configurable time characteristic to the output signal of each
Boolean equation. In the Minimum time operating mode, the setting of timer
stage t2 has no effect. The following diagrams (Fig. 3-307, (p. 3-375) to
Fig. 3-311, (p. 3-377)) show the time characteristics for the various timer stage
operating modes.
If the P132 is switched to offline the equations are not processed and all outputs
are set to the “0” logic level.
t2 = 0s
LOGIC: Output n
LOGIC: Output n
(t)
t1 t1
t1 = 0s
LOGIC: Output n
LOGIC: Output n
(t) t2 t2
t1, t2 > 0s
LOGIC: Output n
LOGIC: Output n
(t)
t1 t2 t1 t2
D5Z50BYA
Fig. 3-307: Operating mode 1: Pickup/reset delay (Oper./releas.delay). (This diagram is also valid for LOG_2, if the
signal parameters are replaced by the corresponding ones from LOG_2 .)
t2 = 0s
LOGIC: Output n
LOGIC: Output n
(t)
t1 t1
t1 = 0s
LOGIC: Output n
LOGIC: Output n
(t) t2 t2
t1, t2 > 0s
LOGIC: Output n
LOGIC: Output n
(t)
t1 t2 t1 t2
D5Z50BZA
Fig. 3-308: Operating mode 2: Pulse, delayed pickup (Oper.del./puls.dur.). (This diagram is also valid for LOG_2, if
the signal parameters are replaced by the corresponding ones from LOG_2 .)
t2 = 0s
LOGIC: Output n
LOGIC: Output n
(t)
t1 t1
Retrigger pulse
t1 = 0s
LOGIC: Output n
LOGIC: Output n
(t)
t2 t2
t2
Retrigger pulse
t1, t2 > 0s
LOGIC: Output n
LOGIC: Output n
(t)
t1 t2 t1 t2
t2
t2
D5Z50CAA
Fig. 3-309: Operating mode 3: Pickup/reset delay, retriggerable (Op./rel.delay,retrig). (This diagram is also valid for
LOG_2, if the signal parameters are replaced by the corresponding ones from LOG_2 .)
t2 = 0s
LOGIC: Output n
LOGIC: Output n
(t)
t1 t1
t1 = 0s
LOGIC: Output n
LOGIC: Output n
(t)
t2 t2
Retrigger pulse
t1, t2 > 0s
LOGIC: Output n
LOGIC: Output n
(t)
t1 t2 t1 t2
t1 t1
D5Z50CBA
Fig. 3-310: Operating mode 4: Pulse, delayed pickup, retriggerable (Op.del./puls.dur.,rt). (This diagram is also valid
for LOG_2, if the signal parameters are replaced by the corresponding ones from LOG_2 .)
LOGIC: Output n
LOGIC: Output n
(t)
t1 t1
D5Z50CCA
Fig. 3-311: Operating mode 5: Minimum time (Minimum time). (This diagram is also valid for LOG_2, if the signal
parameters are replaced by the corresponding ones from LOG_2 .)
LOGIC: Sig.
assig. outp. 1
[ 044 000 ]
Signal 1 EXT
[ AAA AAA ]
Signal 2 EXT
[ BBB BBB ]
Signal 3 EXT
[ CCC CCC ]
Signal n EXT
[ NNN NNN ]
Signal 1 EXT
Address AAA AAA
LOGIC: Output 01 [ AAA AAA ]
[ 042 032 ]
INP: Fct.
assignm. U xxx
[ xxx xxx ]
-Uxxx
LOGIC: Sig.
assig.outp. 1(t)
[ 044 001 ]
Signal 2 EXT
Address BBB BBB
[ BBB BBB ]
LOGIC: Output 01
(t)
[ 042 033 ]
INP: Fct.
assignm. U xxx
[ xxx xxx ]
-Uxxx
D5Z52FBA
Fig. 3-312: Signal assignment to outputs of Boolean equations. (This diagram is also valid for LOG_2, if the
parameters from LOGIC are replaced by the corresponding ones from LOG_2 .)
The control functions are available and all related function groups and parameters
are visible only if the binary module X(6I 6O) is ordered.
The binary module X(6I 6O) is not available for the 24 TE case.
The binary module X(6I 6O) can be fitted to the following slot:
● For case 40 TE: slot 6
● For case 84 TE: slot 12
(See also the Location Diagrams, Section 5.7, (p. 5-22).)
Regardless of this, function groups DEV01, ILOCK, CMD_1 and SIG_1 are activated
and visible by default (for all variants and case sizes of the P132). This is due to
constraints of the IEC 61850 protocol and does not necessarily mean that
switchgear units can be controlled.
The Bay Panel type defines the layout of a bay with its switchgear units.
MAIN: Inp.asg.
ctrl.enabl.
[ 221 057 ]
Signal 1
Signal 2
Signal 3
Signal n
MAIN: Enable
Without function control
[ 221 058 ]
Selected signal
MAIN: Inp.asg.
interl.deact
[ 221 007 ]
Selected signal
LOC: Loc.acc.
block.active
[ 221 005 ]
MAIN: SI active
USER
[ 221 002 ] MAIN: Subst.
interl. act.
[ 221 000 ]
0
0: No
1: Yes
MAIN: BI active
USER
[ 221 003 ] MAIN: Bay inter-
lock. act.
[ 221 001 ]
0
0: No
1: Yes
19Z50ABA
Fig. 3-313: General enable for switch commands issued by the control functions; activating or canceling the
interlocks.
MAIN: Interlock
DEV01: Open cmd. equ. viol.
rejection
307 015
[ 221 018 ]
19Z50ADA
[ 220 000 ]
MAIN: Auto-
assignment I/O
[ 221 065 ]
BB1
Q0
MAIN: Direct
motor control
306 029
MAIN: DEVxx is a
C.B.
306 044
19Z50AQA
DEV01: Interm.
pos. suppr.
[ 210 012 ]
0: No
1: Yes
DEV01: Inp.asg.
sw.tr. plug
[ 210 014 ]
Signal 1
Signal 2
Signal 3
Signal n
Without function
Selected signal
DEV01: Switch.
device open
DEV01: Gr. [ 210 036 ]
assign. debounc.
[ 210 011 ] DEV01: Switch.
device closed
[ 210 037 ]
Selected group
DEV01: Stat.ind.
interm.pos.
[ 210 027 ]
0: No
1: Yes
3
DEV01: Control
0 3 state
[ 210 018 ]
0: Intermediate pos.
1: Open
2: Closed
3: Faulty position
19Z50AJA
Fig. 3-316: Processing Status Signals from Manually Operated Switchgear Units.
LOC: Loc.acc.
block.active
[ 221 005 ]
LOC: Return t.
illum. trg
305 550
LOC: Return t.
select. trg
305 551
MAIN: Interlock
equ. viol.
[ 221 018 ]
DEV01
DEV01: Open requ
est
307 000
DEV01: Close
request
307 001
MAIN: Electri-
cal control
[ 221 061 ]
2: Local
1: Remote
LOC: Rem.acc.
block.active
[ 221 004 ]
DEV01: Inp.asg.
el.ctrl.open
[ 210 019 ]
Signal 1
Signal 2
Signal 3
Signal n
Selected signal
DEV01: Inp.asg.
el.ctr.close
[ 210 020 ]
Selected signal
COMM1: Open
command DEV01
[ --- --- ]
COMM1: Close
command DEV01
[ --- --- ]
DEV01: Latching
time
[ 210 005 ]
MAIN: Direct
motor control
306 029
DEV01: Latching
time elaps.
MAIN: End command
307 012
306 028
DEV01: Latching
time runn.
COMM1: Motor rel.
mon. trg. 307 011
[ --- --- ]
1) Keys, local control
19Z50AAA
DEV01: Close
request
307 001
DEV01: Fct.asg.
BI w/o SI op
[ 210 041 ]
ILOCK: Output 01
[ 250 032 ]
ILOCK: Output 32
[ 250 063 ] DEV01: Enable BI
open
ILOCK: Output 01 307 004
MAIN: Communi-
cation error
[ 221 019 ]
DEV01: Enable BI
close
ILOCK: Output 02
307 005
ILOCK: Output 03
DEV01: Fct.
assig.BIwSI clos
[ 210 040 ]
ILOCK: Output 04
DEV01: Enable SI
Open
307 019
DEV01: Enable SI
Close
307 020
19Z50AEA
Fig. 3-318: Assignment of the equations of the interlocking logic to the switching commands; enabling of switching
commands by the bay interlock function.
3.43.6.4 Bay Interlock for Operation with the Station Interlock Function
For the station interlock function conditions to be interrogated, there needs to be
a communication link with the substation control level. If the P132 detects a
communication error or if there is no communication interface available, there
will be an automatic switch to bay interlock without the station interlock function.
If there is to be a check on the bay interlock and the station interlock function,
the bay interlock will be checked first. If bay interlocking issues a switching
enable, a switching request will be sent to the substation control level. At
substation control level, there will then be a check – taking into account the
station interlock functions – as to whether switching is permitted or not. If the
substation control level also issues an enabling command, the switching
operation is carried out provided that the enable from the bay interlock is still
present. Optionally, the “Open” or “Close” switching operation can be carried out
without checking the station interlock function conditions. In this case, the bay
interlock conditions defined for operation without station interlock functions will
be considered.
MAIN: Communi-
cation error
[ 221 019 ]
DEV01: Close
request
307 001
DEV01: Enable BI
open
307 004
DEV01: Enable BI
close
307 005 COMM1: Open requ
est DEV01
MAIN: Subst.
interl. act. [ --- --- ]
[ 221 000 ]
DEV01: Open w/o
stat.interl
[ 210 025 ] DEV01: Enable SI
Open
307 019
0
0: No
1: Yes
COMM1: Enable SI COMM1: Close
open DEV01 request DEV01
[ --- --- ] [ --- --- ]
0: No
1: Yes
COMM1: Enabl.SI
close DEV01
[ --- --- ]
19Z50AFA
MAIN: DEVxx is a
C.B.
306 044
0
DEV01: Protec-
1 tion trip cmd.
307 013
0: No
1: Yes
0: No
1: Yes
1 DEV01: Protect.
close cmd.
307 014
0: No
1: Yes
MAIN: Close
command
[ 037 009 ]
D3Z75FNA
DEV01: Protec-
tion trip cmd.
307 013
DEV01: Protect.
close cmd.
307 014
1: Long command
2: Short command
3: Time control
DEV01: Open
command
[ 210 028 ]
MAIN: Enable
control
[ 221 058 ]
MAIN: Bay inter-
lock. act.
[ 221 001 ]
DEV01: Enable BI
open
307 004
DEV01: Enable SI
Open
307 019
DEV01: Enable BI
close
307 005
DEV01: Enable SI
Close
307 020
DEV01: Close
request
307 001
ASC: AC effect.
for DEV01
305 040
19Z51AGA
DEV01: Interm.
pos. suppr.
[ 210 012 ]
0: No
1: Yes
DEV01: Inp.asg.
sw.tr. plug
[ 210 014 ]
Signal 1
Signal 2
Signal 3
Signal n
Without function
Selected signal
DEV01: Gr.
assign. debounc.
DEV01: Switch.
[ 210 011 ] device open
[ 210 036 ]
DEV01: Switch.
device closed
[ 210 037 ]
DEV01: Open
signal EXT Debouncing
[ 210 030 ]
DEV01: End open
command
307 002
DEV01: Op.time
DEV01: Closed Chatter suppression switch. dev.
signal EXT
[ 210 031 ] [ 210 004 ]
DEV01: End close
command
307 003
MAIN: Direct t 0
motor control
306 029
DEV01: Open
command DEV01: Switch.
[ 210 028 ] device runn.
307 010
DEV01: Stat.ind.
DEV01: Close interm.pos.
command
[ 210 029 ] [ 210 027 ]
0
DEV01: Start
runn.time mon.
307 008
1
0: No
1: Yes
DEV01: Control
DEV01: StartCmd 0 . . . 3 state
Time superv. [ 210 018 ]
[ 210 007 ] 0: Intermediate pos.
1: Open
2: Closed
t 0 3: Faulty position MAIN: Startcmd
time exceed.
[ 221 112 ]
19Z80AKA
Time monitoring
without external
run-back of command,
operation close
DEV01: Close
command
[ 210 029 ]
1
DEV01: Switch.
device open
[ 210 036 ]
DEV01: Switch.
device closed
[ 210 037 ]
1 10 ms
19Z5201A
Fig. 3-323: Sequence for time control of switching commands without external termination control.
Time monitoring
10 ms
run-back of command,
example for switching
operation close
DEV01: Close
command
[ 210 029 ]
1
DEV01: Switch.
device open
[ 210 036 ]
DEV01: Switch.
device closed
[ 210 037 ]
1 10 ms
19Z5202A
Fig. 3-324: Sequence for time control of switching commands with external termination control.
n=1
MAIN: Mon.time
mot.drives
[ 221 026 ]
MAIN: Cool.time
mot.drives t
[ 221 028 ]
19Z6417A
Fig. 3-325: Monitoring the Motor Drives in Case of Direct Motor Control.
conditioned by chatter suppression) is defined for the status signal to the motor
relay.
After triggering the motor relay, a set monitoring time period is started during
which the status signal must be issued by the motor relay. If the status signal is
not received during this time period a signal is transferred to the substation
control level. In addition, the “Close” command issued to the output relays,
configured to Motor relay Cmd or Shunt winding, is terminated if MAIN:
Cmd.end f.K2 00 fail. is set to its default value Yes. This results in interrupting
the motor control command circuit and thereby preventing an undefined switch
position. However, this would involve the danger of contact burn.
A different type of monitoring is active if MA IN: Cmd.end f.K20 0 fail. is set to
No: In this case the direction control contacts will remain closed. (Note: This
feature bears the danger of an undefined switch position!) Moreover, the P132
issues the following signals (depending on the type of fault) when the monitoring
time delay has expired:
● (221 108) MAI N: K2 00 f ail. cmd. en d – This signal is issued if the K200
contacts have not opened after the set monitoring time-delay has elapsed.
● (221 109) MAI N: K2 00 fai l . cmd.s tart – This signal is issued if the K200
contacts have not closed after the set monitoring time-delay has elapsed.
● (221 110) MA IN: DE V op.tim e e xcee de d – This fault signal is issued (as
a group signal) when no positive position signal (status signal) has been
received from the external device after a command has been issued and
the set running time-delay has elapsed.
For further processing each of these fault signals may be configured to selection
parameters from the function groups LED (assignment to LED indicators), OUTP
(assignment to output relays), LOGIC (processing by the programmable logic
function), COMMx / IEC / GOOSE (signaling via the control system) or they may be
mapped to the signal panel as an alarm signal. Acknowledging from the local
control panel HMI is done by pressing the CLEAR (C) key.
If the status signal from the motor relay is issued during the monitoring time
period, the running time monitoring of the motor relay is started simultaneously
with this status signal. Monitoring of the switching command is then the same as
with electromechanically operated switchgear units.
If the operating mode external termination contacts was selected (MA IN: W.
ex t. cmd . te rmin. is set to No) the “Close” command to the motor relay is
terminated after the set latching time has elapsed, when either the “Open” or
“Closed” position status signal is received or the set time period for running time
monitoring has elapsed (see Fig. 3-317, (p. 3-386)). The monitoring time period is
again started with the termination of the “Close” command to the motor relay
and after it has elapsed the control commands “Open” or “Close” are also
terminated. The same is valid for the shunt windings.
If the operating mode with external termination contacts was selected (MAIN:
W. ex t. cmd . termin. is set to Yes) the switching command to the motor relay
is terminated after the set latching time has elapsed, when a termination
command is issued while the set time period for running time monitoring is
active. The switching command to the motor relay is always terminated after the
set latching time has elapsed. The monitoring time period is again started with
the termination of the “Close” command to the motor relay and after it has
elapsed the control commands “Open” or “Close” are also terminated.
MAIN: Device on
-line
[ 003 030 ]
0: No (= off)
MAIN: W. ext.
cmd. termin.
[ 221 063 ]
0: No
1: Yes
DEV01: Switch.
device runn.
307 010
DEV01: Latching
time runn.
307 011
Signal 1
Signal 2
Signal 3
&
Signal n
Selected signal
Selected signal
MAIN: Direct
motor control
306 029
DEV01: Close
command
[ 210 029 ]
& & CMD_1: Command
C011
[ 200 051 ]
DEV01: Latching
time elaps.
307 012
MAIN: Mon.time
motor relay
[ 221 060 ]
SIG_1: Logic
signal S012
0
& [ 226 093 ]
1
0: No
MAIN: K200 fail. 1: Yes
cmd. end
[ 221 108 ]
19Z80AHA
Time monitoring
for direct
motor-control
without external
run-back of command,
example for switching
operation close
CMD_1: Command
C011
[ 200 051 ]
DEV01: Close
command
[ 210 029 ]
1 2
CMD_1: Command
C012
[ 200 056 ]
3
DEV01: Switch.
device open
[ 210 036 ]
DEV01: Switch.
device closed
[ 210 037 ]
1 2 3 4
19Z5203B
Fig. 3-327: Sequence of time monitoring for direct motor control without external termination.
Time monitoring
for direct
motor-control
with external
run-back of command,
example for switching
operation close
DEV01: Close
command
[ 210 029 ]
1 2
CMD_1: Command
C012
[ 200 056 ]
3
DEV01: Switch.
device open
[ 210 036 ]
DEV01: Switch.
device closed
[ 210 037 ]
1 2 3
19Z5204B
Fig. 3-328: Sequence of time monitoring for direct motor control with external termination.
ILOCK: Fct.
assignm. outp. 1
[ 250 000 ]
MAIN: Fct.
block. 1 active
[ 221 015 ]
MAIN: Fct.
block. 2 active
[ 221 023 ]
LOGIC: Output 01
[ 042 032 ]
LOGIC: Output 32
[ 042 094 ]
LOGIC: Output 01
(t)
[ 042 033 ]
LOGIC: Output 32
(t)
[ 042 095 ]
DEV01: Switch.
device open
[ 210 036 ]
DEV02: Switch.
device open
[ 210 086 ]
DEV03: Switch.
device open
[ 210 136 ]
DEV01: Switch.
device closed
[ 210 037 ]
DEV02: Switch.
device closed
[ 210 087 ]
DEV03: Switch.
device closed
[ 210 137 ]
DEV01: Sw. dev.
interm.pos.
[ 210 038 ]
DEV02: Sw. dev.
interm.pos.
[ 210 088 ]
DEV03: Sw. dev.
interm.pos
[ 210 138 ]
SIG_1: Logic
signal S001
[ 226 005 ]
& ≥1
ILOCK: Output 01
[ 250 032 ]
12Z80ACA
K xx
0 1
0: No 3
1: Yes
1: Long command
2: Short command
3: Persistent command
CMD_1: Command
& 1 ≥1 C001
& t [ 200 001 ]
COMM1: Command
C001
[ - - - - - - ]
LOC: Rem.acc.
block.active
[ 221 004 ]
& 1
t
&
19Z50ALB
Fig. 3-330: Functional sequence for single-pole commands, as illustrated for Command C001.
0: No Selected group
1: Yes
COMM1: Signal
S001,log
[ --- ---]
SIG_1: Oper.
mode sig. S001
[ 226 001 ]
0: Without function
1: Start/end signal
2: Transient signal
19Z50AMA
Fig. 3-331: Functional sequence for single-pole signals with the example for logic signal S001.
SIG_1: Gr.asg.
debounc.S001
[ 226 003 ]
1: Group 1
2: Group 2
3: Group 3
4: Group 4
5: Group 5
6: Group 6
7: Group 7
8: Group 8
SIG_1: Signal
S001 EXT
[ 226 004 ]
DEV01: Gr.
assign. debounc.
[ 210 011 ]
8 MAIN: Debounce
time gr. 1
1: Group 1 [ 221 200 ]
7: Group 7
8: Group 8
Debouncing
&
COMM1: Debounced
DEV01: Closed Chatter suppression signal
signal EXT 304 400
[ 210 031 ] Group 1
DEV01: Open
signal EXT
[ 210 030 ]
19Z5067B
Fig. 3-332: Group assignment and setting of debouncing and chatter suppression, illustrated for group 1.
3.46.1.1.1 Debouncing
The first pulse edge of a signal starts a timer stage running for the duration of
the set debouncing time. Each pulse edge during the debouncing time re-triggers
the timer stage.
If the signal is stable until the set debouncing time elapses, a telegram
containing the time tag of the first pulse edge is generated. As an alternative the
time tag may be generated after debouncing by setting parameter MA IN: T ime
tag to the value After debounce time.
After the set debouncing time has elapsed, the state of the signal is checked. If it
is the same as prior to the occurrence of the first pulse edge, no telegram is
generated.
Time-tagged entries of the first pulse edge are only generated after debounce
time has elapsed. If these entries are saved without delay (setting of MA IN:
Time tag to the value 1stEdge,OpMem unsort) they are not necessarily saved in
chronological order in the operating data memory. If above parameter has been
set to the value 1stEdge,OpMem sorted then all entries are always saved in
chronological order in the operating data memory.
Telegram with
time tag 1s 2e
Signal sequence
time tag
F0Z5011B
Fig. 3-333: Signal flow with debouncing when time tagging occurs with the 1st pulse edge (e.g. parameter M A I N:
T i m e t a g set to the value 1stEdge,OpMem unsort or 1stEdge,OpMem sorted.) Example: Set debouncing time:
50 ms, s: start, e: end.
Telegram with
time tag 1s 2e 3s 4e
Signal sequence
time tag
Debouncing
F0Z5012A
Fig. 3-334: Signal flow for debouncing and chatter suppression. Set debouncing time: 20 ms, set chatter monitoring
time: 200 ms, number of admissible signal changes: 4, s: start, e: end.
3.47.2 Debouncing
The first positive pulse edge of the binary input signal to be counted will trigger a
timer stage which will continue to run for the set debouncing time period. Each
positive pulse edge during the debouncing time re-triggers the timer stage. The
binary input signal will be counted if it is stable during the set debouncing time
period.
After the set debouncing time has elapsed, the state of the signal is checked. If it
is the same as prior to the occurrence of the first pulse edge, it will not be
counted.
Count
Signal sequence
19Z50APA
COUNT: General
enable USER
[ 217 000 ]
0
COUNT: Enabled
1
0: No [ 217 001 ]
COUNT: Count 1
m CT=m
[ 217 100 ]
+
COUNT: Set Debouncing
counter 1 EXT
R
[ 217 130 ]
COUNT: Transmit
counts USER
[ 217 008 ]
0
COUNT: Transmit
1 counts
[ 217 010 ]
0: don't execute
1: execute
C
COUNT: Transmit
counts EXT
[ 217 009 ]
COUNT: Cycle t.
count transm
C
[ 217 007 ] COMM1: Count 1
[ --- --- ]
G
[ 217 003 ]
= 0 min
0
COUNT: Reset
1
[ 217 005 ]
0: don't execute
1: execute
COUNT: Reset EXT
[ 217 004 ]
MAIN: General
reset USER
[ 003 002 ] 1
1: execute
MAIN: General
reset EXT
[ 005 255 ]
19Z64ANA
Fig. 3-336: Binary Count. (This diagram shows counter 1 as an example. The displayed logic is also valid for
counters 2 to 4, where C O U N T: S e t c o u n t e r 1 E X T and C O U N T: C o u n t 1 have to be replaced by the
respective parameters.
4 DESIGN
The P132 is available in different types of cases and with different combinations
of modules.
Irrespective of the type a P132 is equipped with a detachable HMI or a fixed local
control panel. The local control panel is covered with a tough film so that the
specified degree of IP protection will be maintained. In addition to the essential
control and display elements, a parallel display consisting of multi-colored LED
indicators is also incorporated (see Section 6.2, (p. 6-2)). The meaning of the
various LED indications is shown in plain text on a label strip.
The PC interface (9-pin D-Sub female connector) is located under the hinged
cover at the bottom of the local control panel.
4.1 Designs
The P132 is available in a surface-mounted and a flush-mounted case. Depending
on the connection type – pin-terminal or ring-terminal connection – the case sizes
differ. The location diagrams at the end of Chapter 5, (p. 5-1) show the
available combinations of case widths and connection types.
Electrical connections are made via plug-in threaded terminal blocks. The
threaded terminal blocks in the surface-mounted case are accessible from the
front of the device after unscrewing the crosshead screws on the sides (see
Fig. 4-1, (p. 4-3), ➀) and removing the local control panel. The local control
panel can then be secured by inserting the tabs in the slots in the left side wall
(see Fig. 4-1, (p. 4-3), ➁). The flush-mounted case is connected at the back of
the case.
Warning!
l The local control panel is connected to processor module P by a plug-in
connecting cable. Do not bend the connecting cable! Secure the local control
panel by inserting it in the slots provided on the left.
Warning!
l The secondary circuit of live system current transformers must not be opened!
If the secondary circuit of a live CT is opened, there is the danger that the
resulting voltages will endanger personnel and damage the insulation.
Warning!
l The threaded terminal block for system current transformer connection is not
a shorting block! Therefore always short-circuit the system current
transformers before loosening the threaded terminals.
47Z14BBA
Fig. 4-1: Surface-mounted case, removal of local control panel (or – in case of a detachable HMI – the case front
panel). The illustration shows the 84TE case with (fixed) local control panel.
147.5
177.5
184.5
‑X6
139.6 257.1
168.8
186.4
‑X6
227.9
139.6 253.6
129.2
77.5
159.0
168.0
5.0
5.0
103.8
Fig. 4-3: Flush-mounted case 24 TE with panel opening, flush-mount method 1 (without angle brackets).
(Dimensions in mm.)
101.6
177.5
‑X6
139.6 227.9
168.8 253.6
186.4
6.4
186.5
101.6
150.7
168.8
Fig. 4-4: Flush-mounted case 24 TE with panel opening, flush-mount method 2 (with angle brackets and frame).
(Dimensions in mm.)
‑X6
213.4 257.1
242.6
260.2
177.5
‑X6
227.9
213.4 253.6
203.0
155.4
159.0
168.0
5.0
5.0
181.3
Fig. 4-6: Flush-mounted case 40 TE with panel opening, flush-mount method 1 (without angle brackets).
(Dimensions in mm.)
101.6
177.5
‑X6
213.4 227.9
242.6 253.6
260.2
6.4
186.5
101.6
224.5
242.6
Fig. 4-7: Flush-mounted case 40 TE with panel opening, flush-mount method 2 (with angle brackets and frame).
(Dimensions in mm.)
147.5
177.5
184.5
‑X6
434.8 257.1
464.0
481.6
‑X6
227.9
434.8 253.6
284.9
259.0
25.9
159.0
168.0
5.0
5.0
410.0
Fig. 4-9: Flush-mounted case 84 TE with panel opening, flush-mount method 1 (without angle brackets).
(Dimensions in mm.)
101.6
177.5
‑X6
434.8 227.9
253.6
464.0
481.6
6.4
186.5
101.6
445.9
464.0
Fig. 4-10: Flush-mounted case 84 TE with panel opening, flush-mount method 2 (with angle brackets and frame).
(Dimensions in mm.)
107.3
177.5
‑X6
20.7
206.0
46.3
197.5
192.5
148.0
168.0
3.0
181.3
Key:
● ●: standard equipment,
● ○: optional,
● ☐: depending on order,
● *: Module is not depicted in the terminal connection diagrams (Section 5.8,
(p. 5-23)).
Type Item Number Description Widt P13 P13 P13 P13 P13
h 2 2 2 2 2
‑433 ‑434 ‑435 ‑436 ‑437
Type Item Number Description Widt P13 P13 P13 P13 P13
h 2 2 2 2 2
‑433 ‑434 ‑435 ‑436 ‑437
Type Item Number Description Widt P13 P13 P13 P13 P13
h 2 2 2 2 2
‑433 ‑434 ‑435 ‑436 ‑437
Type Item Number Description Widt P13 P13 P13 P13 P13
h 2 2 2 2 2
‑433 ‑434 ‑435 ‑436 ‑437
Type Item Number Description Widt P13 P13 P13 P13 P13
h 2 2 2 2 2
‑433 ‑434 ‑435 ‑436 ‑437
Warning!
l Sustained exposure to high humidity during storage may cause damage to
electronics and reduce the lifetime of the equipment. Therefore, once the
MiCOM products have been unpacked, we recommend that they are energized
within the three following months.
Where electrical equipment is being installed, sufficient time should be
allowed for acclimatisation to the ambient temperature of the environment,
before energisation.
Warning!
l Only qualified personnel, familiar with the “Warning” page at the beginning of
this manual, may work on or operate this device.
Warning!
l The instructions given in the Section 5.5, (p. 5-11) (“Protective and
Operational Grounding”) should be noted. In particular, check that the
protective ground connection is secured with a tooth lock washer, as per the
diagram “Installing the protective grounding conductor terminal” (Fig. 5-8,
(p. 5-11)).
If a cable screen is added to this connection or removed from it, then the
protective grounding should be checked again.
Warning!
l The SC connector and RJ45 wire of the Ethernet module cannot be connected
at the same time.
Warning!
l Installation of the detachable HMI: A protective conductor (protective
earth) with a cross section at least 1.5 mm² (US: AWG14 or thicker) must be
connected to the protective grounding conductor terminal on the detachable
HMI at one end and on the other end to the protective grounding conductor
terminal on the device’s case. Both the detachable HMI and the device have to
be installed in the same substation.
In order to prevent personal injuries the communications cable installed to the
detachable HMI must never come in contact with parts that may be subjected
to dangerous live voltages.
It is prohibited to install or run the communications cable to the detachable
HMI next to high-voltage lines or high-voltage connections. This is to prevent
induced currents that would lead to electromagnetic interferences.
Fig. 5-1: Example of the type identification label of a MiCOM P3x3 device.
The P132 design version can be determined from the order number. A
breakdown of the order number is given in Chapter “Order Information” of this
manual.
5.4 Installation
The dimensions and mounting dimensions for surface-mounted cases are given
in Chapter “Design”. When the P132 is surface-mounted on a panel, the wiring to
the P132 is normally run along the front side of the mounting plane. If the wiring
is to be at the back, an opening can be provided above or below the surface-
mounted case. Fig. 5-2, (p. 5-5) shows such an opening below the surface-
mounted case.
D5Z50MBA
Fig. 5-2: Opening (cutout) for running the connecting leads to an 40 TE surface-mounted case.
The opening width for the 40 TE surface-mounted case: 213 mm (shown in this
figure), for the 84 TE surface-mounted case: 435 mm. The other dimensions are
the same for all cases.
Flush-mounted cases are designed for control panels. The dimensions and
mounting dimensions are given in Chapter “Design”. When the P132 is mounted
on a cabinet door, special sealing measures are necessary to provide the degree
of protection required for the cabinet (IP 51).
Connection of protective grounding conductor: See “Protective and Operational
Grounding” (Section 5.5, (p. 5-11))
For flush-mount method 1 (without angle brackets and frame), the procedure is
as follows:
Before the P132 can be installed into a control panel, the local control panel (or
the front element of the case for devices with detachable display) must be taken
down. The local control panel is removed as described below:
1. Remove both top and bottom hinged flaps from the device. (Lift/lower
both hinged flaps 180° up/down. Hold them in the middle and bend them
slightly. The side mountings of both hinged flaps can then be disengaged.)
2. Remove the M3 screws (see Fig. 5-3, (p. 5-7)).
3. Then remove the local control panel.
Warning!
l The local control panel (or front element) is connected to processor module P
by a plug-in connecting cable. Make sure the connector position is correct. Do
not bend the connecting cable!
Then remove the lower M4 screws and only loosen the upper M4 screws (see
Fig. 5-3, (p. 5-7)). Now insert the P132 into the panel opening from the rear
so that the upper M4 screws fit into the corresponding holes. Then tighten all the
M4 screws. After this, replace the local control panel.
If the control panel thickness ≥ 2 mm, the longer M3 and M4 bolts must be used.
Longer screws are enclosed within the device packing.
< 3 mm
M4
M3
12Y6181B
Fig. 5-3: Installation of a case into a control panel. Flush-mount method 1 (without the angle brackets and frame ).
Example for a device with a 40 TE case.
Warning!
l The P132 has increased mechanical robustness if either the surface-mounted
case or for the flush-mounted case flush-mount method 2 (with angle brackets
and frame, see Fig. 5-5, (p. 5-8)) is used.
Connection of protective grounding conductor: See Section 5.5, (p. 5-11).
For flush-mount method 2 (using the angle brackets and frame), the procedure is
as follows:
1. Remove the screws as shown in Fig. 5-4, (p. 5-8), ➀ and mount the
enclosed angle brackets using these same screws.
2. Then push the device into the control panel cutout from the front.
3. Secure the device to the control panel by using the enclosed M6 screws
(see Fig. 5-5, (p. 5-8)).
4. Assemble the cover frame and snap-fasten onto the fixing screws.
45Z5058A
Angle brackets
M6
B6
6.4
M6 x 15 Height: 204mm
12Y6183B
Fig. 5-5: Installation of a case into a control panel, flush-mount method 2 (with angle brackets and frame). Example
for a device in a 40 TE case.
The cover frame width of the 40 TE surface-mounted case is: 280 mm, of the
84 TE case is: 486 mm. The cover frame height is for all cases: 204 mm.
Warning!
l The P132 has increased mechanical robustness if either the surface-mounted
case or for the flush-mounted case flush-mount method 2 (with angle brackets
and frame, see Fig. 5-5, (p. 5-8)) is used.
Connection of protective grounding conductor: See Section 5.5, (p. 5-11).
A rack mounting kit can be used to combine a flush-mounted 40 TE case with a
second sub-rack to form a 19″ mounting rack (see Fig. 5-6, (p. 5-9)). The
second sub-rack can be another device, for example, or an empty sub-rack with a
blank front panel. Fit the 19" mounting rack to a cabinet as shown in Fig. 5-7,
(p. 5-10).
Connection flange
Tapped bush
Bolt
61Y5077A
Warning!
l Connection of protective grounding conductor: See Section 5.5, (p. 5-11).
Covering flange
Rack frame
61Y5078A
Fig. 5-7: Installing the P132 in a cabinet with a 19″ mounting rack.
Warning!
l Connection of protective grounding conductor: See Section 5.5, (p. 5-11).
1
2 1
3
2
4
4
PE terminal PE terminal
surface-mount. case flush-mount. case
1 Nut M4 1 Nut M4
4 Bolt M4 4 Bolt M4
19Y5220B
5.6 Connection
The P132 Feeder Management and Bay Control must be connected in accordance
with the terminal connection diagram as indicated on the type identification
label. The relevant terminal connection diagrams that apply to the P132 are to be
found either in the supporting documents supplied with the device, or at the end
of Chapter 5, (p. 5-1).
In general copper conductors with a cross section of 2.5 mm² (US: AWG12) are
sufficient to connect a system current transformer to a current input on the P132.
To reduce CT knee-point voltage requirements, it may be necessary to install
shorter copper conductors with a greater cross section between the system
current transformers and the current inputs on the P132. Copper conductors
having a cross section of 1.5 mm² (US: AWG14) are adequate to connect binary
signal inputs, the output relays and the power supply input.
All connections run into the system must always have a defined potential.
Connections that are pre-wired but not used should preferably be grounded when
binary inputs and output relays are isolated. When binary inputs and output
relays are connected to common potential, the pre-wired but unused connections
should be connected to the common potential of the grouped connections.
Warning!
l The secondary circuit of live system current transformers must not be opened!
If the secondary circuit of a live CT is opened, there is the danger that the
resulting voltages will endanger personnel and damage the insulation.
Warning!
l The threaded terminal block for system current transformer connection is not
a shorting block! Therefore always short-circuit the system current
transformers before loosening the threaded terminals.
A
B
C
IA
IB
IC
IN
P139
19Z5092A
Fig. 5-10, (p. 5-14) shows the standard connection for ground fault direction
determination by steady-state values where the voltage measuring circuit is
connected to an open delta winding. With this connection configuration,
“forward/LS” is displayed if a ground fault occurs on the line side. A reversed
connection is possible for the system current or voltage transformer if the
appropriate setting is configured.
Connection to Connection to
Holmgreen group Window-type CT
A
B BS
C
A B C
K k I̲N
L l
N(e)
E(n)
l
P139
LS
19Z5290
Fig. 5-10: Connecting the steady-state ground fault direction determination function to Holmgreen-configuration
and core balance transformers.
The protective signaling transmitting relay can be set to either Transm. rel. break
con. or Transm. rel. make con. In the first case the break contact of the
transmitting relay must be wired, and in the second case the make contact must
be wired. The figures show the connection for the setting Transm. rel. break con.
Protection device a L+ L-
PSIG: Send
(transm.relay)
[ 037 024 ]
-K1
L+
PSIG: Receive EXT
L-
[ 036 048 ]
P139
Protection device b L- L+
L-
PSIG: Send
(transm.relay)
[ 037 024 ]
P139
D5Z50DBA
Protection device a L+ L-
PSIG: Send
(transm.relay)
[ 037 024 ]
L+
PSIG: Receive EXT
L-
[ 036 048 ]
P139
L-
Protection device b L+
PSIG: Send
(transm.relay)
[ 037 024 ]
[ 036 048 ] L-
P139
D5Z50DCA
PT 100
P139
S8Z52H9A
CIRCUIT BREAKER DRIVE Q1 DRIVE Q2 DRIVE Q8 TRIGGER. Shunt wd. MOTOR RELAY
‑K200.1
P139
‑X061 3 5 9 ‑X062 2 6 8 ‑X071 3 5 ‑X072 6 8
P139
‑X061 2 8 ‑X062 5 ‑X071 2
E1 E3 E1 E3 E1 E3 ‑X073 8
M1 M2 M3 X//Y
‑U706
P139
E4 E4 E4 ‑X073 9
‑K200.3
‑X072 7 9
‑K705.2 ‑K706.2
P139
‑X072 5
S8Z01G3A
Fig. 5-14: Connection example, motor with shunt winding for a direct motor control, bay type No. 89
(A23.105.M04), feeder bay with circuit breaker, double busbar.
5.6.3.1 PC Interface
The PC interface is provided so that personnel can operate the device from a
personal computer (PC).
Warning!
l The PC interface is not designed as a permanent connection. Consequently,
the female connector does not have the extra insulation from circuits
connected to the system that is required per VDE 0106 Teil 101.
Warning!
l The fiber-optic interface may only be connected or disconnected when the
supply voltage for the device is shut off.
An RS 485 data transmission link between a master and several slave devices
can be established by using the optional communication interface. The
communication master could be, for instance, a central control station. Devices
linked to the communication master, e.g. P132, are set-up as slave devices.
The RS 485 interface available on the P132 was designed so that data transfer in
a full duplex transmission mode is possible using a 4-wire data link between
devices. Data transfer between devices using the RS 485 interface is set up only
for a half duplex transmission mode. To connect the RS 485 communication
interface the following must be observed:
● Only twisted pair shielded cables must be used, that are common in
telecommunication installations.
● At least one symmetrical twisted pair of wires is necessary.
● Conductor insulation and shielding must only be removed from the core in
the immediate vicinity of the terminal strips and connected according to
national standards.
● All shielding must be connected to an effective protective ground surface at
both ends.
● Unused conductors must all be grounded at one end.
A 4‑wire data link as an alternative to a 2-wire communications link is also
possible. A cable with two symmetrical twisted pair wires is required for a 4-wire
data link. A 2-wire data link is shown in Fig. 5-15, (p. 5-20), and a 4-wire data
link is shown in Fig. 5-16, (p. 5-21) as an example for channel 2 on the
communication module. The same is valid if channel 1 on the communication
module is available as a RS 485 interface.
2-wire data link:
The transmitter must be bridged with the receiver on all devices equipped
electrically with a full duplex communication interface, e.g. the P132. The two
devices situated at either far end must have a 200 to 220 Ω resistor installed to
terminate the data transmission conductor. In MiCOM Px3x devices, and also in
the P132, a 220 Ω resistor is integrated into the RS 485 interface hardware and
can be connected with a wire jumper. An external resistor is therefore not
necessary.
4-wire data link:
Transmitter and receiver must be bridged in the device situated on one far end
of the data transmission conductor. The receivers of slave devices, that have an
electrically full-duplex communication interface as part of their electrical system,
e.g. the P132, are connected to the transmitter of the communication master
device, and the transmitters of slave devices are connected to the receiver of the
master device. Devices equipped electrically with only a half duplex RS 485
communication interface are connected to the transmitter of the communication
master device. The last device in line (master or slave device) on the data
transmission conductor must have the transmitter and receiver terminated with
a 200 to 220 Ω resistor each. In MiCOM Px3x devices, and also in the P132, a
220 Ω resistor is integrated into the RS 485 interface hardware and can be
connected with a wire jumper. An external resistor is therefore not necessary.
The second resistor must be connected externally to the device (resistor order
number see Chapter “Accessories and Spare Parts”).
-X10
D1[T] D2[R]
D2[R] D1[T]
XXXX P139
-X10
P139 XXXX
19Z6480A
-X10
D1[T] D2[R]
D2[R] D1[T]
XXXX P139
-X10
P139 XXXX
19Z6481A
01 02 03 04 05 06
P A T V X
CH1 4J 4I 4H
CH2 8O
A T X
ETH 4J 6I
CH2 4V 3O
A T X
Red. 4J 6O
ETH 5V
CH2
T
4V
01 02 03 04 05 06
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10
P A A T X X X V X
CH1 CH3 4J 6I 6I 24I 4I 4H
CH2 6H 6H 8O
A N T X X Y X
ETH 4J 6I 6I 4I 6I
CH2 4V 6O 6O 3O
A X T X X X
Red. 24I 4J 6I 6I 6O
ETH 5V 8O 8O
CH2
Y T
9T 4V
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
P A A T X X X X V
CH1 CH3 4J 6I 6I 24I 4H 4I
CH2 6H 6H 8O
A N T X X Y X
ETH 4J 6I 6I 4I 6I
CH2 4V 6O 6O 3O
A X T X X X
Red. 24I 4J 6I 6I 6O
ETH 5V 8O 8O
CH2
Y T
9T 4V
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
Ring Pin Voltage measuring Ring Pin Ring Pin Signal inputs Ring Pin
X041 X041 inputs X_1 X_1 Output relays X_1 X_1
Vin X_1 X_1 High-break
Option: 1 1 1 1 contacts
U_01
13 1 VAG K_01 2 2
T5 2 2
U_02
14 2 VBG 3 3 4 4
T6 3 3
U_03 K_01
15 3 VCG 4 4
T7 4 4
U_04
5 5 +
16 4 5 5 5 5
U_05
17 5 VNG K_02 6 6
T90 6 6
U_06
18 6 7 7 7 7
U_07
8 8 8 8 X_2
U_08
Option: 9 9 K_03 9 9
11 7 Vref T15 11 2 K_02
12 8 X_2 12 3 +
X_2
10 1 Vin
11 2 K_04 10 1
U_09
Current measuring 12 3 K_05 11 2
U_10
inputs 13 4 K_06 12 3 X_3
U_11
X042 Option: 14 5 K_07 13 4 19 1
U_12 K_03
1 1 IA T1 14 5 20 2
15 6
U_13 +
2 2 16 7 K_08 15 6
U_14
3 3 IB T2 17 8 16 7
U_15
4 4 17 8
U_16
5 5 IC T3 18 9 26 8
Signal inputs K_04
6 6 18 9
Vin
27 9 +
7 7 IN T4 U_01
8 8 X_3
X_3 Vin
19 1 19 1
U_17
20 2 20 2
Vin U_18
21 3
21 3 U_02 U_19
22 4 22 4
Vin U_20
23 5
U_03 U_21
23 5 24 6
Vin U_22
25 7
24 6 U_04 U_23
26 8
U_24
Power supply 27 9
25 7 + Vaux
26 8 - U100
27 9 PE
TRIP
H18
ALARM
OUT OF SERVICE
HEALTHY
H19
EDIT MODE
H20
H21
H22
H23
Fig. 6-1: View of the local control panel and layout of the LED indicators for the text display.
Keep the Enter key ( ) and the Clear key ( ) pressed simultaneously, then you
can press “Up” or “Down” ( , ) to raise or lower the contrast, respectively.
Panel Level: The “up”/“down” keys switch between the pages of the Measured
Value Panel.
Menu Tree Level: Press the “up” and “down” keys to navigate up and down
through the menu tree in a vertical direction. If the unit is in input mode, the
“up” and “down” keys have a different function.
Input mode: Settings can only be changed in the input mode, which is signaled
by the LED indicator labeled EDIT MODE. Press the “up” and “down” keys in this
mode to change the setting value.
● “Up” key: the next higher value is selected.
● “Down” key: the next lower value is selected.
With list settings, press the “up” and “down” key to change the logic operator of
the value element.
Menu Tree Level: Press the “left” and “right” keys to navigate through the
menu tree in a horizontal direction. If the unit is in input mode, the “left” and
“right” keys have a different function.
Input mode: Settings can only be changed in the input mode, which is signaled
by the LED indicator labeled EDIT MODE. When the “left” and “right” keys are
pressed, the cursor positioned below one of the digits in the change-enabled
value moves one digit to the right or left.
● “Left” key: the cursor moves to the next digit on the left.
● “Right” key: the cursor moves to the next digit on the right.
In the case of a list setting, press the “left” and “right” keys to navigate through
the list of items available for selection.
Panel Level: Press the ENTER key at the Panel level to go to the menu tree.
Menu Tree Level: Press the ENTER key to enter the input mode. Press the
ENTER key a second time to accept the changes as entered and exit the input
mode. The LED indicator labeled EDIT MODE signals that the input mode is
active.
Press the CLEAR key to reset the LED indicators and clear all measured event
data. The records in the recording memories are not affected by this action.
Input mode: When the CLEAR key is pressed all changes entered are rejected
and the input mode is exited.
Press the READ key to access a selected event recording from either the Panel
level or from any other point in the menu tree.
( … )
By pressing a function key the assigned function is triggered.
More details on assigning functions to function keys can be found in Section 3.6,
(p. 3-46).
More details on handling function keys can be found in Section 6.9, (p. 6-11).
To access a selected event recording from either the panel level or from any
other point in the menu tree, press the “READ” key .
From the control and display panels (e.g. measured value panels or the bay
panel) the user can access the menu tree level by pressing the “ENTER” key.
To return to the previously selected control and display panel from the menu tree
level the user must simultaneously press the keys “Cursor up” and “RESET”. (If
previously no panel was selected, i.e. after a system restart, then the bay panel,
if available, is accessed.)
After the set LOC: Au tom. re turn time has elapsed the protection unit will
also return automatically from the menu tree level to the control and display
panel last selected.
The user can move from a bay panel to a measured value panel by pressing the
key “Cursor left” and back again by pressing the key “Cursor right”.
Measured Value
Bay Panel Panel(s) Record View
(state-dependent)
X0 :running Voltage VAB prim. Oper/Rec/OP_RC
>Q0 :running 20.7 kV Operat. data record
Q8 :running Voltage VBC prim.
Local Remote 20.6 kV
+
Device type
Fig. 6-2: Display panels and menu tree on the text display.
“Down”
“Right”
“Up”
The display will change as shown in the right hand side
column. *
Now press the ENTER key. If the correct password has Voltage A-B prim.
20.7 kV
been entered, the active display will re-appear. Voltage B-C prim.
Function key [F1] is now effective for the set return 20.6 kV
time.
By default, no password is required and therefore
function key [F1] is always effective.
Each function key can be assigned its own password,
and the return time is running after correct password
entry for each individual function key!)
If an invalid password has been entered, the display
shown above in Step 1 will appear.
Step 2b This control step can be canceled at any time by Voltage A-B prim.
20.7 kV
pressing the CLEAR key before the ENTER key is Voltage B-C prim.
pressed. 20.6 kV
Step 3 Press [F1] again. The function configured to this Voltage A-B prim.
20.7 kV
function key is carried out. Voltage B-C prim.
20.6 kV
Step 4 When function keys are pressed during their associated Oper/CtrlTest/LOC
Param. change enabl.
return time, then the set function is carried out directly, Yes
i.e. without checking for the password again.
(By default, i.e. no password required, this step does
not exist and the function key is permanently effective.)
Step 0 From the Menu Tree Level, the user can jump to the Par/Func/Glob/MAIN
Device on-line
Panel Level from any position within the menu tree. No (=off)
Step 1 First press the “up” key and hold it down while pressing Voltage A-B prim.
20.7 kV
the CLEAR key. Voltage B-C prim.
Note: It is important to press the “up” key first and 20.6 kV
+
release it last in order to avoid unintentional resetting of
stored data.
Step 1 Press the Enter key to go from the Panel Level to the P132
Menu Tree Level.
After the set return time has elapsed (setting in menu tree: “Par/Conf/LOC”), the
display will automatically switch to the Panel level if a Measured Value Panel has
been configured.
Step 0 Two measured values can be displayed simultaneously Voltage A-B prim.
20.7 kV
on the Panel. Voltage B-C prim.
20.6 kV
Step 1 If more than two measured values have been selected, Voltage C-A prim.
20.8 kV
they can be viewed one page at a time by pressing the Current A prim.
“up” or “down” keys. 415 A
or
The device will also show the next page of the
Measured Value Panel after the set Hold-Time for
Panels (LOC: Hold-t im e for Pan els, located at “Par/
Conf” in the menu tree) has elapsed.
Step 1 Press the “local/remote” key (L/R) to switch the device to P132 10:33:22
local operation. The Bay Panel is no longer displayed.
The device type appears in the first line and eight ********
asterisks (*) appear in the fourth line as a prompt to
enter the password.
“Left”
*
Step 2b This control step can be canceled at any time by pressing X0 :Closed
Q0 :Closed
the Clear key before the enter key is pressed. Q8 :Closed
Remote Locked
Step 3a Press the Selection key to select a switchgear unit. Only X0 :Closed
>Q0 :Closed
switchgear units that are electrically controllable can be Q8 :Closed
selected. The external device designation for the Local Locked
selected switchgear unit –“Q0”, for example – is marked
by a flashing “>” character.
PX yyy
Unit
type
Oper/
Folder Cyclic measurements
plane 2
Oper/Cycl/
Folder Meas. operating data
plane 3
Oper/Cycl/Data/
Function MAIN
groups
Oper/Cycl/Data/MAIN
Data Date
points 01.01.99 dd.mm.yy
Step 0 In this example, the user switches from plain text mode Par/Func/Glob/MAIN
Device online
to address mode. No (=off)
Step 1 To switch from address mode to plain text mode or vice Par/Func/Glob/MAIN
003.030
versa, press the CLEAR key and either the “left” key or 0
the “right” key simultaneously. This can be done at any
point in the menu tree. +
or
Step 1 Press the ENTER key. Eight asterisks (*) appear in the Oper/CtrlTest/LOC
Param. change enabl.
fourth line of the display. No
********
“Right” Oper/CtrlTest/LOC
Param. change enabl.
No
*
“Up” Oper/CtrlTest/LOC
Param. change enabl.
No
*
“Down” Oper/CtrlTest/LOC
Param. change enabl.
The display will change as shown in the column on the No
right. *
Now press the enter key. The LED indicator labeled Oper/CtrlTest/LOC
Param. change enabl.
EDIT MODE will light up. This indicates that the setting No
can now be changed by pressing the “up” or “down”
keys.
If an invalid password has been entered, the display
shown in Step 1 appears.
Step 4 Press the enter key again. The LED indicator will go out. Oper/CtrlTest/LOC
Param. change enabl.
The unit is enabled for further setting changes. Yes
The same procedure applies to any setting change unless the global change-
enabling function has been activated. This method is recommended for a single
setting change only. If several settings are to be changed, then the global
change-enabling function is preferable. In the following examples, the global
change-enabling function has been activated.
It is important to press the “up” key first and release it last in order to avoid
unintentional deletion of stored data.
Even when the change-enabling function is activated, not all settings can be
changed. For some settings it is also necessary to disable the protective function
(MAIN: Dev ice on-l ine, menu tree: Par/Func/Glob/MAIN). Such settings include
the configuration settings, by means of which the device interfaces can be
adapted to the system. The following entries in the “Change” column of the
“Telegram Documentation” (part of the separately available
“DataModelExplorer”) indicate whether values can be changed or not:
● “on”: The value can be changed even when the protective function is
enabled.
● “off”: The value can only be changed when the protective function is
disabled.
● “–”: The value can be read out but cannot be changed.
The device is factory-set so that the protective function is disabled.
Step 2 Press the ENTER key. The LED indicator labeled EDIT Par/Conf/LOC
Autom. return time
MODE will light up. The last digit of the value is 50000̲ s
highlighted by a cursor (underlined).
Step 3 Press the “left” or “right” keys to move the cursor to Par/Conf/LOC
Autom. return time
the left or right. 5000̲0 s
Step 5 Press the ENTER key. The LED indicator labeled EDIT Par/Conf/LOC
Autom. return time
MODE will go out and the device will now operate with 50010 s
the new value. Press the keys to select another setting
for a value change.
Step 6 If you wish to reject the new setting while you are still Par/Conf/LOC
Autom. return time
entering it (LED indicator labeled EDIT MODE is on), 50000 s
press the CLEAR key. The LED indicator will go out and
the device will continue to operate with the old value.
A further setting can be selected for a value change by
pressing the keys.
Step 0 Select a list setting (in this example, the parameter Par/Func/Glob/MAIN
Fct.assign.trip cmd.
MAIN: Fct .assig.t rip cmd.1 at “Par/Func/Glob/
MAIN” in the menu tree). The down arrow (↓) indicates ↓
that a list setting has been selected.
Step 1 Press the “down” key. The first function and the first Par/Func/Glob/MAIN
Fct.assign.trip cmd.
selected signal will appear in the third and fourth lines, #01 DIST
respectively. The symbol “#01” in the display indicates Trip zone 1
the first item of the selection. If MAI N: Withou t
function appears for the first item, then this means
that no function assignment has yet been made.
Once the end of the list is reached, the display shown Par/Func/Glob/MAIN
Fct.assign.trip cmd.
on the right will appear. #05 MAIN
?????
Step 3 Press the ENTER key at any position in the list. The LED Par/Func/Glob/MAIN
Fct.assign.trip cmd.
indicator labeled EDIT MODE will light up. #02 DIST
Trip zone 2
Step 5 Select the operator or the class using the “up” and Par/Func/Glob/MAIN
Fct.assign.trip cmd.
“down“ keys. In this particular case, only the “OR” OR #02 DIST
operator can be selected. There is no limitation on the Trip zone 4
selection of classes.
Step 6 Press the ENTER key. The LED indicator will go out. The Par/Func/Glob/MAIN
Fct.assign.trip cmd.
assignment has been made. The unit will now operate OR #02 DIST
with the new settings. Trip zone 4
If no operator has been selected, the “OR” operator is
always assigned automatically when the ENTER key is
pressed. There is no automatic assignment of classes.
Step 7 Press the “up” key to exit the list at any point in the Par/Func/Glob/MAIN
Fct.assign.trip cmd.
list.
↓
Step 8 If you wish to reject the new setting while you are still Par/Func/Glob/MAIN
Fct.assign.trip cmd.
entering it (LED indicator labeled EDIT MODE is on), OR #02 DIST
press the CLEAR key. The LED indicator labeled EDIT Trip zone 2
MODE will be extinguished.
Step 0 Select the entry point for the operating data memory. Oper/Rec/OP_RC
Operat. data record.
Step 1 Press the “down” key to enter the operating data Oper/Rec/OP_RC
01.01.13 11:33 ARC
memory. The latest entry is displayed. Enabled USER
No
Step 2 Press the “left” key repeatedly to display the entries Oper/Rec/OP_RC
01.01.13 11:33 PSIG
one after the other in chronological order. Once the Enabled USER
end of the operating data memory has been reached, Yes
pressing the “left” key again will have no effect.
Step 3 Press the “right” key to display the previous entry. Oper/Rec/OP_RC
01.01.13 11:33 ARC
Enabled USER
No
Step 4 Press the “up” key at any point within the operating Oper/Rec/OP_RC
Operat. data record.
data memory to return to the entry point.
↓
Step 0 Select the entry point for the monitoring signal Oper/Rec/MT_RC
Mon. signal record.
memory.
↓
Step 1 Press the “down” key to enter the monitoring signal Mon. signal record.
01.01.13 13:33 SFMON
memory. The oldest entry is displayed. Checksum error param
Step 2 Press the “right” key repeatedly to display the entries Mon. signal record.
01.01.13 10:01 SFMON
one after the other in chronological order. If more than Exception oper. syst.
30 monitoring signals have been entered since the last
reset, the “overflow” signal is displayed as the last
entry.
Step 3 Press the “left” key to display the previous entry. Mon. signal record.
01.01.13 13:33 SFMON
Checksum error param
Step 4 If the “down” key is held down while a monitoring Mon. signal record.
01.01.13 13:33 SFMON
signal is being displayed, the following additional Checksum error param
information will be displayed:
Step 5 Press the “up” key at any point within the monitoring Oper/Rec/MT_RC
Mon. signal record.
signal memory to return to the entry point.
↓
Step 0 Select the entry point for the first fault memory, for Events/Rec/FT_RC
Fault recording 1
example. If the memory contains entries, the third line 01.01.13 10:00:33
of the display will show the date and time the fault ↓
began. If the third line is blank, then there are no entries
in the fault memory.
Step 1 Press the “down” key to enter the fault memory. First, Fault recording 1
FT_RC
the fault number is shown. In this example it is the 22nd Event
fault since the last reset. 22
Step 2 Press the “right” key repeatedly to see first the Fault recording 1
200 ms FT_DA
measured fault data and then the binary signals in Running time
chronological order. The time shown in the second line is 0.17 s
the time, measured from the onset of the fault, at which
the value was measured or the binary signal started or Fault recording 1
ended. 0 ms FT_RC
Record. in progress
Once the end of the fault has been reached (after the Start
“right” key has been pressed repeatedly), pressing the
“right” key again will have no effect.
Fault recording 1
241 ms FT_RC
Record. in progress
End
Step 3 Press the “left” key to see the previous measured value Fault recording 1
0 ms FT_RC
or the previous signal. Record. in progress
Start
Step 4 Press the “up” key at any point within the fault memory Events/Rec/FT_RC
Fault recording 1
to return to the entry point. 01.01.13 10:00:33
↓
6.12.7 Resetting
All information memories – including the event memories and the monitoring
signal memory – as well as the LED indicators can be reset manually. In addition,
the LED indicators are automatically cleared and initialized at the onset of a new
fault – provided that the appropriate operating mode has been selected – so that
they always indicate the latest fault.
The LED indicators can also be reset manually by pressing the CLEAR key, which
is always possible in the standard control mode. This action also triggers an LED
indicator test and an LCD display test. The event memories are not affected by
this action, so that inadvertent deletion of the records associated with the reset
signal pattern is reliably prevented.
Because of the ring structure of the event memories, the data for eight
consecutive events are updated automatically so that manual resetting should
not be necessary, in principle.
Deleting the event memories completely (e.g. after a function test), can be
accomplished by various resetting actions including the configuration of a group
resetting for several memories. An overview of all resetting actions can be found
in section “Resetting Actions” in Chapter “Operation”.
Resetting a single memory from the local control panel is described in the
following with the example of a fault memory. In this example the global change-
enabling function has already been activated.
Step 0 Select the reset setting. Line 3 of the display shows the Oper/CtrlTest/FT_RC
Reset recording
number of faults since the last reset, 10 in this 10
example.
Step 1 Press the ENTER key. The LED indicator labeled EDIT Oper/CtrlTest/FT_RC
Reset recording
MODE will light up. 10
Don't execute
Step 2 Press the “Up” or “Down” keys to change the setting to Oper/CtrlTest/FT_RC
Reset recording
Execute. 10
Execute
Step 3 Press the ENTER key. The LED indicator labeled EDIT Oper/CtrlTest/FT_RC
Reset recording
MODE will be extinguished. The value in line 3 is reset 0
to 0.
Step 1 Press the ENTER key. Eight asterisks (*) appear in the Oper/CtrlTest/MAIN
Man. trip cmd. USER
fourth line of the display. Don't execute
********
“Right” Oper/CtrlTest/MAIN
Man. trip cmd. USER
Don't execute
*
“Up” Oper/CtrlTest/MAIN
Man. trip cmd. USER
Don't execute
*
“Down” Oper/CtrlTest/MAIN
Man. trip cmd. USER
The display will change as shown in the column on the Don't execute
right. *
Now press the enter key. The LED indicator labeled Oper/CtrlTest/MAIN
Man. trip cmd. USER
EDIT MODE will light up. This indicates that the setting Don't execute
can now be changed by pressing the “up” or “down”
keys.
Step 4 Press the enter key again. The LED indicator labeled Oper/CtrlTest/MAIN
Man. trip cmd. USER
EDIT MODE will go out. The unit will execute the Don't execute
command.
Step 5 As long as the LED indicator labeled EDIT MODE is on, Oper/CtrlTest/MAIN
Man. trip cmd. USER
the control action can be terminated by pressing the Don't execute
CLEAR key. The LED indicator labeled EDIT MODE will
be extinguished.
1 2
4
The password can be changed by the user at any time. The procedure for this
change is described below. The starting point is the factory-set password.
Step 1 Press the ENTER key. Eight asterisks (*) appear in the Par/Conf/LOC
Password
fourth line of the display. ********
********
Step 2 Press the “left”, “right”, “up” and “down” keys to enter Par/Conf/LOC
Password
the valid password. The display will change as shown in ********
the column on the right. *
Par/Conf/LOC
Password
********
*
Par/Conf/LOC
Password
********
*
Par/Conf/LOC
Password
********
*
Step 3 Now press the enter key. The LED indicator labeled Par/Conf/LOC
Password
EDIT MODE will light up. The third line shows an _
underscore character ( _ ) as the prompt for entering a
new password.
Step 4 Enter the new password, which in this example is done Par/Conf/LOC
Password
by pressing the “up” key followed by the “down” key. *
Par/Conf/LOC
Password
**
Step 5 Press the enter key again. Asterisks appear in the third Par/Conf/LOC
Password
line, and a cursor (underscore) in the fourth line **
prompts the user to enter the new password again. _
Par/Conf/LOC
Password
**
**
Step 7a Press the ENTER key again. If the password has been Par/Conf/LOC
Password
re-entered correctly, the LED indicator labeled EDIT ********
MODE goes out and the display appears as shown on
the right. The new Password is now valid.
Step 3 After the four keys are released, startup will continue.
TEST
Step 1 Press the ENTER key. Eight asterisks (*) appear in the Par/Conf/LOC
Password L/R
fourth line of the display. ********
********
Step 2 Press the “left”, “right”, “up” and “down” keys to enter Par/Conf/LOC
Password L/R
the valid general password. The display will change as ********
shown in the column on the right. *
Par/Conf/LOC
Password L/R
********
*
Par/Conf/LOC
Password L/R
********
*
Par/Conf/LOC
Password L/R
********
*
Step 3 Now press the enter key. The red LED indicator labeled Par/Conf/LOC
Password L/R
EDIT MODE will be illuminated. The current Password 1423
L/R will appear in the third line.
Step 4 Enter the new password, which in this example is done Par/Conf/LOC
Password L/R
by pressing the “up” key followed by the “down” key. *
Par/Conf/LOC
Password L/R
**
Step 5 Press the enter key again. Asterisks appear in the third Par/Conf/LOC
Password L/R
line, and a cursor (underscore) in the fourth line **
prompts the user to enter the new Password L/R again. _
Par/Conf/LOC
Password L/R
Step 7a Press the ENTER key again. If the new Password L/R has Par/Conf/LOC
Password L/R
been re-entered correctly, the red LED indicator labeled ********
EDIT MODE will be extinguished and the display
appears as shown on the right. The new Password L/R is
now valid.
Step 8 The change of the Password L/R can be canceled at any Par/Conf/LOC
Password L/R
time before Step 7 by pressing the CLEAR key. If this is ********
done, the original Password L/R continues to be valid.
7 SETTINGS
7.1 Parameters
The P132 must be adjusted to the system and to the protected equipment by
appropriate settings. This chapter gives instructions for determining the settings,
which are located in the folder titled “Parameters” in the menu tree. The
sequence in which the settings are listed and described in this chapter
corresponds to their sequence in the menu tree.
The P132 devices are supplied with a factory-set standard configuration of
settings that, in most cases, correspond to the default settings or become
apparent after a “cold restart”. The P132 is blocked in that case. All settings
must be re-entered after a cold restart.
Note
Detailed information about all parameters, including complete selection tables and
IEC 60870‑5‑103 protocol properties, are separately available as a set of interlinked
PDF files for user-friendly navigation, packed in one ZIP archive named
DataModelExplorer_P132_en_P01.zip.
In contrast to P132 versions before P132‑630, the implementation of the IEC 61850
protocol now features parameters that cannot be modified from the local control
panel (HMI) or with the operating program. Instead, these parameters are set with
a special IEC 61850 operating software, named “IED Configurator”.
Therefore these settings are not listed in this chapter or the following chapter.
These parameters are described in Chapter “IEC 61850 Settings via IED
Configurator”.
as a separate ZIP archive file) gives information about the configuration options
for all binary inputs.
The P132 identifies the installed modules during startup. If a given binary I/O
module is not installed or has fewer binary signal inputs than the maximum
number possible at this slot, then the configuration addresses for the missing
binary signal inputs are automatically hidden in the menu tree.
When configuring binary inputs, one should keep in mind that the same function
can be assigned to several signal inputs. Thus one function can be activated from
several control points having different signal voltages.
The configuration in slots A and B and the configuration for the binary inputs
U C01 to U C08 will be changed with the selection of a new bay type. (Whether
automatic configuration occurs, is defined in the setting MA IN: Auto-
assignme nt I /O.) Depending on the connection type chosen for the P132 – pin
type or ring type cable socket terminals – the symbolic slots A, B and C refer to
the following slots:
Symbolic slot Pin type cable socket terminals Ring type cable socket terminals
A 06 12
B 07 14
C 08 16
The configuration of binary inputs for each bay type – in the case of auto-
assignment – is given in the List of Bay Types in the Appendix.
In the case of auto-assignment, the following notes apply:
Before selecting a new bay type, make sure that the binary inputs at slots A and B
as well as the binary inputs U C01 to U C08 are configured for functions from the
DEVxx function groups only. Otherwise there will be an error message, and the new
bay type will not be activated.
Before selecting a new bay type, make sure that all binary inputs specified in the
List of Bay types for the selected bay type are actually available in the device.
Otherwise there will be an error message, and the new bay type will not be
activated.
In order to ensure that the device will recognize the input signals, the triggering
signals must persist for at least 30 ms. The operating mode for each binary
signal input can be defined.
The user can specify whether the presence (active ‘high’ mode) or absence
(active ‘low’ mode) of a voltage shall be interpreted as the logic “1” signal .
The contact data for the all-or-nothing relays permits them to be used either as
command relays or as signal relays. It is important to note that the contact rating
of the binary I/O modules (X) varies (see Chapter “Technical Data”). One signal
can also be assigned simultaneously to several output relays for the purpose of
contact multiplication.
Selecting a new bay type can change the configuration for slots A and B.
(Whether automatic configuration occurs, is defined in the setting MA IN: Auto-
assignme nt I/O.) Depending on the connection type chosen for the P132 – pin
type or ring type cable socket terminals – the symbolic slots A and B correspond
to the following slots:
Symbolic slot Pin type cable socket terminals Ring type cable socket terminals
A 06 12
B 07 14
The configuration of output relays for each bay type – in the case of auto-
assignment – is given in the List of Bay Types in the Appendix.
In the case of auto-assignment, the following notes apply:
Before selecting a new bay type, make sure that the output relays at slots A and B
are configured for functions from the DEVxx function groups only. Otherwise there
will be an error message, and the new bay type will not be activated.
Before selecting a new bay type, make sure that all output relays specified in the
List of Bay types for the selected bay type are actually available in the device.
Otherwise there will be an error message, and the new bay type will not be
activated.
An operating mode can be defined for each output relay. Depending on the
selected operating mode, the output relay will operate in either an energize-on-
signal (ES) mode or a normally-energized (NE) mode and in either a latching or
non-latching mode. For output relays operating in latching mode, the operating
mode setting also determines when latching will be cancelled.
With the multi-color LED indicators (H 4 – H 16) the colors red and green can be
independently assigned with functions. The third color amber results as a
mixture of red and green, i.e. when both functions assigned to the LED indicator
are simultaneously present.
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0 0 255
[spacer]
Using the ‘text replacement tool' provided by the operating program, the user
can change the parameter descriptors (plain text designations) and load them
into the device. These customized data models contain an identifier defined by
the user while preparing the data model. This identifier is displayed at this point
in the menu tree. Standard data models have the identifier ‘0' (factory-set
default).
[spacer] DVICE: F numb er 002 124
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer]
The F number is the serial number of the device. The display cannot be altered.
[spacer] DVICE: AFS Or de r No. 001 000
[spacer] 0:
[spacer] DVICE: PCS Order No. 001 200
[spacer] 0:
[spacer]
Order numbers for the device. The user cannot alter this number.
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 1 000 003
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 2 000 004
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 3 000 005
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 4 000 006
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 5 000 007
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 6 000 008
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 7 000 009
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 8 000 010
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 9 000 011
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 1 0 000 012
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 1 1 000 013
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 1 2 000 014
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 1 3 000 015
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 1 4 000 016
[spacer] 0 0 999
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 1 6 000 018
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 1 7 000 019
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 1 8 000 020
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 1 9 000 021
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 2 0 000 022
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 2 1 000 023
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 2 2 000 024
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 2 3 000 025
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 2 4 000 026
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 2 5 000 027
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 2 6 000 028
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer] DVICE: Order e xt . No. 2 7 000 029
[spacer] 0 0 999
[spacer]
Order extension numbers for the device.
[spacer] DVICE: M odule var. slot 1 086 050
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Item number of the module inserted in the respective slot 1 to 21.
The display always shows the actual component configuration at any given time.
[spacer] DVICE: M odule vers. s lot 1 086 193
Parameter Address
[spacer] 2:
[spacer]
MAC address for the network hardware of the Ethernet module. This address is
introduced during manufacture and can only be read.
[spacer] DVICE: Variant of module L 086 048
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Item number of the analog bus module B in this design version.
[spacer] DVICE: Version module B (a) 086 189
[spacer] 2:
[spacer] DVICE: S ubne t mask 111 001
[spacer] 2:
[spacer] DVICE: M AC addr ess 111 003
[spacer] 2:
[spacer]
Display of the IP address (or subnet mask, gateway address, MAC address,
respectively) of the ethernet interface of the processor module. This can be
useful for network analysis, especially if these settings have been retrieved via
DHCP.
[spacer] DVICE: Custome r ID data 1 000 040
[spacer] 0:
[spacer]
Reference input for the device's location as selected by user.
[spacer] DVICE: Device I D 000 035
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer]
ID code for use by the PC programs for operating and setting. Further
instructions on this setting are given in the description of the respective
operating program.
[spacer] DVICE: S ubs tation ID 000 036
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer]
ID code for use by the PC programs for operating and setting. Further
instructions on this setting are given in the description of the respective
operating program.
[spacer] DVICE: Feede r ID 000 037
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer]
ID code for use by the PC programs for operating and setting. Further
instructions on this setting are given in the description of the respective
operating program.
[spacer] DVICE: Device p assword 1 000 048
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer] DVICE: Device p assword 2 000 049
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer]
ID code used by the operating program for identification purposes. See
description of the respective operating program for more detailed setting
instructions.
[spacer] DVICE: S W ve rs ion DHM I 002 131
Parameter Address
[spacer] 1: Yes
[spacer]
When set to Yes it is apparent that the device is fitted with the local control
panel (HMI).
Parameter Address
[spacer] 1: Dot
[spacer]
Character to be used as decimal delimiter on the local control panel.
[spacer] LOC: Pas sword 003 035
[spacer]
This setting defines whether the control site – “Local” or “Remote” – shall be
displayed on the bay panel.
[spacer] LOC: Displ. inte rl. s tat. 221 071
[spacer]
This setting defines whether the “Locked” or “Unlocked” status shall be
displayed on the bay panel.
[spacer] LOC: Fct. as s ign. L/R ke y 225 208
[spacer]
This setting defines whether the (electric) key-operated switch switches
between remote / local control (L↔R) or between remote+local control / local
control (R&L↔L).
[spacer] LOC: Fct. res et ke y 005 251
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Selection of counters and memories that are reset by pressing the RESET key on
the local control panel. (Resetting LED indicators and measured event values is
permanently assigned internally, so that they are always reset when the RESET
key is pressed.)
[spacer] LOC: Fct. read ke y 080 110
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the time period during which a panel is displayed, before switching to
the next panel. This setting is only relevant if more values are selected than can
be shown on the LC-Display.
[spacer] LOC: Autom . retur n t ime 003 014
[spacer]
If the user does not press a key on the local control panel during this set time
period, the change-enabling function is deactivated.
[spacer] LOC: R eturn time s ele ct . 221 030
[spacer]
If the user does not press a key on the local control panel during this set time
period, then the selection of a switchgear unit is cancelled.
[spacer] LOC: R eturn time illumin. 003 023
[spacer]
If the user does not press a key on the local control panel during this set time
period, then the backlighting of the LCD display is switched off, and any
switchgear selection that might have been made is cancelled.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Bay and device addresses are used to address the device in communication via
the PC interface. An identical setting must be selected for both addresses.
[spacer] PC: Baud r ate 003 081
[spacer]
Baud rate of the PC interface.
[spacer] PC: Pa rity bit 003 181
[spacer]
Set the same parity that is set at the interface of the PC connected to the P132.
[spacer] PC: S pontan. s ig. enable 003 187
[spacer]
Enable for the transmission of spontaneous signals via the PC interface.
[spacer] PC: S elect. s pont an.s ig. 003 189
[spacer]
Enable for the cyclic transmission of measured values via the PC interface.
[spacer] PC: Cycl. d ata I LS tel . 003 185
[spacer]
A measured voltage value is transmitted via the PC interface if it differs by the
set delta quantity from the last measured value transmitted.
[spacer] PC: Delta I 003 056
[spacer]
A measured current value is transmitted via the PC interface if it differs by the
set delta quantity from the last measured value transmitted.
Parameter Address
[spacer] 1 0 255
[spacer] PC: IP addre ss 3 111 007
[spacer] 2 0 255
[spacer]
IP address of the ethernet interface of the P132's processor module.
This is the ethernet interface of the processor module and can be used for
special service activities, e.g. for uploading new firmware.
Note: In the operating program, the complete IP address is displayed at PC: IP
addr es s. The device’s front panel display only displays the IP address
distributed to these four data model addresses:
● PC: IP addre ss,
● PC: I P addr es s 1,
● PC: I P add re ss 2,
● PC: I P add re s s 3.
Note: This interface can only be used if it has been configured (PC: IP
addr es s, PC: Subne t mask, PC : IP addre ss mode) and activated via
PC: IP Enable conf ig..
[spacer] PC: S ubne t mas k 111 008
[spacer] 0 0 255
[spacer]
Subnet mask of the ethernet interface of the processor module.
Note: In the operating program, the complete mask is displayed at
PC: Subnet mas k. The device’s front panel display only displays the mask
distributed to these four data model addresses:
● PC: Subnet mask,
● PC: Sub net mas k 1,
● PC: S ubnet mask 2,
● PC: S ubne t mask 3.
[spacer] PC: IP addre ss mode 111 016
[spacer] 1: DHCP
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting of the method how the IP address of the ethernet interface of the
processor module shall be defined.
● DHCP: The IP-Adresse shall be retrieved from a DHCP server.
● fix: The setting of PC: IP addre ss shall be used.
● Device address: The setting of P C: IP address shall be used for the
first three number values of the IP address, the fourth number value of the
IP address shall be the value of P C : De vice address.
[spacer] PC: IP Enable config. 111 017
[spacer]
The active power value is transmitted via the PC interface if it differs by the set
delta quantity from the last measured value transmitted.
[spacer] PC: Delta f 003 057
[spacer]
The measured frequency value is transmitted via the PC interface if it differs by
the set delta from the last measured value transmitted.
[spacer] PC: Delta meas.v.I LS t el 003 155
[spacer]
The telegram is transmitted if a measured value differs by the set delta quantity
from the last measured value transmitted.
[spacer] PC: Delta t 003 058
[spacer]
All measured values are transmitted again via the PC interface after this time
period has elapsed – provided that transmission has not been triggered by the
other delta conditions.
[spacer] PC: Time -out 003 188
[spacer]
Setting for the time to elapse after the last telegram exchange via the PC
interface before activating the second communication channel of
communication module A.
Parameter Address
communication
interface 1
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group COMM1 or including it in the configuration. If the
function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings
and signals are hidden, with the exception of this setting.
[spacer] COMM 1: General enable US ER 003 170
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Disabling or enabling communication interface 1.
[spacer] COMM 1: Basic IEC 8 70- 5e nable 003 215
[spacer]
Common settings for enabling all protocols based on IEC 870-5-xxx.
[spacer] COMM 1: Addit. -1 01 enable 003 216
[spacer]
Enabling additional settings that are relevant for the protocol based on
IEC 870-5-101.
[spacer] COMM 1: Addit. ILS e nable 003 217
[spacer]
Enabling additional settings that are relevant for the ILS protocol.
[spacer] COMM 1: MODBUS e nable 003 220
[spacer]
Enabling settings relevant for the MODBUS protocol.
[spacer] COMM 1: DNP3 e nable 003 231
[spacer]
Enabling settings relevant for the DNP 3.0 protocol.
[spacer] COMM 1: COUR IER enabl e 103 040
[spacer]
Enabling settings relevant for the COURIER protocol.
[spacer] COMM 1: Comm unicat. protoc ol 003 167
Parameter Address
[spacer]
The user may select between two variants of the 103 protocol.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the IEC 870-5-xxx protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: MODBUS pr ot. v ar iant 003 214
[spacer]
The user may select between two variants of the MODBUS protocol.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the MODBUS protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Line idle stat e 003 165
[spacer]
Setting for the line idle state indication.
[spacer] COMM 1: Baud rate 003 071
[spacer]
Baud rate of the communication interface.
[spacer] COMM 1: Parity b it 003 171
[spacer]
Set the same parity that is set at the interface of the control system connected
to the P132.
[spacer] COMM 1: Dead tim e monit oring 003 176
Parameter Address
[spacer]
The P132 monitors telegram transmission to make sure that no excessive pause
occurs within a telegram. This monitoring function can be disabled if it is not
required.
Note: This setting is only necessary for modem transmission.
[spacer] COMM 1: Mon. time polling 003 202
[spacer]
The time between two polling calls from the communication master must be less
than the time set here.
[spacer] COMM 1: Octet comm. addr es s 003 072
[spacer]
The communication address and the ASDU address are used to identify the
device in communication via the interface. An identical setting must be selected
for both addresses.
“ASDU”: Application Service Data Unit
[spacer] COMM 1: Oct.2 comm.addr.DNP3 003 240
[spacer]
In the DNP 3.0 protocol, a 16-bit address is used to identify devices.
The address that can be set here is the higher-order octet, whereas the address
set at COM M1: Octe t comm. addr ess is the lower-order octet of the
DNP address.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the DNP 3.0 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Pos . ack no wle dgeme nt 103 060
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting specifying whether data shall be recorded for service activities.
[spacer] COMM 1: Nam e of manufact ure r 003 161
[spacer]
Setting for the name of the manufacturer.
Note:
● This setting can be changed to ensure compatibility.
● This setting is hidden unless an IEC 870-5 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Octet ad dre ss AS DU 003 073
[spacer]
The communication address and the ASDU address are used to identify the
device in communication via the interface. An identical setting must be selected
for both addresses.
Note: This setting is hidden unless an IEC 870-5 protocol is enabled.
“ASDU”: Application Service Data Unit
[spacer] COMM 1: Sp ontan. sig. e nable 003 177
[spacer]
Enable for the transmission of spontaneous signals via the communication
interface.
Note: This setting is hidden unless an IEC 870-5 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Se lect. spontan.sig. 003 179
[spacer]
Selection of spontaneous signals for transmission via “logical” communication
interface 1.
[spacer] COMM 1: Transm .enab. cy cl.dat 003 074
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Enabling of cyclic transmission of measured values via the communication
interface.
Note: This setting is hidden unless an IEC 870-5 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Cycl. dat a ILS te l. 003 175
[spacer]
Selection of the measured values that are transmitted in a user-defined
telegram via the communication interface.
Note: This setting is hidden unless an IEC 870-5 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Delt a V 003 050
[spacer]
A measured voltage value is transmitted via the communication interface if it
differs by the set delta quantity from the last measured value transmitted.
Note: This setting is hidden unless an IEC 870-5 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Delt a I 003 051
[spacer]
A measured current value is transmitted via the communication interface if it
differs by the set delta quantity from the last measured value transmitted.
Note: This setting is hidden unless an IEC 870-5 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Delt a P 003 054
[spacer]
The active power value is transmitted via the communication interface if it
differs by the set delta quantity from the last measured value transmitted.
Note: This setting is hidden unless an IEC 870-5 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Delt a f 003 052
[spacer]
The measured frequency value is transmitted via the communication interface if
it differs by the set delta quantity from the last measured value transmitted.
Note: This setting is hidden unless an IEC 870-5 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Delt a me as.v .ILS t e l 003 150
Parameter Address
[spacer]
The telegram is transmitted if a measured value differs by the set delta quantity
from the last measured value transmitted.
Note: This setting is hidden unless an IEC 870-5 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Delt a t 003 053
[spacer]
All measured values are transmitted again via the communication interface after
this time period has elapsed – provided that transmission has not been triggered
by the other delta conditions.
Note: This setting is hidden unless an IEC 870-5 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Delt a t (e ner gy) 003 151
[spacer]
The measured values for active energy and reactive energy are transmitted via
the communication interface after this time has elapsed.
Note: This setting is hidden unless an IEC 870-5 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Contin. g ene ral s can 003 077
[spacer]
A continuous or background general scan means that the P132 transmits all
settings, signals, and monitoring signals through the communication interface
during slow periods when there is not much activity. This ensures that there will
be data consistency with a connected control system. The time to be set defines
the minimum time difference between two telegrams.
Note: This setting is hidden unless an IEC 870-5 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Comm . addre s s le ngth 003 201
[spacer]
Setting for the communication address length.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the IEC 870-5-101 protocol is set.
[spacer] COMM 1: Octet 2 comm. addr. 003 200
[spacer]
Setting for the length of the higher-order communication address.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the IEC 870-5-101 protocol is set.
[spacer] COMM 1: Caus e transm. le ngth 003 192
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the length of the cause of transmission.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the IEC 870-5-101 protocol is set.
[spacer] COMM 1: Addr ess le ngth ASD U 003 193
[spacer]
Setting for the length of the common address for identification of telegram
structures.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the IEC 870-5-101 protocol is set.
“ASDU”: Application Service Data Unit
[spacer] COMM 1: Octet 2 addr . ASDU 003 194
[spacer]
Setting for the length of the common higher-order address for identification of
telegram structures.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the IEC 870-5-101 protocol is set.
“ASDU”: Application Service Data Unit
[spacer] COMM 1: Addr .le ngt h inf.obj. 003 196
[spacer]
Setting for the length of the address for information objects.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the IEC 870-5-101 protocol is set.
[spacer] COMM 1: Oct.3 addr. i nf.obj. 003 197
[spacer]
Setting for the length of the higher-order address for information objects.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the IEC 870-5-101 protocol is set.
[spacer] COMM 1: Inf.No.<- >funct. type 003 195
[spacer]
Setting specifying whether information numbers and function type shall be
reversed in the object address.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the IEC 870-5-101 protocol is set.
[spacer] COMM 1: Tim e tag lengt h 003 198
[spacer]
Setting for the time tag length.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the IEC 870-5-101 protocol is set.
[spacer] COMM 1: ASDU1 / ASD U20 c onv. 003 190
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting specifying whether telegram structure 1 or 20 shall be converted as a
single signal or double signal.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the IEC 870-5-101 protocol is set.
“ASDU”: Application Service Data Unit
[spacer] COMM 1: ASDU2 conv e rs ion 003 191
[spacer]
Setting specifying whether telegram structure 2 shall be converted as a single
signal or double signal.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the IEC 870-5-101 protocol is set.
“ASDU”: Application Service Data Unit
[spacer] COMM 1: Initializ. s ignal 003 199
[spacer]
Setting specifying whether an initialization signal shall be issued.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the IEC 870-5-101 protocol is set.
[spacer] COMM 1: Balanced oper ation 003 226
[spacer]
Setting that determines whether communication takes place on a balanced basis
(full duplex operation).
Note: This setting is hidden unless the IEC 870-5-101 protocol is set.
[spacer] COMM 1: Direction bit 003 227
[spacer]
Setting for the transmission direction. Normally this value will be set to '1' at
the control center and to '0' at the substation.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the IEC 870-5-101 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Tim e- out inte rval 003 228
[spacer]
Setting for the maximum time that will elapse until the status signal for the
acknowledgment command is issued.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the IEC 870-5-101 protocol is set.
[spacer] COMM 1: Re g.asg . s ele c. cmds 003 210
Parameter Address
[spacer]
All MODBUS registers are transmitted again through the communication
interface after this time has elapsed.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the MODBUS protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Autom .ev ent confir m. 003 249
[spacer]
Setting specifying whether an event must be confirmed by the master in order
for an event to be deleted from the 'event queue'.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the MODBUS protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Phys . C harac t. D elay 003 241
[spacer]
Number of bits that must pass between the receipt of the 'request' and the start
of sending the 'response'.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the DNP 3.0 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Phys . C har. Time out 003 242
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Number of bits that may be missing from the telegram before receipt is
terminated.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the DNP 3.0 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Link Confirm. Mode 003 243
[spacer]
Setting for the acknowledgment mode of the link layer.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the DNP 3.0 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Link Confirm.T ime out 003 244
[spacer]
Setting for the time period within which the master must acknowledge at the
link layer.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the DNP 3.0 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Link Max . Ret rie s 003 245
[spacer]
Number of repetitions that are carried out on the link layer if errors have
occurred during transmission (such as failure to acknowledge).
Note: This setting is hidden unless the DNP 3.0 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Appl.Confi rm.Time out 003 246
[spacer]
Setting for the time period within which the master must acknowledge at the
application layer.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the DNP 3.0 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Appl. Ne e d T ime Del . 003 247
[spacer]
Time interval within which the slave requests time synchronization cyclically
from the master.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the DNP 3.0 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Ind./ cl. b in. inputs 003 232
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Selection of data points and data classes for object 10 – binary outputs.
Assignment of indices is made in the order of selection, beginning with 0.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the DNP 3.0 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Ind./ cl. bin. count . 003 234
[spacer]
Initialization value of threshold values for transmission of measured values in
object 30. The threshold values can be changed separately by the master for
each measured value by writing to object 34, 'analog input reporting deadband'.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the DNP 3.0 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Delt a t (DNP 3) 003 248
[spacer]
Cycle time for updating DNP object 30 (analog inputs).
Note: This setting is hidden unless the DNP 3.0 protocol is enabled.
[spacer] COMM 1: Comm and s ele ct ion 103 042
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Cycle time at the conclusion of which the selected measured values are again
transmitted.
Note: This setting is hidden unless the COURIER protocol is enabled.
Parameter Address
communication
interface 2
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group COMM2 or including it in the configuration. If the
function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings
and signals are hidden, with the exception of this setting.
[spacer] COMM 2: General enable US ER 103 170
[spacer]
Disabling or enabling communication interface 2.
[spacer] COMM 2: Line idle stat e 103 165
[spacer]
Setting for the line idle state indication.
[spacer] COMM 2: Baud rate 103 071
[spacer]
Baud rate of the communication interface.
[spacer] COMM 2: Parity bit 103 171
[spacer]
Set the same parity that is set at the interface of the control system connected
to the P132.
[spacer] COMM 2: Dead time monit oring 103 176
[spacer]
The P132 monitors telegram transmission to make sure that no excessive pause
occurs within a telegram. This monitoring function can be disabled if it is not
required.
Note: This setting is only necessary for modem transmission.
[spacer] COMM 2: Mon. time polling 103 202
[spacer]
The time between two polling calls from the communication master must be less
than the time set here.
[spacer] COMM 2: Pos itive ack n. fault 103 203
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
It is possible to set whether or not faults can be acknowledged positively after
transmission (and consequently deleted from the fault overview at the
COMM2/PC interface).
[spacer] COMM 2: Octet comm. addr es s 103 072
Parameter Address
[spacer]
The communication address and the ASDU address are used to identify the
device in communication via the interface. An identical setting must be selected
for both addresses.
“ASDU”: Application Service Data Unit
[spacer] COMM 2: Nam e of manufact ure r 103 161
[spacer]
Setting for the name of the manufacturer.
Note: This setting can be changed to ensure compatibility.
[spacer] COMM 2: Octet ad dre ss AS DU 103 073
[spacer]
The communication address and the ASDU address are used to identify the
device in communication via the interface. An identical setting must be selected
for both addresses.
“ASDU”: Application Service Data Unit
[spacer] COMM 2: Sp ontan. sig. e nable 103 177
[spacer]
Enable for the transmission of spontaneous signals via the communication
interface.
[spacer] COMM 2: Se lect. spontan.sig. 103 179
[spacer]
Enable for the cyclic transmission of measured values via the communication
interface.
[spacer] COMM 2: Cycl. dat a ILS te l. 103 175
[spacer]
A measured voltage value is transmitted via the communication interface if it
differs by the set delta quantity from the last measured value transmitted.
[spacer] COMM 2: Delt a I 103 051
Parameter Address
[spacer]
A measured current value is transmitted via the communication interface if it
differs by the set delta quantity from the last measured value transmitted.
[spacer] COMM 2: Delt a P 103 054
[spacer]
The active power value is transmitted via the communication interface if it
differs by the set delta quantity from the last measured value transmitted.
[spacer] COMM 2: Delt a f 103 052
[spacer]
The measured frequency value is transmitted via the communication interface if
it differs by the set delta quantity from the last measured value transmitted.
[spacer] COMM 2: Delt a me as.v .ILS t e l 103 150
[spacer]
The telegram is transmitted if a measured value differs by the set delta quantity
from the last measured value transmitted.
[spacer] COMM 2: Delt a t 103 053
[spacer]
All measured values are transmitted again via the communication interface after
this time period has elapsed – provided that transmission has not been triggered
by the other delta conditions.
Parameter Address
communication
interface 3
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group COMM3 or including it in the configuration.
This setting parameter is only visible if the relevant optional communication
module is fitted.
If the function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated
settings and signals are hidden, with the exception of this setting.
[spacer] COMM 3: General enable US ER 120 030
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Disabling or enabling communication interface 3.
[spacer] COMM 3: Baud rate 120 038
[spacer] 1: 1
[spacer]
Address for send signals.
[spacer] COMM 3: Re ceiving addres s 120 032
[spacer] 2: 2
[spacer]
Address for receive signals.
[spacer] COMM 3: Fct. ass ignm. s end 1 121 001
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] COMM 3: Def ault value re c. 2 120 061
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] COMM 3: Def ault value re c. 3 120 062
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] COMM 3: Def ault value re c. 4 120 063
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] COMM 3: Def ault value re c. 5 120 064
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] COMM 3: Def ault value re c. 6 120 065
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] COMM 3: Def ault value re c. 7 120 066
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] COMM 3: Def ault value re c. 8 120 067
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer]
Definition of the default value for the 8 receive signals.
[spacer] COMM 3: Tim e- out comm.fault 120 033
Parameter Address
[spacer] 50 10 60000 ms
[spacer]
This timer triggers the alarm signals COMM3: C ommunications f aul t
and S F MON: Communic .fault CO M M3 the received signals to their user-
defined default values. Time-out occurs when the set time has elapsed since the
most recent 100% valid telegram was received.
[spacer] COMM 3: Sig .as g. c omm. fault 120 034
[spacer] 0: None
[spacer]
Using this setting, the alarm signal can be configured (assigned) to the
corresponding PSIG input signal.
[spacer] COMM 3: Tim e- out link fail. 120 035
[spacer] 5 0 600 s
[spacer]
Time indicating a persistent failure of the transmission channel. After this timer
stage has elapsed, alarm signals C OMM 3: C omm. link failure and
SFMO N: Comm .link fail.C OMM3 are raised. These can be mapped to
give the operator a warning LED or contact to indicate that maintenance
attention is required.
[spacer] COMM 3: Limit te legr. er r or s 120 036
Parameter Address
Communication
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group IEC or including it in the configuration. If the function
group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings and
signals are hidden.
Important notice: Some of the parameters in function group IEC are set with
the IEC 61850 configuration tool “IED Configurator”, they cannot be modified
from the local control panel (HMI) or with the operating program, and therefore
these parameters are listed separately.
[spacer] IEC: General enable USER 104 000
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Enabling and disabling function group IEC.
[spacer] IEC: Switch Config. Bank 104 043
[spacer] 2:
[spacer]
Name of the configuration bank currently valid.
Setting is carried out with the IED Configurator.
[spacer] IEC: Active Config. Vers . 104 046
[spacer] 2:
[spacer]
Version number of the configuration bank currently valid.
Setting is carried out with the IED Configurator.
[spacer] IEC: Inact. C onfig . Name 104 047
[spacer] 2:
[spacer]
Name of the inactive configuration bank.
Setting is carried out with the IED Configurator.
[spacer] IEC: Inact. C onfig . Ver s. 104 048
[spacer] 2:
[spacer]
Version number of the inactive configuration bank.
Setting is carried out with the IED Configurator.
[spacer] IEC: IED nam e 104 057
[spacer] 2:
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Explicitly assigned unit name for the function in the system (IED); is part of the
Logical Device Name.
Setting is carried out with the IED Configurator.
Important note: According to the IEC standard the name must consist of only
letters (A..Z, a..z), digits (0..9) and underscore characters (_), and neither a digit
nor the underscore character must be the first character. Note that a non-
standard name causes problems with the IEC 61850 communication.
[spacer] IEC: IP addr e ss 104 001
[spacer] 2:
[spacer]
Assigned IP address of the device for the server function in the system.
Note: This is an information parameter ('read only') and its value is set from the
"IED Configurator" with Communications: IP Address.
[spacer] IEC: Sub net m ask 104 005
[spacer] 2:
[spacer]
The subnet mask defines which part of the IP address is addressed by the sub-
network and which part by the device that is logged-on to the network.
Note: This is an information parameter ('read only') and its value is set from the
"IED Configurator" with Communications: SubNet Mask.
[spacer] IEC: Gate way addres s 104 011
[spacer] 2:
[spacer]
This parameter shows the IPv4 address of the network gateway for
communication links to clients outside of the local network.
Note: This is an information parameter ('read only') and its value is set from the
"IED Configurator" with Communications: Gateway Address.
[spacer] IEC: SNTP s e rve r 1 IP 104 202
[spacer] 2:
[spacer]
IP address of the preferred server used for clock synchronization.
Note: This is an information parameter ('read only') and its value is set from the
"IED Configurator".
[spacer] IEC: SNTP s e rve r 2 IP 104 210
[spacer] 2:
[spacer]
IP address of the backup server used for clock synchronization.
Note: This is an information parameter ('read only') and its value is set from the
"IED Configurator".
[spacer] IEC: Sig GGIO1 s ele ct ion 104 064
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Optional signal assignment for a transmission per communication protocol
IEC 61850 based on the selection table of the binary inputs (opto coupler
inputs).
[spacer] IEC: Diff. local time 104 206
[spacer] 1: Yes
[spacer]
This setting defines whether an automatic switching to daylight saving time is
wanted.
[spacer] IEC: Dayl.sav.time st art 104 220
[spacer] 5: Last
[spacer] IEC: Dayl.sav.time st . d 104 221
[spacer] 7: Sunday
[spacer] IEC: Dayl.sav.time st . m 104 222
[spacer] 3: March
[spacer]
These three parameters define the date (e.g. at what day of the year) for
switching from standard time over to daylight saving time. Available for
IEC: Dayl.sav.tim e s tar t are the values First, Second, Third, Fourth, and
Last. For IEC: Dayl.sav.ti me st . d the seven weekdays are available so
that for example a setting like “on the last Sunday in March” may be used.
[spacer] IEC: Dayl.sav.t.s t.0:0 0 + 104 223
[spacer] 5: Last
[spacer] IEC: Dayl.sav.time end d 104 226
[spacer] 7: Sunday
[spacer] IEC: Dayl.sav.time end m 104 227
Parameter Address
[spacer]
This parameter defines the date and time of day for the clock changeover from
daylight saving time to standard time. The setting is similar to that for the clock
changeover to daylight saving time.
Parameter Address
Orientated
Substation Events
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group GOOSE or including it in the configuration.
If the function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated
settings and signals are hidden.
Parameters included in this function group are only effective when function
group IEC is configured and enabled and when the parameters in this function
group have been activated by setting the parameter IEC: Switch Conf ig.
Bank.
[spacer] GOOSE: General enabl e USE R 106 001
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Enabling and disabling function group GOOSE.
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 1 fct. ass ig. 106 011
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Substation Status
Events
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group GSSE or including it in the configuration.
If the function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated
settings and signals are hidden. Parameters included in this function group are
only effective when function group IEC is configured and enabled and when the
parameters in this function group have been activated by setting the parameter
IEC: Switch Config. Bank.
[spacer] GSS E: General enable US ER 104 049
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Enabling and disabling function group GSSE.
[spacer] GSS E: Min. cycle 104 052
[spacer] 10 1 60 ms
[spacer]
Minimum value for the GSSE repetition cycle time in ms. The repetition cycle
time for a GSSE message is calculated, according to a standard, with this
formula:
Repetition cycle time = Min. cycle + (1 + (increment/1000))N-1 [ms]
The repetitions counter N will be restarted at count 1 after each state change of
a GSSE bit pair.
[spacer] GSS E: Max. cycle 104 053
[spacer] 1 1 60 s
[spacer]
Maximum value for the GSSE repetition cycle time in s. For the formula to
calculate the repetition cycle time see G SS E : Min. cycle. Should the
calculated value for the repetition cycle time be equal to or greater than the set
max. value then the GSSE message will be sent repeatedly at the set max. value
time.
[spacer] GSS E: Increme nt 104 054
[spacer] 0: Promiscuous
[spacer]
In the operating mode Broadcast all GSSE, independent of their MAC address
(network hardware characteristic), are always read and processed. In the
operating mode Promiscuous and after all GSSE sending devices have logged-
on, only messages with the MAC addresses of IEDs, that have logged-on
successfully, are read and processed.
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 1 b it pair 104 101
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 2 bit pair 104 104
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 3 bit pair 104 107
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 4 bit pair 104 110
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 5 bit pair 104 113
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 6 bit pair 104 116
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 7 bit pair 104 119
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 8 bit pair 104 122
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 9 bit pair 104 125
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 10 bit pai r 104 128
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 11 bit pai r 104 131
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 12 bit pai r 104 134
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 13 bit pai r 104 137
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 14 bit pai r 104 140
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 15 bit pai r 104 143
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 16 bit pai r 104 146
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 17 bit pai r 104 149
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 18 bit pai r 104 152
[spacer] 0: No selection
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 20 bit pai r 104 158
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 21 bit pai r 104 161
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 22 bit pai r 104 164
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 23 bit pai r 104 167
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 24 bit pai r 104 170
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 25 bit pai r 104 173
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 26 bit pai r 104 176
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 27 bit pai r 104 179
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 28 bit pai r 104 182
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 29 bit pai r 104 185
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 30 bit pai r 104 188
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 31 bit pai r 104 191
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 32 bit pai r 104 194
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer]
Setting with which GSSE bit pair the configured binary signal of the virtual GSSE
outputs is to be transmitted. A GSSE is always transmitted consisting of a fixed
number of 96 bit pairs, of which a maximum of 32 are used by this device (IED)
during a send operation.
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 1 f ct.assig. 104 102
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 2 b it pai r 105 006
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 3 b it pai r 105 011
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 4 b it pai r 105 016
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 5 b it pai r 105 021
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 6 b it pai r 105 026
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 7 b it pai r 105 031
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 8 b it pai r 105 036
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 9 b it pai r 105 041
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 10 bit pair 105 046
[spacer] 0: No selection
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 12 bit pair 105 056
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 13 bit pair 105 061
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 14 bit pair 105 066
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 15 bit pair 105 071
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 16 bit pair 105 076
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 17 bit pair 105 081
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 18 bit pair 105 086
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 19 bit pair 105 091
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 20 bit pair 105 096
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 21 bit pair 105 101
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 22 bit pair 105 106
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 23 bit pair 105 111
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 24 bit pair 105 116
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 25 bit pair 105 121
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 26 bit pair 105 126
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 27 bit pair 105 131
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 28 bit pair 105 136
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 29 bit pair 105 141
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 30 bit pair 105 146
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 31 bit pair 105 151
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 32 bit pair 105 156
[spacer] 0: No selection
[spacer]
Setting which GSSE bit pair is assigned to which virtual GSSE input. A GSSE is
always received consisting of a fixed number of 96 bit pairs, of which a
maximum of 32 are processed by this device (IED).
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 1 I ED name 105 002
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 2 d efault 105 008
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 3 d efault 105 013
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 4 d efault 105 018
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 5 d efault 105 023
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 6 d efault 105 028
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 7 d efault 105 033
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 8 d efault 105 038
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 9 d efault 105 043
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 10 de fault 105 048
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 11 de fault 105 053
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 12 de fault 105 058
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 13 de fault 105 063
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 14 de fault 105 068
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 15 de fault 105 073
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 16 de fault 105 078
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 17 de fault 105 083
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 18 de fault 105 088
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 19 de fault 105 093
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 20 de fault 105 098
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 21 de fault 105 103
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 22 de fault 105 108
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 23 de fault 105 113
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 24 de fault 105 118
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 25 de fault 105 123
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 26 de fault 105 128
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 27 de fault 105 133
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 28 de fault 105 138
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 29 de fault 105 143
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 30 de fault 105 148
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 31 de fault 105 153
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 32 de fault 105 158
[spacer] 0: 0
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Default for the virtual binary GSSE input. The state of a virtual two-pole GSSE
input will revert to default as soon as the continuously monitored
communication link to a GSSE sending device (IED situated on the opposite side)
is in fault or has disappeared altogether.
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 1 f ct .assig. 105 004
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group IRIGB or including it in the configuration. If the
function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings
and signals are hidden.
[spacer] IRIGB: General e nabl e USE R 023 200
[spacer]
Disabling or enabling the IRIG-B interface.
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0 0 4444
[spacer] F_KEY: Pass word funct .k e y 2 030 242
[spacer] 0 0 4444
[spacer] F_KEY: Pass word funct .k e y 3 030 243
[spacer] 0 0 4444
[spacer] F_KEY: Pass word funct .k e y 4 030 244
[spacer] 0 0 4444
[spacer] F_KEY: Pass word funct .k e y 5 030 245
[spacer] 0 0 4444
[spacer] F_KEY: Pass word funct .k e y 6 030 246
[spacer] 0 0 4444
[spacer]
Definition of the password for enabling the function keys.
This parameter is password-protected.
[spacer] F_KEY: Fct . as s ignm. F 1 080 112
[spacer] 1: Key
Parameter Address
[spacer] 1: Key
[spacer] F_KEY: Op eratin g mode F3 080 134
[spacer] 1: Key
[spacer] F_KEY: Op eratin g mode F4 080 135
[spacer] 1: Key
[spacer] F_KEY: Op eratin g mode F5 080 136
[spacer] 1: Key
[spacer] F_KEY: Op eratin g mode F6 080 137
[spacer] 1: Key
[spacer]
Choice between operation of the function key as a key or switch.
[spacer] F_KEY: R eturn time fct. ke ys 003 037
[spacer] 10 1 60000 s
[spacer]
Once the password has been entered, the function keys remain active for no
longer than this time. Thereafter, the function keys are disabled until the
password is entered again.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Input filter which is activated when either the mode Active "high", filt. or Active
"low", filt. has been selected for INP: Ope r. mode U xxx. In order to
suppress transient interference peaks at the logic signal inputs it is suggested to
set this parameter to 6 [steps].
[spacer] INP: Fct. as signm . U 301 152 217
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group MEASI or including it in the configuration.
If the function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated
settings and signals are hidden.
[spacer] MEASI: Gener al enable USE R 011 100
[spacer]
Disabling or enabling analog measured data input.
[spacer] MEASI: Enable IDC p.u. 037 190
[spacer]
Setting for the minimum current that must flow in order for the P132 to display a
measured value > 0 (zero suppression).
[spacer] MEASI: IDC< op en circuit 037 191
[spacer]
If the input current falls below the set threshold, the P132 will issue an “open
circuit” signal.
[spacer] MEASI: IDC 1 037 150
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the input current that will correspond to a linearized value that has
been set accordingly.
[spacer] MEASI: IDC,lin 1 037 151
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the linearized current that will correspond to an input current that
has been set accordingly.
[spacer] MEASI: Scaled val. I DC, li n1 037 192
[spacer]
Setting for the scaled value of IDC,lin1.
[spacer] MEASI: Scaled val.IDC, li n20 037 193
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the scaled value of IDC,lin20.
[spacer] MEASI: Typ e of TempSe nsor s 004 254
[spacer] 0: PT 100
[spacer]
Selection of the temperature sensor type (PT 100, NI 100 or NI 120).
Parameter Address
output
[spacer] 060 000 MAIN: Without
function
[spacer] OUTP: Fct . as s ignm. K 302 151 048
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 302 151 049
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 501 150 098
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 502 150 101
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 503 150 104
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 504 150 107
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 505 150 110
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 506 150 113
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 507 150 116
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 508 150 119
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 601 150 122
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 602 150 125
Parameter Address
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 603 150 128
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 604 150 131
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 605 150 134
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 606 150 137
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 607 150 140
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 608 150 143
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 701 150 146
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 702 150 149
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 703 150 152
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 704 150 155
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 705 150 158
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 706 150 161
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 707 150 164
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 708 150 167
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 801 150 170
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 802 150 173
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 803 150 176
[spacer] 1: ES updating
Parameter Address
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 805 150 182
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 806 150 185
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 807 150 188
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 808 150 191
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 901 150 194
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 902 150 197
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 903 150 200
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 904 150 203
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 905 150 206
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 906 150 209
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 907 150 212
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 908 150 215
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 100 1 150 218
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 100 2 150 221
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 100 3 150 224
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 100 4 150 227
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 100 5 150 230
Parameter Address
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 100 6 150 233
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 100 7 150 236
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 100 8 150 239
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 120 1 151 010
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 120 2 151 013
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 120 3 151 016
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 120 4 151 019
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 120 5 151 022
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 120 6 151 025
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 120 7 151 028
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 120 8 151 031
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 140 1 169 003
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 140 2 169 007
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 140 3 169 011
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 140 4 169 015
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 140 5 169 019
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mod e K 140 6 169 023
[spacer] 1: ES updating
Parameter Address
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 140 8 169 031
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 160 1 171 003
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 160 2 171 007
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 180 1 173 003
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 180 2 173 007
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 180 3 173 011
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 180 4 173 015
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 180 5 173 019
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 180 6 173 023
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 200 1 151 202
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 200 2 151 205
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 200 3 151 208
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 200 4 151 211
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 200 5 151 214
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 200 6 151 217
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 200 7 151 220
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] OUTP: Op er. mode K 200 8 151 223
Parameter Address
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer]
Selection of operating mode for output relays.
Parameter Address
output
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group MEASI or including it in the configuration.
If the function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated
settings and signals are hidden. If the function group is cancelled from the
configuration, then all associated settings and signals are hidden.
[spacer] MEASO: Gene r al e nabl e USE R 031 074
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Disabling or enabling the measured data output function.
[spacer] MEASO: Fct. as signm. BCD 053 002
[spacer]
Setting for the transmission time of the selected measured value in BCD form.
[spacer] MEASO: Scaled min. val. BCD 037 140
[spacer] 0 0 399
[spacer] MEASO: BC D-O ut max. v alue 037 143
Parameter Address
[spacer]
The variable Mx is to be issued in BCD form.
For measured values in the range “measured values to be issued” the output
value should change linearly with the measured value.
● Range of measured values for the variable Mx: Mx,RL1 ... Mx,RL2
● Range of associated scaled measured values: 0 ... 1
● Range of measured values to be issued: Mx,min ... Mx,max
● Range of scaled measured values to be issued: Mx,scal,min ... Mx,scal,max
● Designation of the set values in the data model: “Scaled min. val. BCD” ...
“Scaled max. val. BCD”
with:
Mx,scal,min = (Mx,min - Mx,RL1)/(Mx,RL2 - Mx,RL1)
Mx,scal,max = (Mx,max - Mx,RL1)/(Mx,RL2 - Mx,RL1)
BCD display values for measured values in the range “measured values to be
issued”; range: “BCD-Out min. value” ... “BCD-Out max. value”
BBCD display values for measured values ≤ Mx,min; range: “BCD-Out min.
value”
BCD display values for measured values ≥ Mx,max; range: “BCD-Out max.
value”
[spacer] MEASO: Fct. as signm. A-1 053 000
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Output current range for measured values in the range “measured values to be
issued”; designation in the data model: “An-Out min. val. Ax” ... “An-Out max.
val. Ax”
Output current to be set for measured values ≤ Mx,min; designation in the data
model: “An-Out min. val. Ax”
Output current to be set for measured values ≥ Mx,max; designation in the data
model: “An-Out max. val. Ax”
Output current to be set for measured values = Mx,knee; designation in the data
model: “AnOut knee point Ax”
with:
Mx,min ... Mx,max: measured values to be issued
[spacer] MEASO: Out put value 1 037 120
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer]
The operating mode ES updating is permanently assigned.
[spacer] LED: Ope rating m ode H 2 085 002
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer]
The operating mode ES updating is permanently assigned.
[spacer] LED: Ope rating m ode H 3 085 005
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer]
The ES updating operating mode is permanently assigned.
[spacer] LED: Ope rating m ode H 4 085 008
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] LED: Ope rating m ode H 6 085 014
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] LED: Ope rating m ode H 7 085 017
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] LED: Ope rating m ode H 8 085 020
[spacer] 1: ES updating
Parameter Address
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] LED: Ope rating mode H 1 0 085 026
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] LED: Ope rating mode H 1 1 085 029
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] LED: Ope rating mode H 1 2 085 032
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] LED: Ope rating mode H 1 3 085 035
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] LED: Ope rating mode H 1 4 085 038
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] LED: Ope rating mode H 1 5 085 041
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] LED: Ope rating mode H 1 6 085 044
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] LED: Ope rating mode H 1 8 085 132
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] LED: Ope rating mode H 1 9 085 135
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] LED: Ope rating mode H 2 0 085 138
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] LED: Ope rating mode H 2 1 085 141
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] LED: Ope rating mode H 2 2 085 144
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer] LED: Ope rating mode H 2 3 085 147
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer]
Selection of operating mode for LED indicators.
[spacer] LED: Ope rating mode H 1 7 085 183
[spacer] 1: ES updating
[spacer]
The operating mode ES updating is permanently assigned.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Assignment of communication interfaces to physical communication channels.
[spacer] MAIN: Auto-ass ignme nt I/O 221 065
[spacer]
Disabling or enabling of automatic assignment of binary inputs and outputs to
the set bay type.
[spacer] MAIN: T ype of bay 220 000
[spacer]
Configuration of a bay type.
[spacer] MAIN: Prim .Source T ime Sy nc 103 210
[spacer] 0: COMM1/IEC
[spacer]
Selection of the primary source for date and time synchronization. Available are
COMM1/IEC, COMM2/PC, IRIG-B or a binary input for minute signal pulses.
[spacer] MAIN: BackupS ource TimeSy nc 103 211
[spacer] 1: COMM2/PC
[spacer]
Selection of the backup source for date and time synchronization. Available are
COMM1, COMM2/PC, IRIG-B or a binary input for minute signal pulses. The
backup source is used when there is no synchronization generated by the
primary source after MAIN: Time s ync. time-out has elapsed.
[spacer] MAIN: T im e s ync. ti me- out 103 212
Parameter Address
[spacer] 1: Current IA
[spacer] FT_RC: Rec. analog chann. 2 035 161
[spacer] 2: Current IB
[spacer] FT_RC: Rec. analog chann. 3 035 162
[spacer] 3: Current IC
[spacer] FT_RC: Rec. analog chann. 4 035 163
[spacer] 4: Current IN
[spacer] FT_RC: Rec. analog chann. 8 035 167
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
The user specifies the channel on which each physical variable is recorded.
Parameter Address
overcurrent
protection
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group DTOC or including it in the configuration. If the
function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings
and signals are hidden.
Parameter Address
overcurrent
protection
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group IDMT1 or including it in the configuration.
If the function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated
settings and signals are hidden, with the exception of this setting.
Parameter Address
overcurrent
protection
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group IDMT2 or including it in the configuration.
If the function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated
settings and signals are hidden, with the exception of this setting.
Parameter Address
direction
determination
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Canceling function group SCDD or including it in the configuration. If the
function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings
and signals are hidden.
Parameter Address
protection
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group SOTF or including it in the configuration. If the
function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings
and signals are hidden.
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group PSIG or including it in the configuration. If the
function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings
and signals are hidden.
Parameter Address
control
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group ARC or including it in the configuration. If the function
group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings and
signals are hidden.
Parameter Address
synchronism check
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group ASC or including it in the configuration. If any function
group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings and
signals are hidden.
Parameter Address
direction
determination using
steady-state values
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group GFDSS or including it in the configuration. If the
function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings
and signals are hidden.
Parameter Address
fault direction
determination
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group TGFD or including it in the configuration.
If any function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated
settings and signals are hidden.
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group MP or including it in the configuration. If the function
group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings and
signals are hidden, with the exception of this setting.
Parameter Address
protection
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group THERM or including it in the configuration. If the
function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings
and signals are hidden, with the exception of this setting.
Parameter Address
protection
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group I2> or including it in the configuration. If the function
group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings and
signals are hidden.
Parameter Address
protection
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group V<> or including it in the configuration. If the
function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings
and signals are hidden, with the exception of this setting.
Parameter Address
underfrequency
protection
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Canceling function group f<> or including it in the configuration. If the function
group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings and
signals are hidden, with the exception of this setting.
Parameter Address
protection
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group P<> or including it in the configuration. If the
function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings
and signals are hidden.
Parameter Address
failure protection
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group CBF or including it in the configuration. If the function
group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings and
signals are hidden, with the exception of this setting.
Parameter Address
condition monitoring
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group CBM or including it in the configuration. If the function
group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings and
signals are hidden.
Parameter Address
monitoring
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group MCMON or including it in the configuration.
If the function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated
settings and signals are hidden.
Parameter Address
monitoring
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group LIMIT or including it in the configuration. If the
function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings
and signals are hidden, with the exception of this setting.
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group LOGIC or including it in the configuration.
If the function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated
settings and signals are hidden.
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group LOG_2 (“Logic 2”) or including it in the configuration.
If the function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated
settings and signals are hidden.
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer] DEV01: F unction group D EV02 210 097
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer] DEV01: F unction group D EV03 210 147
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function groups DEV01 to DEV03 or including them in the
configuration. If any function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all
associated settings and signals are hidden.
[spacer] DEV01: F unct. type , signal 210 034
[spacer] 1 0 254
[spacer] DEV01: I nf orm. No., s ignal 210 085
[spacer] 3 0 254
[spacer] DEV01: I nf orm. No., s ignal 210 135
[spacer] 5 0 254
[spacer]
Setting the information number of the signal.
Note: If the IEC 870-5-101 communication protocol has been set, then the 'high
address' of the information object will be defined by this setting. If the ILS-C
protocol has been set, then this setting will correspond to DN3.
[spacer] DEV01: F unct. type , command 210 032
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the function type of the command.
Note: If the IEC 870-5-101 communication protocol has been set, then the “low
address” of the information object will be defined by this setting. If the ILS-
C protocol has been set, then this setting will correspond to DN2.
[spacer] DEV01: I nf orm. No., command 210 033
[spacer] 65 0 254
[spacer] DEV01: I nf orm. No., command 210 083
[spacer] 67 0 254
[spacer] DEV01: I nf orm. No., command 210 133
[spacer] 69 0 254
[spacer]
Setting the information number of the command.
Note: If the IEC 870-5-101 communication protocol has been set, then the 'high
address' of the information object will be defined by this setting. If the ILS-C
protocol has been set, then this setting will correspond to DN3.
Parameter Address
[spacer] 1: With
[spacer]
Cancelling function group ILOCK or including it in the configuration. If the
function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings
and signals are hidden, with the exception of this setting.
Parameter Address
commands
[spacer] 1: With
[spacer]
Cancelling function group CMD_1 or including it in the configuration.
If the function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated
settings and signals are hidden, with the exception of this setting.
[spacer] CMD_1: Com mand C00 1 config. 200 004
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CMD_1: Com mand C00 3 config. 200 014
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CMD_1: Com mand C00 4 config. 200 019
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CMD_1: Com mand C00 5 config. 200 024
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CMD_1: Com mand C00 6 config. 200 029
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CMD_1: Com mand C00 7 config. 200 034
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CMD_1: Com mand C00 8 config. 200 039
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CMD_1: Com mand C00 9 config. 200 044
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CMD_1: Com mand C01 0 config. 200 049
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CMD_1: Com mand C01 1 config. 200 054
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CMD_1: Com mand C01 2 config. 200 059
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Cancelling commands C001 to C026 or including them in the configuration.
If any command is cancelled, then all associated settings and signals are hidden,
with the exception of this setting.
Parameter Address
[spacer] 1: With
[spacer]
Cancelling function group SIG_1 or including it in the configuration.
If the function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated
settings and signals are hidden, with the exception of this setting.
[spacer] SIG_1: S ignal S 001 config. 226 007
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: S ignal S 003 config. 226 023
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: S ignal S 004 config. 226 031
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: S ignal S 005 config. 226 039
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: S ignal S 006 config. 226 047
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: S ignal S 007 config. 226 055
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: S ignal S 008 config. 226 063
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: S ignal S 009 config. 226 071
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: S ignal S 010 config. 226 079
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: S ignal S 011 config. 226 087
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: S ignal S 012 config. 226 095
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Cancelling signals S001 to S012 or including them in the configuration.
If any signal is cancelled, then all associated settings and signals are hidden.
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: Without
[spacer]
Cancelling function group COUNT or including it in the configuration. If the
function group is cancelled from the configuration, then all associated settings
and signals are hidden, with the exception of this setting.
7.1.3.1 Global
Parameter Address
[spacer]
When command blocking is activated, commands are rejected at the PC
interface.
[spacer] PC: S ig./ meas .val.block. 003 086
[spacer]
When signal and measured value blocking is activated, no signals or measured
data are transmitted through the PC interface.
Parameter Address
communication
interface 1
[spacer] 1: Yes Fig. 3-10, (p. 3-14)
[spacer]
When command blocking is activated, commands are rejected at communication
interface 1.
[spacer] COMM 1: Sig ./ m eas .block .US ER 003 076
[spacer]
When signal and measured value blocking user is activated, no signals or
measured data are transmitted through communication interface COMM1.
Parameter Address
communication
interface 2
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-18, (p. 3-22)
[spacer]
When command blocking is activated, commands are rejected at communication
interface 2.
[spacer] COMM 2: Sig ./ m eas .block .US ER 103 076
[spacer]
When signal and measured value blocking user is activated, no signals or
measured data are transmitted through communication interface COMM2.
Parameter Address
output
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-38, (p. 3-59)
[spacer]
When this blocking is activated, all output relays are blocked.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Switching the device off-line or on-line. Some parameters can only be changed
when protection is disabled.
[spacer] MAIN: T est mode USE R 003 012
[spacer]
When the test mode user is activated, signals or measured data for PC and
communication interfaces are labeled 'test mode'.
[spacer] MAIN: Nom inal f re qu. fnom 010 030
[spacer] 50: 50 Hz
[spacer]
Setting for the nominal frequency of the protected system.
[spacer] MAIN: Phas e se que nce 010 049
[spacer]
Setting the phase sequence A-B-C or A-C-B.
(Alternative terminology: Setting for the rotary field's direction, either clockwise
or anticlockwise.)
[spacer] MAIN: T im e t ag 221 098
[spacer]
Setting for the primary nominal current of the main current transformers for
measurement of phase currents.
[spacer] MAIN: DTOC/IDM T 2phas e 011 226
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
If this parameter is set to Yes, then the protection functions DTOC and IDMT
ignore current IB, as if it were constantly equal 0, and only the currents IA and IC
are analyzed.
[spacer] MAIN: I N,nom C.T. pr im. 010 018
[spacer]
Setting for the primary nominal current of the main current transformer for
measurement of residual current.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the primary nominal voltage of the system transformer for
measurement of phase-to-ground and phase-to-phase voltages.
[spacer] MAIN: VNG,nom V.T. prim. 010 027
[spacer]
Setting for the primary nominal voltage of the system transformer for
measurement of neutral-point displacement voltage.
[spacer] MAIN: Vref,nom V.T. prim. 010 100
[spacer]
Setting for the primary nominal voltage of the system transformer for
measurement of reference voltage for automatic synchronism check.
[spacer] MAIN: I nom device 010 003
[spacer]
Setting for the secondary nominal current of the system transformer for
measurement of phase currents. This also corresponds to the nominal device
current.
[spacer] MAIN: I N,nom de vice 010 026
[spacer]
Setting for the secondary nominal current of the system transformer for
measurement of residual current. This also corresponds to the nominal device
current.
[spacer] MAIN: Vnom V.T. s ec. 010 009
[spacer]
Setting for the secondary nominal voltage of the system transformer for
measurement of phase-to-ground and phase-to-phase voltages.
[spacer] MAIN: VNG,nom V.T. s ec. 010 028
[spacer]
Setting for the secondary nominal voltage of the system transformer for
measurement of neutral-point displacement voltage.
[spacer] MAIN: Vref,nom V.T. s e c. 031 052
[spacer]
Setting for the secondary nominal voltage of the system transformer for
measurement of reference voltage for automatic synchronism check.
[spacer] MAIN: C onn. m eas. cir c. IP 010 004
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Short-circuit direction determination depends on the connection of the
measuring circuits. If the connection is as shown in Chapter “Installation and
Connection”, then the setting must be Standard, if the P132's 'forward' decision
is to be in the direction of the outgoing feeder. If the connection direction is
reversed or – given a connection scheme according to Chapter “Installation and
Connection” – if the 'forward' decision is to be in the busbar direction, then the
setting must be Opposite.
[spacer] MAIN: C onn. m eas. cir c. IN 010 019
[spacer]
Direction determination of the ground fault measuring systems depends on the
connection of the measuring circuits. If the connection is as shown in Chapter
“Installation and Connection”, then the setting must be Standard, if the P132's
'forward' decision is to be in the direction of the outgoing feeder.
If the connection direction is reversed or – given a connection scheme according
to Chapter “Installation and Connection” – if the 'forward' decision is to be in the
busbar direction, then the setting must be Opposite.
[spacer] MAIN: M eas. direc tion P ,Q 006 096
[spacer]
This parameter allows inverting the sign for the following measured operating
values:
● MAIN: Active powe r P prim.
● MAIN: R eac. power Q prim.
● MAIN: Active powe r P p.u.
● M AIN: Reac. powe r Q p. u.
[spacer] MAIN: M eas. value rel . IP 011 030
[spacer]
Setting for the minimum current that must be exceeded so that measured
operating values of the phase currents and, if applicable, derived currents are
displayed.
[spacer] MAIN: M eas. value rel . IN 011 031
[spacer]
Setting for the minimum current that must be exceeded so that the measured
operating value of the residual current is displayed.
[spacer] MAIN: M eas. value rel . V 011 032
[spacer]
Setting for the minimum voltage that must be exceeded so that measured
operating values of the phase-to-ground voltages, phase-to-phase voltages, and,
if applicable, derived voltages are displayed.
[spacer] MAIN: M eas. val. re l. VNG 011 033
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the minimum voltage that must be exceeded so that the measured
operating value of the neutral-point displacement voltage is displayed.
[spacer] MAIN: M eas. val. re l. Vr ef 011 034
[spacer]
Selection of the procedure to determine the active and reactive energy output.
1st procedure: Data acquisition every 2s (approximately). 2nd procedure: Data
acquisition every 100ms (approximately)
[spacer] MAIN: S ettl. t. IP,max,de l 010 113
[spacer]
Setting for the time after which the delayed maximum current display shall
reach 95% of the maximum current IP,max.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Blocking the trip commands from the local control panel.
[spacer] MAIN: Fct.as sig.t r ip c md. 1 021 001
[spacer]
Setting for the minimum duration of trip command 1.
[spacer] MAIN: M in.dur. tr ip cmd. 2 021 004
[spacer]
Setting for the minimum duration of trip command 2.
[spacer] MAIN: Latching trip cmd. 1 021 023
[spacer]
Specification as to whether trip command 1 should latch.
[spacer] MAIN: Latching trip cmd. 2 021 024
[spacer]
Specification as to whether trip command 2 should latch.
[spacer] MAIN: C los e cm d.pulse t ime 015 067
[spacer]
Setting for the duration of the close command.
[spacer] MAIN: t CB,clos e 000 032
[spacer]
Setting for the release time of the enable for the manual trip command.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
This setting determines whether the reclose command will be inhibited as soon
as the “Circuit breaker closed” signal starts.
[spacer] MAIN: Debounce t ime gr. 1 221 200
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0 0 254
[spacer] MAIN: C hange of st ate gr .3 221 208
[spacer] 0 0 254
[spacer]
Setting the number of signal changes allowed during the chatter monitoring
time before chatter suppression operates.
[spacer] MAIN: C md. dur.long c md. 221 230
[spacer] 20 1 254 s
[spacer]
Setting for the command duration for a long command.
[spacer] MAIN: C md. dur. s hor t cmd. 221 231
[spacer] 1 1 254 s
[spacer]
Setting for the command duration for a short command.
[spacer] MAIN: I np.as g. ctr l.e nabl. 221 057
[spacer] 1: Remote
[spacer]
This setting determines whether the binary inputs, that are configured to control
switchgear, will be active with remote control or local control.
[spacer] MAIN: Delay M an.O p.Super v. 221 079
[spacer] 3 0 255 s
[spacer]
After the delay time period, to be set in this window, has elapsed (with the
signal “Sw. dev. interm. pos.” already present and the status signal continuously
absent), the actual switchgear status signal, as obtained from the respective
binary inputs, will be issued. (See also “Processing status signals from manually
operated switchgear”.)
[spacer] MAIN: W . e xt. cm d. te rmin. 221 063
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
This setting determines if bay types, defined for direct motor control, can be
used together with external termination contacts to directly influence the control
process of motor driven switchgear.
[spacer] MAIN: I np.as s ign. t ri ppi ng 221 010
[spacer]
Selection of the protection function trip command that will be used to form the
CB trip signal.
[spacer] MAIN: I np. as g. CB tr ip 221 013
Parameter Address
selection
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-92, (p. 3-127)
[spacer]
If parameter subset selection is to be handled from the integrated local control
panel rather than via binary signal inputs, choose the setting Yes.
[spacer] PSS: Param.sub s.sel . USER 003 060
[spacer]
Selection of the parameter subset from the local control panel.
[spacer] PSS: Keep tim e 003 063
[spacer]
The setting of this timer stage is relevant only if parameter subset selection is
carried out via the binary signal inputs. Any voltage-free pause that may occur
during selection is bridged. If, after this time period has elapsed, no binary
signal input has yet been set, then the parameter subset selected from the local
control panel shall apply.
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
[spacer]
This setting defines the threshold value of the phase currents that will trigger
fault recording and fault data acquisition.
[spacer] FT_RC: Pre-fault time 003 078
[spacer]
Setting for the time during which data will be recorded before the onset of a
fault (pre-fault recording time).
[spacer] FT_RC: Post -f ault t ime 003 079
[spacer]
Setting for the time during which data will be recorded after the end of a fault
(post-fault recording time).
[spacer] FT_RC: Max. recording t ime 003 075
[spacer]
Setting for the maximum recording time per fault. This includes pre-fault and
post-fault recording times.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Enable/disable the DTOC and IDMTx residual current stages. (IDMTx: IDMT1,
IDMT2)
Parameter Address
overcurrent
protection
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-119, (p. 3-157)
[spacer]
Disabling or enabling the definite-time overcurrent protection function.
Parameter Address
overcurrent
protection
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-132, (p. 3-170)
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Enabling or disabling the inverse-time overcurrent protection function.
Parameter Address
direction
determination
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-149, (p. 3-188)
[spacer]
Enable/disable the short-circuit direction determination.
Parameter Address
protection
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-160, (p. 3-202)
[spacer]
Enabling or disabling the switch on to fault (short circuit) protection.
[spacer] SOT F: Oper ating mode 011 061
[spacer]
The setting of the operating mode defines whether, while the timer is running, a
general starting will lead to a trip command (Trip by gen. start.) or exceeding
the thresholds of the first, second or third overcurrent stages (Trip by I>, Trip by
I>>, Trip by I>>>).
[spacer] SOT F: Manual clos e t ime r 011 060
[spacer]
Setting for the timer stage that will be started by a manual close.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Disabling or enabling protective signaling.
Parameter Address
control
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-167, (p. 3-212)
[spacer]
Disabling or enabling auto-reclosing control.
[spacer] ARC: S ig.as g.trip t.G FDSS 015 105
[spacer]
Selection of the GFDSS starting to trigger the auto-reclosing control function.
[spacer] ARC: Fct .as s gn. t L OGIC 015 033
Parameter Address
synchronism check
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-185, (p. 3-234)
[spacer]
Enabling or disabling the automatic synchronism check.
[spacer] ASC: T ransm .cycle ,me as. v. 101 212
[spacer]
Cycle period for transmission of ASC measured values.
Parameter Address
direction
determination using
steady-state values
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-200, (p. 3-253)
[spacer]
Enabling or disabling ground fault direction determination by steady-state
values.
[spacer] GFDSS: Ope r ating mode 016 090
[spacer]
This setting specifies whether steady-state power evaluation or steady-state
current evaluation will be performed.
Parameter Address
fault direction
determination
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-214, (p. 3-267)
[spacer]
Enabling or disabling the transient ground fault direction determination.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Enabling or disabling motor protection
[spacer] MP: Hours_Run > 025 156
Parameter Address
protection
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-231, (p. 3-290)
[spacer]
Disabling or enabling thermal overload protection.
[spacer] THER M: R elat ive replica 022 064
[spacer]
Disabling or enabling the Relative replica mode of operation.
Note that it is not permitted to enable both Absolute replica and Relative replica
modes.
[spacer] THER M: Absolut e re pl ic a 022 065
[spacer]
Enabling or disabling the Absolute replica mode of operation.
Note that it is not permitted to enable both Absolute replica and Relative replica
modes.
Parameter Address
protection
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-236, (p. 3-298)
[spacer]
Enabling or disabling unbalance protection.
Parameter Address
protection
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-238, (p. 3-300)
[spacer]
Disabling or enabling time-voltage protection.
Parameter Address
underfrequency
protection
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-252, (p. 3-314)
[spacer]
Disabling or enabling over-/underfrequency protection.
[spacer] f<>: S election meas. volt 018 202
[spacer]
Setting for the voltage that shall be used for frequency measurement.
[spacer] f<>: Evaluation t ime 018 201
[spacer]
Setting for the evaluation time. The operate conditions must be met for the
duration of the set evaluation time in order for a signal to be issued.
[spacer] f<>: Unde rvolt. block. V< 018 200
Parameter Address
protection
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-257, (p. 3-320)
[spacer]
Disabling or enabling the power directional protection function.
Parameter Address
failure protection
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-271, (p. 3-336)
[spacer]
Disabling or enabling circuit breaker failure protection.
[spacer] CBF: Start with man. trip 022 154
[spacer]
Setting that permit a manual trip signal to also be used as a start criterion.
[spacer] CBF: Fct.ass ignm. CB Aux . 022 159
[spacer]
Setting for the threshold to detect a break in current flow.
[spacer] CBF: Evaluation IN 022 184
[spacer]
Select whether the measured or the calculated residual current shall be used for
residual current monitoring function. This choice is only possible when a
measuring input for the residual current is available, otherwise the internally
derived value of the residual current is always used, regardless of the setting.
[spacer] CBF: IN< 022 180
[spacer]
Setting the 1st CBF timer stage to 3-pole operating mode.
[spacer] CBF: t2 022 166
[spacer]
Setting for the 2nd CBF timer stage.
[spacer] CBF: Min.dur . t ri p cmd.t 1 022 167
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting the 1st timer stage for minimum duration of trip command.
[spacer] CBF: Min.dur . t rip cmd.t 2 022 168
[spacer]
Setting the 2nd timer stage for minimum duration of trip command.
[spacer] CBF: Latching tr ip cmd.t1 022 169
[spacer]
The 1st timer stage trip command, set to latch mode, will remain active until
reset by operating parameters or through an appropriately configured binary
signal input.
[spacer] CBF: Latching tr ip cmd.t2 022 170
[spacer]
The 2nd timer stage trip command, set to latch mode, will remain active until
reset by operating parameters or through an appropriately configured binary
signal input.
[spacer] CBF: De lay/s tartin g trig. 022 155
[spacer]
The signal CBF: Trip signal is issued when this timer stage's time duration has
elapsed.
[spacer] CBF: De lay/fault be h. CB 022 171
[spacer]
If during this delay time period the circuit breaker does not provide a signal from
its auxiliary contacts that it is closed, then faults behind the CB are recognized
through the current criterion (see section “Fault behind CB protection”).
[spacer] CBF: De lay/CB sync.superv 022 172
[spacer]
Setting for the time delay to bridge circuit breaker operate times during CB
synchronization supervision.
Parameter Address
condition monitoring
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-281, (p. 3-345)
[spacer]
Enabling or disabling circuit breaker monitoring.
[spacer] CBM: Blocking US ER 022 150
[spacer]
Setting for temporary blocking of circuit breaker monitoring during protection
injection testing.
[spacer] CBM: Sig. as g. trip cmd. 022 152
[spacer]
This setting defines starting criteria for circuit breaker monitoring. To evaluate
all trip commands issued by the protection device With trip cmd. only must be
selected. For further evaluation of operational trip commands the additional CB
auxiliary contact CB sig. EXT or trip is used.
[spacer] CBM: Inom,C B 022 012
[spacer]
Setting for the CB nominal current.
[spacer] CBM: Perm . C B op. Inom, CB 022 013
[spacer]
Setting for the maximum number of CB operations at nominal current.
[spacer] CBM: Med. curr. Itr ip,C B 022 014
[spacer]
Setting for the average CB disconnection current.
Note: In general valid only for pneumatically operated CBs.
[spacer] CBM: Perm . C B op. Ime d,C B 022 015
[spacer]
Setting for the maximum number of CB operations at average disconnection
(ruptured) current.
Note: In general valid only for pneumatically operated CBs.
[spacer] CBM: Max . curr. Itr ip,C B 022 016
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the maximum CB disconnection (ruptured) current.
[spacer] CBM: Perm . C B op. Imax ,C B 022 017
[spacer]
Setting for the maximum number of CB operations permitted at maximum CB
disconnection (ruptured) current.
[spacer] CBM: No. CB operati ons > 022 019
[spacer]
Setting for the maximum number of mechanical CB switching operations.
[spacer] CBM: Rem ain No. C B op. < 022 020
[spacer]
Setting for the warning stage with the number of remaining CB operations at CB
nominal current.
[spacer] CBM: ΣItrip> 022 022
[spacer]
Correction of the time tolerances permissible for leading or lagging CB auxiliary
contacts in case of a triggering by the open command.
[spacer] CBM: Corr.acqu.t. CB sig. 022 018
[spacer]
Correction of the time tolerances permissible for leading or lagging CB auxiliary
contacts in case of a triggering by the position signal issued by the CB auxiliary
contacts.
Parameter Address
monitoring
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-291, (p. 3-355)
[spacer]
Enabling or disabling the measuring-circuit monitoring function.
[spacer] MCM ON: Op. mode Idiff> 017 028
[spacer]
Adaptation of measuring-circuit monitoring to the system current transformers.
[spacer] MCM ON: Idiff> 017 024
[spacer]
Setting the operate value of measuring-circuit monitoring.
[spacer] MCM ON: Op. mode Vmi n< monit 018 079
[spacer]
Selection of the monitoring mode in the voltage-measuring circuit.
[spacer] MCM ON: Vmin< 017 022
[spacer]
Setting the operate value for the voltage trigger Vmin< of measuring circuit
monitoring.
[spacer] MCM ON: Operate delay 017 023
[spacer]
Setting of the time delay for current and voltage monitoring.
[spacer] MCM ON: Phase s e qu. monit or. 018 019
[spacer]
Enabling or disabling phase sequence monitoring.
[spacer] MCM ON: FF,Vref enabl ed USE R 014 013
[spacer]
Enabling or disabling the “Fuse Failure” monitoring function of the reference
voltage Vref.
[spacer] MCM ON: Oper. de lay F F, Vre f 014 012
[spacer]
Setting for the time delay for “Fuse Failure” monitoring of the reference voltage
Vref.
Parameter Address
monitoring
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-298, (p. 3-364)
[spacer]
Disabling or enabling limit value monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: I> 014 004
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the first overcurrent stage for limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: I> > 014 020
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the second overcurrent stage for limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: tI> 014 031
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of the first overcurrent stage of limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: tI>> 014 032
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of the second overcurrent stage of limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: I< 014 021
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the first undercurrent stage of limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: I< < 014 022
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the second undercurrent stage of limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: tI< 014 033
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of the first undercurrent stage of limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: tI<< 014 034
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of the second undercurrent stage of limit value
monitoring.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage VPG> of limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: tVPG>> 014 036
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage VPG>> of limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: VPG< 014 025
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of undervoltage stage VPG< of limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: tVPG<< 014 038
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of undervoltage stage VPG<< of limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: VPP> 014 027
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of overvoltage stage VPP> of limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: VPP>> 014 028
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of overvoltage stage VPP>> of limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: tVPP> 014 039
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage VPP> of limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: tVPP>> 014 040
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage VPP>> of limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: VPP< 014 029
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of undervoltage stage VPP< of limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: VPP<< 014 030
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of undervoltage stage VPP<< of limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: tVPP< 014 041
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of undervoltage stage VPP< of limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: tVPP<< 014 042
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of undervoltage stage VPP<< of limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: VNG> 014 043
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of overvoltage stage VNG> of limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: VNG>> 014 044
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of overvoltage stage VNG>> of limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: tVNG> 014 045
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage VNG> of limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: tVNG>> 014 046
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage VNG>> of limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: Vre f> 042 144
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage Vref> for limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: tVre f>> 042 149
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage Vref>> for limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: Vre f< 042 146
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of undervoltage stage Vref<< for limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: tVre f< 042 150
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of undervoltage stage Vref< for limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: tVre f<< 042 151
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of undervoltage stage Vref<< for limit value
monitoring.
[spacer] LIMIT: ID C,lin> 014 110
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value IDC,lin> for monitoring the linearized direct
current.
[spacer] LIMIT: ID C,lin>> 014 111
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value IDC,lin>> for monitoring the linearized direct
current.
[spacer] LIMIT: tID C,lin> 014 112
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overcurrent stage IDC,lin>.
[spacer] LIMIT: tID C,lin>> 014 113
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overcurrent stage IDC,lin>>.
[spacer] LIMIT: ID C,lin< 014 114
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value IDC,lin< for monitoring the linearized direct
current.
[spacer] LIMIT: ID C,lin<< 014 115
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value IDC,lin<< for monitoring the linearized direct
current.
[spacer] LIMIT: tID C,lin< 014 116
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of undercurrent stage IDC,lin<.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of undercurrent stage IDC,lin<<.
[spacer] LIMIT: T > 014 100
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of temperature monitoring T>.
[spacer] LIMIT: T >> 014 101
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of temperature monitoring T>>.
[spacer] LIMIT: tT > 014 103
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of temperature monitoring T>.
[spacer] LIMIT: tT >> 014 104
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of temperature monitoring T>>.
[spacer] LIMIT: T < 014 105
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of temperature monitoring T<.
[spacer] LIMIT: T << 014 106
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of temperature monitoring T<<.
[spacer] LIMIT: tT < 014 107
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of temperature monitoring T<.
[spacer] LIMIT: tT << 014 108
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of temperature monitoring T<<.
[spacer] LIMIT: T 1> 014 120
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Enable/disable the logic function.
[spacer] LOGIC: Se t 1 US ER 034 030
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Se t 3 US ER 034 032
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Se t 4 US ER 034 033
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Se t 5 US ER 034 034
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Se t 6 US ER 034 035
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Se t 7 US ER 034 036
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Se t 8 US ER 034 037
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
These settings define the static input conditions for the logic function.
[spacer] LOGIC: Fct.as s ignm. outp. 1 030 000
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Enable/disable the function group LOG_2 (Logic 2).
[spacer] LOG_2: Fct.as signm. out p. 1 050 000
[spacer] 0 0 60000 s
[spacer] LOG_2: Time t 1 output 3 050 010
[spacer] 0 0 60000 s
[spacer] LOG_2: Time t 1 output 4 050 014
[spacer] 0 0 60000 s
[spacer]
Settings of timer stage t1 for the respective outputs.
[spacer] LOG_2: Time t 2 output 1 050 003
[spacer] 0 0 60000 s
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0 0 60000 s
[spacer] LOG_2: Time t 2 output 4 050 015
[spacer] 0 0 60000 s
[spacer]
Settings for timer stage t2 for the respective outputs.
Note: This setting has no effect in the “minimum time” operating mode.
[spacer] LOG_2: Sig.as s ig. outp. 1 064 000
Parameter Address
commands
[spacer] 1: C001
[spacer] CMD_1: De sign. co mmand C0 0 2 200 005
[spacer] 2: C002
[spacer] CMD_1: De sign. co mmand C0 0 3 200 010
[spacer] 3: C003
[spacer] CMD_1: De sign. co mmand C0 0 4 200 015
[spacer] 4: C004
[spacer] CMD_1: De sign. co mmand C0 0 5 200 020
[spacer] 5: C005
[spacer] CMD_1: De sign. co mmand C0 0 6 200 025
[spacer] 6: C006
[spacer] CMD_1: De sign. co mmand C0 0 7 200 030
[spacer] 7: C007
[spacer] CMD_1: De sign. co mmand C0 0 8 200 035
[spacer] 8: C008
[spacer] CMD_1: De sign. co mmand C0 0 9 200 040
[spacer] 9: C009
[spacer] CMD_1: De sign. co mmand C0 1 0 200 045
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
[spacer] 1: S001
[spacer] SIG_1: Des ignat . s ig. S 00 2 226 008
[spacer] 2: S002
[spacer] SIG_1: Des ignat . s ig. S 00 3 226 016
[spacer] 3: S003
[spacer] SIG_1: Des ignat . s ig. S 00 4 226 024
[spacer] 4: S004
[spacer] SIG_1: Des ignat . s ig. S 00 5 226 032
[spacer] 5: S005
[spacer] SIG_1: Des ignat . s ig. S 00 6 226 040
[spacer] 6: S006
[spacer] SIG_1: Des ignat . s ig. S 00 7 226 048
[spacer] 7: S007
[spacer] SIG_1: Des ignat . s ig. S 00 8 226 056
[spacer] 8: S008
[spacer] SIG_1: Des ignat . s ig. S 00 9 226 064
[spacer] 9: S009
[spacer] SIG_1: Des ignat . s ig. S 01 0 226 072
Parameter Address
[spacer] 1: Group 1
[spacer] SIG_1: Gr .as g. d ebounc. S0 0 3 226 019
[spacer] 1: Group 1
[spacer] SIG_1: Gr .as g. d ebounc. S0 0 4 226 027
[spacer] 1: Group 1
[spacer] SIG_1: Gr .as g. d ebounc. S0 0 5 226 035
[spacer] 1: Group 1
[spacer] SIG_1: Gr .as g. d ebounc. S0 0 6 226 043
[spacer] 1: Group 1
[spacer] SIG_1: Gr .as g. d ebounc. S0 0 7 226 051
[spacer] 1: Group 1
[spacer] SIG_1: Gr .as g. d ebounc. S0 0 8 226 059
[spacer] 1: Group 1
[spacer] SIG_1: Gr .as g. d ebounc. S0 0 9 226 067
[spacer] 1: Group 1
[spacer] SIG_1: Gr .as g. d ebounc. S0 1 0 226 075
[spacer] 1: Group 1
[spacer] SIG_1: Gr .as g. d ebounc. S0 1 1 226 083
[spacer] 1: Group 1
Parameter Address
[spacer] 1: Group 1
[spacer]
Group assignment for the debouncing time and the chatter suppression.
[spacer] SIG_1: M in. sig. dur. S 001 226 002
[spacer] 0 0 254 s
[spacer] SIG_1: M in. sig. dur. S 003 226 018
[spacer] 0 0 254 s
[spacer] SIG_1: M in. sig. dur. S 004 226 026
[spacer] 0 0 254 s
[spacer] SIG_1: M in. sig. dur. S 005 226 034
[spacer] 0 0 254 s
[spacer] SIG_1: M in. sig. dur. S 006 226 042
[spacer] 0 0 254 s
[spacer] SIG_1: M in. sig. dur. S 007 226 050
[spacer] 0 0 254 s
[spacer] SIG_1: M in. sig. dur. S 008 226 058
[spacer] 0 0 254 s
[spacer] SIG_1: M in. sig. dur. S 009 226 066
[spacer] 0 0 254 s
[spacer] SIG_1: M in. sig. dur. S 010 226 074
[spacer] 0 0 254 s
[spacer] SIG_1: M in. sig. dur. S 011 226 082
[spacer] 0 0 254 s
[spacer] SIG_1: M in. sig. dur. S 012 226 090
[spacer] 0 0 254 s
[spacer]
The logic “1” signal must be available for this minimum time setting so that a
telegram can be sent in the Start/end signal mode.
[spacer] SIG_1: Des ignat . s ig. S 01 2 226 088
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Disabling or enabling binary counts.
[spacer] COUNT: IEC61850 pulsQt y 221 096
[spacer] 1 0 1000
[spacer]
Setting the scaling factor to transmit the counter value via IEC 61850. According
to the standard the resulting value is calculated as:
Value transmitted = actual value · pulsQty
(see IEC 61850: Value = actVal · pulsQty).
[spacer] COUNT: Cycle t .co unt transm 217 007
[spacer]
Setting the cycle time for the periodic transmission of the counts.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Selection of backup temperature sensor groups for parameter subset PSx.
Parameter Address
Main function MAIN: Neutr.pt . t reat. PS x 010 048 001 076 001 077 001 078
[spacer]
This setting defines whether the triggering of the residual current stages IN>,
Iref,N>, IN>> or IN>>> as well as the negative-sequence current stage Iref,neg>
should result in the formation of the general starting signal. If the setting is W/o
start. IN, Ineg then the associated time delays tIN>, tIref,N>, tIN>>, tIN>>>,
tIref,neg>are automatically excluded from the formation of the trip command.
[spacer] MAIN: Bl.tim .s t.I N,ne g PS x 017 015 001 214 001 215 001 216
[spacer]
This setting defines whether a blocking of the residual current stages should
take place for single-pole or multi-pole phase current startings.
[spacer] MAIN: S uppr.s tart .s ig. PS x 017 054 001 222 001 223 001 224
[spacer]
Setting of the timer stage for the suppression of the phase-selective startings
and of the residual and negative-sequence system starting.
[spacer] MAIN: t GS PS x 017 005 001 225 001 226 001 227
[spacer]
Setting for the time delay of the general starting signal.
[spacer] MAIN: Op . rush res tr . P Sx 017 097 001 088 001 089 001 090
[spacer]
Setting for the operating mode of the inrush stabilization function.
[spacer] MAIN: Funct.Rus h re str .P Sx 017 093 017 064 017 082 017 083
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of inrush stabilization.
[spacer] MAIN: I >lift rus h re s tr PSx 017 095 001 085 001 086 001 087
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the current threshold for disabling the inrush stabilization.
[spacer] MAIN: t lif t rush rst r.PS x 019 001 019 002 019 003 019 004
[spacer]
A maximum hold time for inrush stabilization can be set using this parameter.
[spacer] MAIN: Hld time dyn.par. PSx 018 009 001 211 001 212 001 213
[spacer]
Setting the hold time of the “dynamic parameters”. After switching to the
“dynamic” thresholds, the latter will remain active in place of the “normal”
thresholds during this period.
[spacer] MAIN: Phas e rever s al I PS x 010 200 010 201 010 202 010 203
[spacer] 0: No swap
[spacer]
The phase sequence for the current, given by the active parameter subset with
the setting at M AI N: Phase re ver s al I P S x may be reversed by triggering
a binary signal input configured at MAIN: P hase reversal I EXT.
To enable the function a phase sequence for normal operation must be set in
the parameter. (Setting selection: A-B swapped, B-C swapped, C-A swapped).
The default setting is No swap, which disables the function.
Note: Designed for motor protection applications with 'left/right' motor rotation
control by phase reversal with parallel circuit breakers (one CB with phase
reversal). Here the voltage is measured on the busbar side and the current
down-stream between CB and motor. Dependent on the operating mode the
current can therefore be measured in phase reversal to the voltage.
Parameter Address
Fault data FT_DA: Line le ngt h PSx 010 005 010 006 010 007 010 008
acquisition
[spacer] 10.00 0.01 500.00 km Fig. 3-115, (p. 3-151)
[spacer]
This setting defines the distance in km that the fault locator interprets as 100 %
when calculating the fault distance.
[spacer] FT_DA: Line re ac tance PS x 010 012 010 013 010 014 010 015
[spacer] 10 | 2 (For MAIN: Inom 0.1 | 200 | Ω Fig. 3-115, (p. 3-151)
device=1.0A | 5.0A) 0.02 40
[spacer]
This setting defines the reactance X that the fault locator interprets as 100 %
when calculating the fault distance.
[spacer] FT_DA: Start d ata acqu. P Sx 010 011 010 042 010 043 010 044
[spacer]
This setting determines at what point during a fault the acquisition of fault data
should take place.
[spacer] FT_DA: Out p. flt .locat . P Sx 010 032 010 033 010 034 010 035
[spacer]
Setting for the conditions under which a fault location is output.
[spacer] FT_DA: Ab s. valu e kG PSx 012 037 012 087 013 037 013 087
[spacer]
Setting for the absolute value of the complex ground factor k G.
Z 0 - Z pos
kG =
3 ⋅ Z pos
Z 0: zero-sequence impedance
Z pos: positive-sequence impedance
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the angle of the complex ground factor, kG.
Z 0 - Z pos
kG =
3 ⋅ Z pos
Parameter Address
Definite-time DTOC: Enab le PSx 072 098 073 098 074 098 075 098
overcurrent
protection
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-119, (p. 3-157)
[spacer]
This setting defines the parameter subset in which definite-time overcurrent
protection is enabled.
[spacer] DTOC: Mod e time r s tart PS x 002 138 002 139 002 142 002 143
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the first overcurrent stage (phase current
stage).
Caution! The range of setting values includes operate values that are not
permitted as continuous current values (see “Technical Data”).
[spacer] DTOC: I> dynamic PS x 017 080 073 032 074 032 075 032
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the first overcurrent stage in dynamic mode
(phase current stage). This operate value is effective only while the timer
stage MAIN: Hld t ime dyn. par.P Sx is elapsing.
Caution! The range of setting values includes operate values that are not
permitted as continuous current values (see “Technical Data”).
[spacer] DTOC: I> > PSx 017 001 073 008 074 008 075 008
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the second overcurrent stage (phase current
stage).
Caution! The range of setting values includes operate values that are not
permitted as continuous current values (see “Technical Data”).
[spacer] DTOC: I> > dynamic PS x 017 084 073 033 074 033 075 033
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the second overcurrent stage in dynamic mode
(phase current stage). This operate value is effective only while the timer
stage MAIN: Hld t ime dyn. par.P Sx is elapsing.
Caution! The range of setting values includes operate values that are not
permitted as continuous current values (see “Technical Data”).
[spacer] DTOC: I> >> PSx 017 002 073 009 074 009 075 009
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the third overcurrent stage (phase current
stage).
Caution! The range of setting values includes operate values that are not
permitted as continuous current values (see “Technical Data”).
[spacer] DTOC: I> >> dynamic PS x 017 085 073 034 074 034 075 034
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of the first overcurrent stage.
[spacer] DTOC: tI>> PS x 017 006 073 020 074 020 075 020
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of the second overcurrent stage.
[spacer] DTOC: tI>>> PS x 017 007 073 021 074 021 075 021
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of the third overcurrent stage.
[spacer] DTOC: Ineg> PS x 072 011 073 011 074 011 075 011
[spacer]
Setting for operate value Ineg> (Ineg= negative-sequence current).
[spacer] DTOC: Ineg> d ynami c P Sx 076 200 077 200 078 200 079 200
[spacer]
Setting for operate value Ineg> dynamic. (Ineg = negative-sequence current)
This operate value is effective only while the timer stage MAIN: Hld time
dyn.par.PSx is elapsing.
[spacer] DTOC: Ineg>> PS x 072 012 073 012 074 012 075 012
[spacer]
Setting for operate value Ineg>> (Ineg= negative-sequence current).
[spacer] DTOC: Ineg>> d ynami c P Sx 076 201 077 201 078 201 079 201
[spacer]
Setting for operate value Ineg>> dynamic. (Ineg = negative-sequence current)
This operate value is effective only while the timer stage MAIN: Hld time
dyn.par.PSx is elapsing.
Parameter Address
[spacer] DTOC: Ineg>>> PS x 072 013 073 013 074 013 075 013
[spacer]
Setting for operate value Ineg>>> (Ineg= negative-sequence current).
[spacer] DTOC: Ineg>>> dynami c P Sx 076 202 077 202 078 202 079 202
[spacer]
Setting for operate value Ineg>>> dynamic. (Ineg = negative-sequence current)
This operate value is effective only while the timer stage MAIN: Hld time
dyn.par.PSx is elapsing.
[spacer] DTOC: tIneg> PSx 072 023 073 023 074 023 075 023
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overcurrent stage Ineg> (Ineg = negative-
sequence current).
[spacer] DTOC: tIneg>> PSx 072 024 073 024 074 024 075 024
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overcurrent stage Ineg>> (Ineg = negative-
sequence current).
[spacer] DTOC: tIneg>>> PSx 072 025 073 025 074 025 075 025
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overcurrent stage Ineg>>> (Ineg = negative-
sequence current).
[spacer] DTOC: Eval. I N> PS x 072 128 073 128 074 128 075 128
[spacer]
This setting determines which current will be monitored: The current calculated
by the P132 or the residual current IN> measured at the T 4 current
transformer.
[spacer] DTOC: Eval. I N>> PS x 007 239 007 240 007 241 007 242
[spacer]
This setting determines which current will be monitored: The current calculated
by the P132 or the residual current IN>> measured at the T 4 current
transformer.
[spacer] DTOC: Eval. I N>>> PS x 007 243 007 244 007 245 007 246
[spacer]
This setting determines which current will be monitored: The current calculated
by the P132 or the residual current IN>>> measured at the T 4 current
transformer.
Note: IN>>>> operates only with the calculated measured values.
[spacer] DTOC: IN> PS x 017 003 073 015 074 015 075 015
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the first overcurrent stage (residual current
stage).
Caution! The range of setting values includes operate values that are not
permitted as continuous current values (see “Technical Data”).
[spacer] DTOC: IN> d ynamic PS x 017 081 073 035 074 035 075 035
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the dynamic first overcurrent stage (residual
current stage). This operate value is effective only while the timer
stage MAIN: Hld t ime dyn. par.P Sx is elapsing.
Caution! The range of setting values includes operate values that are not
permitted as continuous current values (see Chapter “Technical Data”).
[spacer] DTOC: IN>> PS x 017 009 073 016 074 016 075 016
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the second overcurrent stage (residual current
stage).
Caution! The range of setting values includes operate values that are not
permitted as continuous current values (see “Technical Data”).
[spacer] DTOC: IN>> d ynamic PS x 017 086 073 036 074 036 075 036
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the second overcurrent stage in dynamic mode
(residual current stage). This operate value is effective only while the timer
stage MAIN: Hld t ime dyn. par.P Sx is elapsing.
Caution! The range of setting values includes operate values that are not
permitted as continuous current values (see Chapter “Technical Data”).
[spacer] DTOC: IN>>> PS x 017 018 073 017 074 017 075 017
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the third overcurrent stage (residual current
stage).
Caution! The range of setting values includes operate values that are not
permitted as continuous current values (see “Technical Data”).
[spacer] DTOC: IN>>> d ynamic PS x 017 087 073 037 074 037 075 037
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the dynamic third overcurrent stage (residual
current stage). This operate value is effective only while the timer
stage MAIN: Hld t ime dyn. par.P Sx is elapsing.
Caution! The range of setting values includes operate values that are not
permitted as continuous current values (see “Technical Data”).
[spacer] DTOC: IN>>>> PS x 072 018 073 018 074 018 075 018
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting the operate value of the fourth overcurrent stage (residual current
stage).
Caution! The range of setting values includes operate values that are not
permitted as continuous current values (see Chapter “Technical Data”).
[spacer] DTOC: IN>>>> dy n. PS x 072 036 072 105 072 202 072 219
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the dynamic fourth overcurrent stage (residual
current stage). This operate value is effective only while the timer stage
MAIN: Hld time dyn.par .P Sx is elapsing.
Caution! The range of setting values includes operate values that are not
permitted as continuous current values (see Chapter “Technical Data”).
[spacer] DTOC: tIN> PSx 017 008 073 027 074 027 075 027
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of the first overcurrent stage (residual current
stage).
[spacer] DTOC: tIN>> PSx 017 010 073 028 074 028 075 028
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of the second overcurrent stage (residual current
stage).
[spacer] DTOC: tIN>>> PSx 017 019 073 029 074 029 075 029
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of the third overcurrent stage (residual current
stage).
[spacer] DTOC: tIN>>>> PSx 072 030 073 030 074 030 075 030
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overcurrent stage IN>>>>.
[spacer] DTOC: Puls.pr ol.IN>,int PSx 017 055 073 042 074 042 075 042
[spacer]
Setting for the pulse prolongation time of the hold-time logic for intermittent
ground faults.
[spacer] DTOC: tIN,inte rm. PSx 017 056 073 038 074 038 075 038
[spacer]
Setting for the tripping time of the hold-time logic for intermittent ground faults.
[spacer] DTOC: Hold- t. tIN>,i ntmP Sx 017 057 073 039 074 039 075 039
[spacer]
Setting for the hold-time for intermittent ground faults.
Parameter Address
Inverse-time IDMT1: Enable PSx 072 070 073 070 074 070 075 070
overcurrent
protection
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-132, (p. 3-170)
[spacer]
This setting defines the parameter subset in which IDMT protection is enabled.
[spacer] IDMT1: Mode tim er st art P Sx 007 226 007 227 007 228 007 229
[spacer] IDMT1: Iref,P PS x 076 236 076 237 076 238 076 239
[spacer]
Setting for the reference current (phase current system).
[spacer] IDMT1: Iref,P dynamic PS x 072 003 073 003 074 003 075 003
[spacer] IDMT1: Iref,P dynamic PS x 076 030 076 031 076 032 076 033
[spacer]
Setting for the reference current in dynamic mode (phase current system).
This operate value is effective only while the timer stage MAIN: Hld time
dyn.par.PSx is elapsing.
[spacer] IDMT1: Factor KI ,P P Sx 007 250 007 251 007 252 007 253
[spacer]
Enable threshold for the IDMT1 protection starting for all IP types of
characteristics. This factor KI will result in a linear shifting of the enable
threshold along the X-axis of the respective characteristic. The factor will not
result in a shifting of the characteristic itself.
[spacer] IDMT1: Characte rist ic P PS x 072 056 073 056 074 056 075 056
[spacer] IDMT1: Characte rist ic P PS x 071 004 071 005 071 006 071 007
[spacer]
Setting for the tripping characteristic (phase current system).
[spacer] IDMT1: Factor k t,P P Sx 072 053 073 053 074 053 075 053
[spacer] IDMT1: Factor k t,P P Sx 078 250 078 251 078 252 078 253
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the factor kt,P of the starting characteristic (phase current system).
[spacer] IDMT1: Min. t rip time P P Sx 072 077 073 077 074 077 075 077
[spacer] IDMT1: Min. t rip time P P Sx 071 044 071 045 071 046 071 047
[spacer]
Setting for the minimum trip time (phase current system). As a rule, this value
should be set as for the first DTOC stage (I>).
[spacer] IDMT1: Hold time P P Sx 072 071 073 071 074 071 075 071
[spacer] IDMT1: Hold time P P Sx 071 028 071 029 071 030 071 031
[spacer]
Setting for the holding time for intermittent short circuits (phase current
system).
[spacer] IDMT1: Release P PSx 072 059 073 059 074 059 075 059
[spacer] IDMT1: Release P PSx 071 016 071 017 071 018 071 019
[spacer]
Setting for the release or reset characteristic (phase current system).
[spacer] IDMT1: Iref,ne g PS x 072 051 073 051 074 051 075 051
[spacer] IDMT1: Iref,ne g PS x 076 250 076 251 076 252 076 253
[spacer] IDMT1: Iref,ne g dynami c PS x 076 034 076 035 076 036 076 037
[spacer]
Enable threshold for the IDMT1 protection starting for all Ineg types of
characteristics. This factor KI will result in a linear shifting of the enable
threshold along the X-axis of the respective characteristic. The factor will not
result in a shifting of the characteristic itself.
Parameter Address
[spacer] IDMT1: Characte r. neg. PS x 072 057 073 057 074 057 075 057
[spacer] IDMT1: Characte r. neg. PS x 071 008 071 009 071 010 071 011
[spacer] IDMT1: Factor k t,ne g PSx 079 250 079 251 079 252 079 253
[spacer] IDMT1: Min.trip t ime ne gP Sx 071 048 071 049 071 050 071 051
[spacer] IDMT1: Hold tim e ne g PSx 071 032 071 033 071 034 071 035
[spacer] IDMT1: Release neg. PS x 071 020 071 021 071 022 071 023
[spacer] IDMT1: Evaluat ion IN P Sx 071 040 071 041 071 042 071 043
[spacer] 2: Measured
[spacer]
This setting defines which residual current will be monitored by the residual
current stages: the residual current calculated from the three phase currents or
the residual current measured at the T 4 transformer.
Parameter Address
[spacer] IDMT1: Iref,N PS x 072 052 073 052 074 052 075 052
[spacer] IDMT1: Iref,N PS x 077 250 077 251 077 252 077 253
[spacer]
Setting for the reference current (residual current system).
[spacer] IDMT1: Iref,N dynamic PS x 072 005 073 005 074 005 075 005
[spacer] IDMT1: Iref,N dynamic PS x 076 038 076 039 076 040 076 041
[spacer]
Setting the reference current in dynamic mode (residual current system).
This operate value is effective only while the timer stage MAIN: Hld time
dyn.par.PSx is elapsing.
[spacer] IDMT1: Factor KI,N PS x 001 173 001 174 001 175 001 176
[spacer]
The enable threshold for the IDMT1 protection starting for all IN types of
characteristics. This factor KI will result in a linear shifting of the enable
threshold along the X-axis of the respective characteristic. The factor will not
result in a shifting of the characteristic itself.
[spacer] IDMT1: Characte rist ic N PS x 072 058 073 058 074 058 075 058
[spacer] IDMT1: Characte rist ic N PS x 071 012 071 013 071 014 071 015
[spacer]
Setting for the tripping characteristic (residual current system).
[spacer] IDMT1: Factor k t,N PSx 072 055 073 055 074 055 075 055
[spacer] IDMT1: Factor k t,N PSx 071 000 071 001 071 002 071 003
[spacer]
Setting for the factor kt,N of the starting characteristic (residual current system).
[spacer] IDMT1: Min. t rip time N P Sx 072 079 073 079 074 079 075 079
[spacer] IDMT1: Min. t rip time N P Sx 071 052 071 053 071 054 071 055
[spacer]
Setting for the minimum trip time (residual current system). As a rule, this value
should be set as for the first DTOC stage (IN>).
[spacer] IDMT1: Hold time N PS x 072 073 073 073 074 073 075 073
Parameter Address
[spacer] IDMT1: Hold tim e N PS x 071 036 071 037 071 038 071 039
[spacer]
Setting for the holding time for intermittent short circuits (residual current
system).
[spacer] IDMT1: Release N P Sx 072 061 073 061 074 061 075 061
[spacer] IDMT1: Release N P Sx 071 024 071 025 071 026 071 027
[spacer]
Setting for for the reset characteristic (residual current system).
Parameter Address
Inverse-time IDMT2: Enable PSx 076 042 076 043 076 044 076 045
overcurrent
protection
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
This setting defines the parameter subset in which IDMTx protection is enabled.
Parameter Address
Short-circuit SCDD: Enable PSx 076 235 077 235 078 235 079 235
direction
determination
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-149, (p. 3-188)
[spacer]
This setting defines the parameter subset in which short-circuit direction
determination is enabled.
[spacer] SCDD: Trip b ias PSx 017 074 077 236 078 236 079 236
[spacer]
This setting determines whether an overcurrent direction determination in
forward direction shall be formed when the direction determination of the phase
current and residual current stage is blocked.
[spacer] SCDD: Direction t I> PS x 017 071 077 237 078 237 079 237
[spacer]
This setting for the measuring direction determines whether a tI> trip signal in
the DTOC phase current stage will be issued for forward, backward or non-
directional fault decisions. If the ARC is enabled and has been set accordingly
then a starting will trigger the associated ARC tripping time.
[spacer] SCDD: Direction t I>> PS x 017 072 077 238 078 238 079 238
[spacer]
This setting for the measuring direction determines whether a tI>> trip signal in
the DTOC phase current stage will be issued for forward, backward or non-
directional fault decisions. If the ARC is enabled and has been set accordingly
then a starting will trigger the associated ARC tripping time.
[spacer] SCDD: Direction t I>> > PS x 007 230 007 231 007 232 007 233
[spacer]
This setting for the measuring direction determines whether a tI>>> trip signal
in the DTOC phase current stage will be issued for forward, backward (reverse)
or non-directional fault decisions. If the ARC is enabled and has been set
accordingly then a starting will trigger the associated ARC tripping time.
[spacer] SCDD: Direct. tIre f,P> P S x 017 066 077 239 078 239 079 239
[spacer]
This setting for the measuring direction determines whether a tIref,P> trip signal
in the IDMT1 phase current stage will be issued for forward, backward or non-
directional fault decisions. If the ARC is enabled and has been set accordingly
then a starting will trigger the associated ARC tripping time.
[spacer] SCDD: Direction t IN> PS x 017 073 077 240 078 240 079 240
Parameter Address
[spacer]
This setting for the measuring direction determines whether a tIN> trip signal in
the DTOC residual current stage will be issued for forward, backward or non-
directional fault decisions. If the ARC is enabled and has been set accordingly
then a starting will trigger the associated ARC tripping time.
[spacer] SCDD: Direction t IN> > PS x 017 075 077 241 078 241 079 241
[spacer]
This setting for the measuring direction determines whether a tIN>> trip signal
in the DTOC residual current stage will be issued for forward, backward or non-
directional fault decisions. If the ARC is enabled and has been set accordingly
then a starting will trigger the associated ARC tripping time.
[spacer] SCDD: Direction t IN> >> PS x 007 235 007 236 007 237 007 238
[spacer]
This setting for the measuring direction determines whether a tIN>>> trip
signal in the DTOC residual current stage will be issued for forward, backward
(reverse) or non-directional fault decisions. If the ARC is enabled and has been
set accordingly then a starting will trigger the associated ARC tripping time.
[spacer] SCDD: Direct. tIre f,N> P S x 017 067 077 242 078 242 079 242
[spacer]
This setting for the measuring direction determines whether a tIref,N> trip
signal in the IDMT1 residual current stage will be issued for forward, backward or
non-directional fault decisions. If the ARC is enabled and has been set
accordingly then a starting will trigger the associated ARC tripping time.
[spacer] SCDD: Charact . angle G P Sx 017 076 077 243 078 243 079 243
[spacer]
Setting for the characteristic angle of the residual current stage in
correspondence to the measuring relation. Using this setting, a wide range of
conditions can be accommodated, depending on the system's neutral grounding
impedance.
Examples:
● System neutral with relatively high resistance αG = 0°
● System neutral with relatively low resistance αG = −45°
● System neutral effectively grounded αG = −75°
● System neutral reactance-grounded αG = −90°
● System with isolated neutral αG = +90°
[spacer] SCDD: Evaluat ion IN P Sx 008 105 008 106 008 107 008 108
[spacer] 1: Calculated
[spacer]
This parameter is used to select whether the measured or the calculated
residual current value is to be used for the SCDD residual current stages.
[spacer] SCDD: VNG> PSx 017 077 077 244 078 244 079 244
Parameter Address
[spacer]
User may select between Measured and Calculated (standard default).
[spacer] SCDD: Oper.val.Vme mory PS x 010 109 010 116 010 117 010 118
[spacer]
This setting defines whether the trip bias of the residual current stage should be
blocked in the event of a phase current starting.
Parameter Address
Protective signaling PSIG: Enable PS x 015 014 015 015 015 016 015 017
[spacer]
This setting defines the parameter subset in which protective signaling is
enabled.
[spacer] PSIG: Tripping time P Sx 015 011 024 003 024 063 025 023
[spacer]
Setting for the time delay of protective signaling.
[spacer] PSIG: R eleas e t. s e nd P Sx 015 002 024 001 024 061 025 021
[spacer]
This setting determines the duration of the send signal.
[spacer] PSIG: DC loop op. mode P Sx 015 012 024 051 025 011 025 071
[spacer]
This setting defines whether the transmitting relay will be operated in energize-
on-signal mode (“open-circuit principle”) or normally-energized mode (“closed-
circuit principle”), i.e., Transm.rel.make con. or Transm.rel.break
con,respectively.
[spacer] PSIG: Direc.de pe nde nce PSx 015 001 015 115 015 116 015 117
[spacer]
Setting for the directional dependence evaluation of protective signaling. The
following settings are possible:
● Without
● Phase curr. system
● Residual curr.system
● Phase/resid.c.system
Parameter Address
Auto-reclosing ARC: Enab le PS x 015 046 015 047 015 048 015 049
control
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-167, (p. 3-212)
[spacer]
This setting defines the parameter subset in which ARC is enabled.
[spacer] ARC: C B clos .pos .s ig. P Sx 015 050 024 024 024 084 025 044
[spacer]
This setting defines whether the CB closed position will be scanned or not.
If the setting is With, a binary signal input must be configured accordingly.
[spacer] ARC: Op erating mode PS x 015 051 024 025 024 085 025 045
[spacer]
The operating mode setting defines which of the following reclosure types is
permitted.
● TDR only.
● HSR or TDR.
● Test HSR only.
[spacer] ARC: Op erative ti me P Sx 015 066 024 035 024 095 025 055
[spacer]
Setting for operative time 1.
[spacer] ARC: HSR t rip.time G S P Sx 015 038 024 100 024 150 025 100
[spacer]
Setting for the HSR tripping time and start via a general starting condition.
[spacer] ARC: HSR t rip.time I> PSx 015 072 024 040 025 000 025 060
[spacer]
The HSR tripping time replaces timer stage t1,ze of distance protection or the
operate delay of backup overcurrent-time protection – provided that the BUOC
operating mode is set accordingly – if a HSR is permitted and protective
signaling is not ready.
[spacer] ARC: HSR t rip.time I>>PS x 015 074 024 101 024 151 025 101
[spacer]
Setting for the HSR tripping time and start via a phase current starting in the
second DTOC overcurrent stage.
[spacer] ARC: HSR trip.time I>>>P Sx 014 096 024 102 024 152 025 102
[spacer]
Setting for the HSR tripping time and start via a phase current starting in the
third DTOC overcurrent stage.
[spacer] ARC: HSR t rip.time IN>P Sx 015 076 024 103 024 153 025 103
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the HSR tripping time and start via a residual current starting in the
first DTOC overcurrent stage.
[spacer] ARC: HSR trip.time IN>>P Sx 015 031 024 104 024 154 025 104
[spacer]
Setting for the HSR tripping time and start via a residual current starting in the
second DTOC overcurrent stage.
[spacer] ARC: HSR trip.t. I N>>> P Sx 014 098 024 105 024 155 025 105
[spacer]
Setting for the HSR tripping time and start via a residual current starting in the
third DTOC overcurrent stage.
[spacer] ARC: HSR trip.t.I r ef,P PSx 015 094 024 106 024 156 025 106
[spacer]
Setting for the HSR tripping time and start via a starting in the IDMT1 phase
current system.
[spacer] ARC: HSR trip.t.I r ef,N P Sx 015 096 024 107 024 157 025 107
[spacer]
Setting for the HSR tripping time and start via a starting in the IDMT1 residual
current system.
[spacer] ARC: HSR tr.t.Iref,ne g PSx 015 034 024 108 024 158 025 108
[spacer]
Setting for the HSR tripping time and start via a starting in the IDMT1 negative-
sequence current system.
[spacer] ARC: HSR t rip t.GFDSS PS x 015 078 024 109 024 159 025 109
[spacer]
Setting for the HSR tripping time and start via ‘ground fault direction
determination using steady-state values'.
[spacer] ARC: HSR trip.t. L OGIC PS x 015 098 024 110 024 160 025 110
[spacer]
Setting for the HSR tripping time and start via programmable logic.
[spacer] ARC: HSR b lock .f. I>>>PS x 015 080 024 111 024 161 025 111
[spacer]
The selection of the HSR blocking by I>>> defines whether an HSR is blocked
during an I>>> starting.
[spacer] ARC: HSR d ead time PSx 015 056 024 030 024 090 025 050
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Dead time setting for a three-pole HSR.
[spacer] ARC: No. pe rmit . TDR PSx 015 068 024 037 024 097 025 057
[spacer]
Setting for the number of time-delayed reclosures permitted. With the 0 setting,
only one HSR is carried out.
[spacer] ARC: T DR t rip.time GS PS x 015 039 024 112 024 162 025 112
[spacer]
Setting for the TDR tripping time and start via a general starting condition.
[spacer] ARC: T DR t rip.time I> P Sx 015 073 024 041 025 001 025 061
[spacer]
The TDR tripping time replaces timer stage t1,ze of distance protection or the
operate delay of backup overcurrent-time protection – provided that the BUOC
operating mode is set accordingly – if a TDR is permitted and protective
signaling is not ready.
[spacer] ARC: T DR t rip.time I>>PS x 015 075 024 113 024 163 025 113
[spacer]
Setting for the TDR tripping time and start via a phase current starting in the
second DTOC overcurrent stage.
[spacer] ARC: T DR trip.t ime I> >>PS x 014 097 024 114 024 164 025 114
[spacer]
Setting for the TDR tripping time and start via a phase current starting in the
third DTOC overcurrent stage.
[spacer] ARC: T DR t rip.time IN>PS x 015 077 024 115 024 165 025 115
[spacer]
Setting for the TDR tripping time and start via a residual current starting in the
first DTOC overcurrent stage.
[spacer] ARC: T DR trip.t ime IN>>PS x 015 032 024 116 024 166 025 116
[spacer]
Setting for the TDR tripping time and start via a residual current starting in the
second DTOC overcurrent stage.
[spacer] ARC: T DR trip.t . IN>>> PS x 014 099 024 117 024 167 025 117
[spacer]
Setting for the TDR tripping time and start via a residual current starting in the
third DTOC overcurrent stage.
[spacer] ARC: T DR trip.t .Ir ef,P P Sx 015 095 024 118 024 168 025 118
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the TDR tripping time and start via a starting in the IDMT1 phase
current system.
[spacer] ARC: T DR trip.t .I r ef,N PS x 015 097 024 119 024 169 025 119
[spacer]
Setting for the TDR tripping time and start via a starting in the IDMT1 residual
current system.
[spacer] ARC: T DR tr.t.Iref,neg P Sx 015 035 024 120 024 170 025 120
[spacer]
Setting for the TDR tripping time and start via a starting in the IDMT1 negative-
sequence current system.
[spacer] ARC: T DR t rip t.GFDS S P S x 015 079 024 121 024 171 025 121
[spacer]
Setting for the TDR tripping time and start via ‘ground fault direction
determination using steady-state values'.
[spacer] ARC: T DR trip.t . LOG IC P Sx 015 099 024 122 024 172 025 122
[spacer]
Setting for the TDR tripping time and start via programmable logic.
[spacer] ARC: T DR b lock .f. I>>>P Sx 015 081 024 124 024 174 025 124
[spacer]
The selection of the TDR blocking by I>>> defines whether an TDR is blocked
during an I>>> starting.
[spacer] ARC: T DR d ead time P Sx 015 057 024 031 024 091 025 051
[spacer]
Setting for the TDR dead time.
[spacer] ARC: R eclaim time PSx 015 054 024 028 024 088 025 048
[spacer]
Setting for the reclaim time.
[spacer] ARC: Blocking tim e P Sx 015 058 024 032 024 092 025 052
[spacer]
Setting for the time that will elapse before the ARC will be ready again after
blocking by a binary signal input.
Parameter Address
Automatic ASC: Enable PS x 018 020 018 021 018 022 018 023
synchronism check
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-185, (p. 3-234)
[spacer]
This setting defines the parameter subset in which automatic synchronism check
(ASC) is enabled.
[spacer] ASC: C B as s ignment P Sx 037 131 037 132 037 133 037 134
[spacer]
This setting defines the function group DEVxx that will control the circuit
breaker.
[spacer] ASC: S ystem integrat. PS x 037 135 037 136 037 137 037 138
[spacer]
This setting defines whether ASC will operate in “Autom. synchron. check” or
“Autom. synchr. control” mode.
[spacer] ASC: Active for HSR PSx 018 001 077 030 078 030 079 030
[spacer]
This setting defines whether reclosing after a three-pole HSR will occur only
after being enabled by ASC.
[spacer] ASC: Active for TDR P Sx 018 002 077 031 078 031 079 031
[spacer]
This setting defines whether reclosing after a three-pole TDR will occur only
after being enabled by ASC.
[spacer] ASC: C los .rej.w.bl ock P Sx 018 003 077 032 078 032 079 032
[spacer]
This setting defines whether reclosing is rejected after being blocked by ASC.
[spacer] ASC: Op erative ti me P Sx 018 010 077 034 078 034 079 034
[spacer]
Setting for the operative time for ASC.
[spacer] ASC: M easureme nt loop PS x 031 060 077 044 078 044 079 044
[spacer]
The voltage measurement loop, corresponding to the reference voltage, must be
selected so that determination of differential values is correct.
Example: Connect transformer T 15 to measure the reference voltage to
phases A & B. The measurement loop should be set to Loop A-B.
[spacer] ASC: Phi off set PSx 018 034 077 042 078 042 079 042
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for a Phi offset that may be necessary so that determination of the
differential angle is correct.
[spacer] ASC: AR op. m ode PSx 018 025 018 026 018 027 018 028
[spacer]
Auto-reclosing control: Criteria for a close enable are defined by setting for the
operating mode.
[spacer] ASC: AR with tCB PSx 000 038 000 039 000 050 000 051
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Function ASC provides a choice as to whether the CB operating time (tCB), as
configured at M AI N: tCB ,clos e is to be taken into account for the precisely
synchronized reclosure (AR) or not.
[spacer] ASC: AR Op.m ode v-c hk .PS x 018 029 018 030 018 031 018 032
[spacer]
Auto-reclosing control: This setting defines the logic linking of trigger decisions
for a voltage controlled close enable.
[spacer] ASC: AR V> volt.chec k PSx 026 017 077 043 078 043 079 043
[spacer]
Auto-reclosing control: Setting for the operate delay value to define the
minimum time period during which voltage conditions must be met so that the
close enable of the ASC is effected.
[spacer] ASC: AR V> sync.chec k PSx 018 011 077 035 078 035 079 035
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Auto-reclosing control: Setting for the threshold of the minimum voltage to
obtain a synchronism checked close enable.
[spacer] ASC: AR Delt a Vmax P Sx 018 012 077 036 078 036 079 036
[spacer]
Auto-reclosing control: Setting the maximum differential voltage between
measured and reference voltages to obtain a synchronism checked close enable.
[spacer] ASC: AR Delt a f max P Sx 018 014 077 038 078 038 079 038
[spacer]
Auto-reclosing control: Setting the maximum differential frequency between
measured and reference voltages to obtain a synchronism checked close enable.
[spacer] ASC: AR Delt a phi max PS x 018 013 077 037 078 037 079 037
[spacer]
Auto-reclosing control: Setting the maximum differential angle between
measured and reference voltages to obtain a synchronism checked close enable.
[spacer] ASC: AR tmin sync .chk PS x 018 015 077 039 078 039 079 039
[spacer]
Auto-reclosing control: Setting for the operate delay value to define the
minimum time period during which synchronism conditions must be met so that
the close enable of the ASC is effected.
[spacer] ASC: M C op. mode PS x 000 056 000 057 000 058 000 059
[spacer]
Manual close command: Criteria for a close enable are defined by setting for the
operating mode.
[spacer] ASC: M C with tC B PSx 000 102 000 103 000 104 000 105
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Manual close command: In slightly asynchronous power systems, setting this
parameter to Yes ensures that the circuit breaker closing time is taken into
account by the automatic synchronism check (ASC) to issue of a close
command.
[spacer] ASC: M C op.m ode v-chk .P Sx 000 060 000 061 000 062 000 063
[spacer]
Manual close command: This setting defines the logic linking of trigger decisions
for a voltage controlled close enable.
[spacer] ASC: M C V> volt.c heck PS x 000 064 000 065 000 066 000 067
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Manual close command: Setting the voltage threshold that the phase-to-ground
voltages and the reference voltage must exceed so that they are recognized as
"Voltage showing".
Note: The logic linking of trigger decisions is defined by setting ASC: MC
op.mode v-chk .PS x.
[spacer] ASC: M C V< volt.c heck PS x 000 068 000 069 000 070 000 071
[spacer]
Manual close command: Setting for the operate delay value to define the
minimum time period during which voltage conditions must be met so that the
close enable of the ASC is effected.
[spacer] ASC: M C V> s ync.check PS x 000 052 000 053 000 054 000 055
[spacer]
Manual close command: Setting the maximum differential voltage between
measured and reference voltages to obtain a synchronism checked close enable.
[spacer] ASC: M C de lta f max PSx 000 084 000 086 000 087 000 088
[spacer]
Manual close command: Setting the maximum differential frequency between
measured and reference voltages to obtain a synchronism checked close enable.
[spacer] ASC: M C de lta phi max PS x 000 089 000 091 000 092 000 093
[spacer]
Manual close command: Setting the maximum differential angle between
measured and reference voltages to obtain a synchronism checked close enable.
[spacer] ASC: M C tm in sync.chk P Sx 000 098 000 099 000 100 000 101
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Manual close command: Setting for the operate delay value to define the
minimum time period during which synchronism conditions must be met so that
the close enable of the ASC is effected.
Parameter Address
Ground fault GFDSS: Enable PSx 001 050 001 051 001 052 001 053
direction
determination using
steady-state values
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-200, (p. 3-253)
[spacer]
This setting defines the parameter subset in which the GFDSS function is
enabled.
[spacer] GFDSS: Op.m .GF pow./ adm PS x 016 063 000 236 000 237 000 238
[spacer]
Setting for the operating mode of the ground fault direction determination by
steady-state values. The following settings are possible:
● “cos φ circuit” for resonant-grounded systems,
● “sin φ circuit” for isolated neutral-point systems.
[spacer] GFDSS: Evaluation VNG P Sx 016 083 001 011 001 012 001 013
[spacer]
This setting specifies which neutral-point displacement voltage will be used for
direction determination: The displacement voltage calculated from the phase-
to-ground voltages or the displacement voltage measured at the T 90
transformer of the P132.
[spacer] GFDSS: M e as . dire ction PSx 016 070 001 002 001 003 001 004
[spacer]
This setting defines the measuring direction for the “forward” or “backward”
decision.
[spacer] GFDSS: VNG> PSx 016 062 000 233 000 234 000 235
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the neutral-point displacement voltage.
[spacer] GFDSS: tVNG> PS x 016 061 000 230 000 231 000 232
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of the VNG> trigger.
[spacer] GFDSS: f/f nom (P meas.) PSx 016 091 001 044 001 045 001 046
[spacer]
Setting for the frequency of the measured variables evaluated in steady-state
power evaluation.
[spacer] GFDSS: f/f nom (I me as. ) P Sx 016 092 001 047 001 048 001 049
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the frequency of the measured variables evaluated in steady-state
current evaluation.
[spacer] GFDSS: IN,act>/ re ac> LS P Sx 016 064 000 239 000 240 000 241
[spacer]
Setting for the threshold of the active or reactive power component of residual
current that must be exceeded so that the “LS” (line side) directional decision is
enabled.
[spacer] GFDSS: S e ct or angle L S PS x 016 065 000 242 000 243 000 244
[spacer]
Setting for the sector angle for measurement in the line side direction.
Note: This setting is only effective in the “cos φ circuit” operating mode.
[spacer] GFDSS: Ope r ate de lay L S PS x 016 066 000 245 000 246 000 247
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of the direction decision in the forward direction.
[spacer] GFDSS: R ele ase de lay L S PS x 016 072 001 005 001 006 001 007
[spacer]
Setting for the release delay (reset time) of the direction decision in the forward
direction.
[spacer] GFDSS: IN,act>/ re ac> BS P Sx 016 067 000 251 000 252 000 253
[spacer]
Setting for the threshold of the active or reactive power component of residual
current that must be exceeded so that the “BS” (busbar side) directional
decision is enabled.
[spacer] GFDSS: S e ct or angle B S PS x 016 068 000 248 000 249 000 250
[spacer]
Setting for the sector angle for measurement in the direction of the busbar side.
Note: This setting is only effective in the “cos φ circuit” operating mode.
[spacer] GFDSS: Ope r ate de lay B S PS x 016 069 000 254 000 255 001 001
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of the direction decision in the backward (reverse)
direction.
[spacer] GFDSS: R ele ase de lay B S PS x 016 073 001 008 001 009 001 010
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the release delay (reset time) of the direction decision in the
backward direction.
[spacer] GFDSS: IN> PSx 016 093 001 017 001 018 001 019
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of steady-state current evaluation.
[spacer] GFDSS: Ope r ate de lay IN PS x 016 094 001 020 001 021 001 022
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of steady-state current evaluation.
[spacer] GFDSS: R ele ase de lay I N PS x 016 095 001 023 001 024 001 025
[spacer]
Setting for the release delay (reset time) of steady-state current evaluation.
[spacer] GFDSS: G(N)> / B (N) > LS PSx 016 111 001 029 001 030 001 031
[spacer]
Setting for the threshold of the active or reactive susceptance component of
residual current that must be exceeded so that the “LS” (line side) directional
decision is enabled.
[spacer] GFDSS: G(N)> / B (N) > BS PSx 016 112 001 032 001 033 001 034
[spacer]
Setting for the threshold of the active or reactive susceptance component of
residual current that must be exceeded so that the “BS” (busbar side)
directional decision is enabled.
[spacer] GFDSS: Y(N)> PS x 016 113 001 035 001 036 001 037
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the admittance for non-directional ground fault
determination (in operating mode “admittance evaluation”).
[spacer] GFDSS: Corre ct ion angle PS x 016 110 001 026 001 027 001 028
[spacer] 0 -30 30 °
[spacer]
This setting is provided to compensate for phase-angle errors of the system
transformers (in operating mode “admittance evaluation”).
[spacer] GFDSS: Ope r .d elay Y(N)> PSx 016 114 001 038 001 039 001 040
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay value of the admittance for non-directional ground
fault determination (in operating mode “admittance evaluation”).
[spacer] GFDSS: R el. de lay Y( N)> P Sx 016 115 001 041 001 042 001 043
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the release delay (reset time) of the admittance for non-directional
ground fault determination (in operating mode “admittance evaluation”).
Parameter Address
Transient ground TGFD: Enable PS x 001 054 001 055 001 056 001 057
fault direction
determination
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-214, (p. 3-267)
[spacer]
This setting defines the parameter subset in which the TGFD function is enabled.
[spacer] TGFD: Evaluation VNG P Sx 016 048 001 058 001 059 001 060
[spacer]
This setting specifies which neutral-point displacement voltage will be used for
evaluation: The displacement voltage from the open delta winding of a voltage
transformer assembly or the displacement voltage calculated from the three
phase-to-ground voltages.
[spacer] TGFD: Measure m. dire c. P Sx 016 045 001 073 001 074 001 075
[spacer]
The direction measurement of the transient ground fault direction determination
function depends on the connection of the measuring circuits. If the connection
is as shown in Chapter “Installation and Connection”, then the setting must be
Standard, if the P132's “forward” decision is to be in the direction of the
outgoing feeder. If the connection direction is reversed or – given a connection
scheme according to Chapter “Installation and Connection” – if the “forward”
decision is to be in the busbar direction, then the setting must be Opposite.
Note: The global setting M AIN: C onn. me as. circ. IN does not affect the
direction determination feature of the transient ground fault direction
determination function.
[spacer] TGFD: VNG> PS x 016 041 001 061 001 062 001 063
[spacer]
Setting for the residual current threshold. A peak value is evaluated.
[spacer] TGFD: Operate d elay PS x 016 044 001 067 001 068 001 069
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay.
[spacer] TGFD: Buf fe r time PSx 016 043 001 070 001 071 001 072
[spacer]
Setting for the signal buffer time for transient ground fault direction
determination.
Parameter Address
Motor protection MP: Enable PS x 024 148 024 147 024 197 025 147
[spacer]
This setting defines the parameter subset in which motor protection is enabled.
[spacer] MP: I ref PS x 017 012 024 131 024 181 025 131
[spacer]
For the determination of the reference current, the nominal motor current needs
to be calculated first from the motor data.
Pnom
I nom,motor =
3 ⋅ V nom ⋅ η ⋅ cosφ
The reference current is the nominal motor current as projected onto the
transformer secondary side and is thus calculated as follows:
I ref I nom,motor / T nom
=
I nom,(relay) I nom,(relay)
Example:
Motor and System Data
Nominal motor voltage Vnom: 10 kV
Nominal motor power Pnom: 1500 kW
Efficiency η: 96.6 %
Active power factor cos φ: 0.86
Nominal transformation ratio Tnom of the main current transformer: 1 A
Determination of the Nominal Motor Current
1500kW
I nom,motor = = 104A
3 ⋅ 10kV ⋅ 0.966 ⋅ 0.86
Determination of the reference current
I ref 104A / 100
= = 1.04
I nom,(relay) 1A
[spacer] MP: Fact or k P PSx 017 040 024 132 024 182 025 132
Parameter Address
[spacer]
The starting factor k should be set according to the maximum permissible
thermal continuous current:
I therm,motor
k=
I nom,motor
Example:
Motor Data:
Maximum permissible continuous thermal motor current Itherm,motor=
1.1 Inom,motor
Determination of the Starting Factor:
1.1 ⋅ I nom,motor
k= = 1.1
I nom,motor
[spacer] MP: I StUp> PSx 017 053 024 133 024 183 025 133
[spacer]
Setting for the current threshold for the operational status determination
“machine starting up”.
[spacer] MP: t IS tUp> PS x 017 042 024 134 024 184 025 134
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay for the operational status determination “machine
starting up”. Usually, the default setting can be retained.
[spacer] MP: C har act er .type P PS x 017 029 024 135 024 185 025 135
[spacer]
The selection of the tripping characteristic defines the restrictiveness of the
motor protection function. For low overcurrents, the logarithmic characteristic
provides significantly higher tripping times than the reciprocally squared
characteristic, since the latter neglects any heat transfer to the cooling medium
in the overload range.
[spacer] MP: t 6Iref PS x 017 041 024 136 024 186 025 136
Parameter Address
[spacer]
This setting for the overload tripping time t6Iref is determined from the cold
machine data, using Iref = Inom,motor.
For the reciprocally squared characteristic we set:
( I startup
)
2
I nom,motor
t6I = tblock,cold ⋅
ref 36
For the logarithmic characteristic we set:
1
t6I = tblock,cold ⋅
( I startup
)
ref 2
I nom,motor
36 ⋅ ln
( I startup
)
2
-1
I nom,motor
Based on the setting value thus determined, the tripping time for a warm
machine is now defined as follows.
For the reciprocally squared characteristic we have:
36
t = (1 - 0.2) ⋅ t6I ⋅
( I startup
)
ref 2
I nom,motor
( I startup
)
2
I nom,motor
t = (1 - 0.2) ⋅ t6I ⋅ 36 ⋅ ln
( I startup
)
ref 2
-1
I nom,motor
Example:
Motor Data
Motor startup current: Istartup = 5.7 Inom,motor
Max. permissible locked-rotor time with cold machine: tblock,cold = 18 s
Max. permissible locked-rotor time with warm machine: tblock,warm = 16 s
Determination of the Setting Value for the Reciprocally Squared Characteristic:
t6Iref = 18s∙5.72/36 = 16.2s
Control of Tripping Time with Warm Machine:
t = 0.8∙16.2s∙36/5.72 = 14.4s ≤ 16s (o.k.)
[spacer] MP: T au after s t.-up PSx 018 042 024 137 024 187 025 137
[spacer]
Setting for the heat dispersion time constant after startup. Usually, the default
setting can be retained.
[spacer] MP: T au m ach.running PS x 017 088 024 138 024 188 025 138
[spacer] MP: T au m ach.st opped P Sx 017 089 024 139 024 189 025 139
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the cooling time constant with a running or stopped machine,
respectively.
If the thermal time constants of the motor are unknown, the cooling time
constant with machine running is best set to the highest setting value and the
cooling time with machine stopped to the five-fold value of that with machine
running.
[spacer] MP: Perm. No.st .-ups PS x 017 047 024 140 024 190 025 140
[spacer]
Setting for the startup sequence of the motor as permitted by thermal
considerations.
Note: The heavy starting logic (M P: S t .- up t ime tStUpPSx,
MP: Blocking time t E P Sx) can only be activated if the permissible
startup sequence is set to two startups from cold and one startup from warm.
[spacer] MP: R C pe rmit te d, Θ< P Sx 018 043 024 141 024 191 025 141
[spacer]
Setting for the threshold value of the overload memory for reclosure permission.
Usually, the default setting can be retained.
[spacer] MP: Op erating mode P Sx 018 041 024 142 024 192 025 142
[spacer]
This setting defines whether motor protection will be operated together with
thermal overload protection (THERM).
[spacer] MP: S t.-up t ime tS tUpP Sx 017 043 024 143 024 193 025 143
[spacer] MP: Blocking t ime tE PS x 017 044 024 144 024 194 025 144
[spacer]
Using an overspeed monitor, the heavy starting logic can be activated if
necessary. For this purpose, the load-torque-dependent operational startup time
needs to be set for tStUp and the maximum permissible locked-rotor time (the
“tE time”) with a machine at operating temperature needs to be set for tE.
If the heavy starting logic is not used then the set startup time tStUp and the tE-
time should be set to the same value; the default values can be retained.
Note: The heavy starting logic (M P: P e rm. No.st.-ups PSx) can only be
activated if the permissible startup sequence is set to two startups from cold
and one startup from warm.
[spacer] MP: R etain replica PS x 009 046 009 250 009 251 009 252
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
With this parameter it can be configured whether the thermal replica is retained
in the non-volatile section of the device's memory so that it will still be available
after an interruption of the supply voltage.
Parameter Address
[spacer] MP: I < PSx 017 048 024 145 024 195 025 145
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the minimum current stage of the underload
protection function of motor protection.
[spacer] MP: t I< PS x 017 050 024 146 024 196 025 146
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of the minimum current stage of the underload
protection function of motor protection.
Parameter Address
Thermal overload THER M: Enable PSx 072 175 073 175 074 175 075 175
protection
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-231, (p. 3-290)
[spacer]
This setting defines the parameter subset in which thermal overload protection
is enabled.
[spacer] THER M: S e l. backu p th. P Sx 072 080 073 080 074 080 075 080
[spacer]
Selecting the backup temperature sensor for the parameter subset PSx.
[spacer] THER M: Ire f PSx 072 179 073 179 074 179 075 179
[spacer]
Setting for the reference current.
[spacer] THER M: S tart.f act.OL_RC P Sx 072 180 073 180 074 180 075 180
[spacer]
Setting for the starting factor to trigger overload recording.
[spacer] THER M: Tim.const .1,>Ibl P Sx 072 187 073 187 074 187 075 187
[spacer]
Setting for the thermal time constants of the protected object with current flow
(Ibl: base line current).
[spacer] THER M: Tim.const .2,<Ibl P Sx 072 188 073 188 074 188 075 188
[spacer]
Setting for the thermal time constants of the protected object without current
flow (cooling time constant).
Note: This setting option is only relevant when machines are running. In all
other cases, time constant 2 must be set equal to time constant 1.
[spacer] THER M: M ax.pe rm.obj.tmp.P Sx 072 182 073 182 074 182 075 182
[spacer]
Setting for the maximum permissible temperature of the protected object.
[spacer] THER M: O/T f.I ref pers . PSx 072 167 073 167 074 167 075 167
[spacer]
Setting for overtemperature resulting from a persistent limit current (Θmax -
Θa,max).
[spacer] THER M: M ax.pe rm.cool.tmpPSx 072 185 073 185 074 185 075 185
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the maximum permissible coolant temperature.
Note: This setting is active only if the coolant temperature is measured via the
PT 100 or the 20 mA input.
[spacer] THER M: De fault C TA P Sx 072 186 073 186 074 186 075 186
[spacer]
Setting for the coolant temperature to be used for calculation of the trip time if
coolant temperature is not measured.
[spacer] THER M: Warning t emp. P Sx 072 153 073 153 074 153 075 153
[spacer]
Setting for the temperature (in °C) to trigger a warning alarm.
Note: This setting is only enabled in the Absolute replica mode of operation.
[spacer] THER M: R el. O/T war ning PS x 072 184 073 184 074 184 075 184
[spacer]
Setting for the operate threshold of the warning stage.
Note: This setting is enabled only in the Relative replica operating mode.
[spacer] THER M: R el. O/T trip P Sx 072 181 073 181 074 181 075 181
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the trip stage.
Note: If the operating mode has been set to Absolute replica, the setting here
will be automatically set to 100% and this parameter will be hidden as far as the
local control panel is concerned.
[spacer] THER M: Hystere sis tr ip P Sx 072 183 073 183 074 183 075 183
[spacer]
Setting for the hysteresis of the trip stage.
[spacer] THER M: Warning pr e- trip P Sx 072 191 073 191 074 191 075 191
[spacer]
A warning will be given in advance of the trip. The time difference between the
warning time and the trip time is set here.
[spacer] THER M: R et ain re pli ca P S x 009 019 009 030 009 032 009 039
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
With this parameter it can be configured whether the thermal replica is retained
in the non-volatile section of the device's memory so that it will still be available
after an interruption of the supply voltage.
[spacer] THER M: S e le ct me as .inputP Sx 072 177 073 177 074 177 075 177
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Selecting if and how the coolant temperature is measured: Via the PT100, the
20mA input or Tx (x = 1 to 9).
[spacer] THER M: Funct.f.CTA fail .P Sx 076 177 077 177 078 177 079 177
[spacer]
The setting defines how the thermal overload protection function will continue to
operate in the event of faulty coolant temperature acquisition. User can select
between Default temp. value, Last meas.temperat. and Blocking.
Parameter Address
Unbalance I2>: Enable PS x 018 220 018 221 018 222 018 223
protection
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-236, (p. 3-298)
[spacer]
This setting defines the parameter subset in which unbalance protection is
enabled.
[spacer] I2>: Ineg> PS x 018 091 018 224 018 225 018 226
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the first overcurrent stage.
[spacer] I2>: Ineg>> PS x 018 092 018 227 018 228 018 229
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value of the second overcurrent stage.
[spacer] I2>: tI neg > PSx 018 093 018 230 018 231 018 232
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of the first overcurrent stage.
[spacer] I2>: tI neg >> PS x 018 094 018 233 018 234 018 235
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of the second overcurrent stage.
Parameter Address
Time-voltage V<>: E nable PSx 076 246 077 246 078 246 079 246
protection
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-238, (p. 3-300)
[spacer]
This setting defines the parameter subset in which time-voltage protection is
enabled.
[spacer] V<>: O pe rating mode P S x 076 001 077 001 078 001 079 001
[spacer]
This setting specifies whether the phase-to-ground voltages ('Star' operating
mode) or the phase-to-phase voltages ('Delta' operating mode) will be
monitored.
Note: In the settings for the operate values of the time-voltage protection
function, the reference quantity is Vnom in the Delta operating mode, but Vnom/
√3 in the Star operating mode.
To work out the settings for the over/undervoltage stages, consider the following
example for Vnom = 100 V:
Setting in the Delta operating mode for an operate value of 80 V (phase-to-
phase):
operate value 80V
Setting value = = = 0.80
V nom 100V
Setting in the Star operating mode for an operate value of 46.2 V (phase-to-
phase):
operate value 46.2V 46.2V ⋅ 3
Setting value = = = = 0.80
V nom 100V 100V
3 3
[spacer] V<>: V> PS x 076 003 077 003 078 003 079 003
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage V>.
Parameter Address
[spacer] V<>: t V>> PSx 076 006 077 006 078 006 079 006
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage V>>.
[spacer] V<>: t V>>> PSx 011 079 011 080 011 081 011 082
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage V>>>.
[spacer] V<>: t V> 3-pole PS x 076 027 077 027 078 027 079 027
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage V> when all three trigger
stages are activated.
[spacer] V<>: t V>> 3-pole PS x 011 092 011 094 011 095 011 096
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage V>> when all three trigger
stages are activated.
[spacer] V<>: t V>>> 3-pole PS x 011 099 011 105 011 117 011 118
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage V>>> when all three trigger
stages are activated.
[spacer] V<>: V< PS x 076 007 077 007 078 007 079 007
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of undervoltage stage V<.
[spacer] V<>: t V<< PSx 076 010 077 010 078 010 079 010
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of undervoltage stage V<<.
[spacer] V<>: t V<<< PSx 011 088 011 089 011 090 011 091
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of undervoltage stage V<<<.
[spacer] V<>: t V< 3-pole PS x 076 028 077 028 078 028 079 028
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of undervoltage stage V< when all three trigger
stages are activated.
[spacer] V<>: t V<< 3-pole PS x 011 119 011 124 011 125 011 126
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of undervoltage stage V<< when all three trigger
stages are activated.
[spacer] V<>: t V<<< 3-pole PS x 011 127 011 128 011 129 011 130
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of undervoltage stage V<<< when all three trigger
stages are activated.
[spacer] V<>: Vpos> PS x 076 015 077 015 078 015 079 015
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage Vpos>.
[spacer] V<>: t Vpos >> PS x 076 018 077 018 078 018 079 018
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage Vpos>>.
[spacer] V<>: Vpos< PS x 076 019 077 019 078 019 079 019
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of undervoltage stage Vpos<.
[spacer] V<>: t Vpos << PS x 076 022 077 022 078 022 079 022
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of undervoltage stage Vpos<<.
[spacer] V<>: Vne g> PS x 076 023 077 023 078 023 079 023
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage Vneg>.
[spacer] V<>: t Vne g>> PSx 076 026 077 026 078 026 079 026
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage Vneg>>.
[spacer] V<>: E valuation VNG PS x 076 002 077 002 078 002 079 002
[spacer]
This setting determines which neutral-point displacement voltage will be
monitored: The displacement voltage calculated by the P132 or the
displacement voltage measured at the T 90 voltage transformer.
[spacer] V<>: VNG> PSx 076 011 077 011 078 011 079 011
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for operate value VNG>>.
[spacer] V<>: t VNG> PS x 076 013 077 013 078 013 079 013
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage VNG>.
[spacer] V<>: t VNG>> PS x 076 014 077 014 078 014 079 014
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage VNG>>.
[spacer] V<>: Vr ef> PSx 007 064 007 071 007 075 007 079
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage Vref>.
[spacer] V<>: t Vr ef>> PSx 007 067 007 070 007 074 007 078
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage Vref>>.
[spacer] V<>: t Vr ef>>> PSx 010 254 010 255 011 020 011 035
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage Vref>>>.
[spacer] V<>: Vr ef< PSx 007 086 007 097 007 101 007 105
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for operate value Vref<<.
[spacer] V<>: Vr ef< << PSx 011 059 011 062 011 069 011 070
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of undervoltage stage Vref<.
[spacer] V<>: t Vr ef<< PSx 007 096 007 100 007 104 007 108
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of undervoltage stage Vref<<.
[spacer] V<>: t Vr ef<<< PSx 011 071 011 072 011 073 011 074
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of overvoltage stage Vref<<<.
[spacer] V<>: O p. mod e V< mon. PS x 001 162 001 163 001 164 001 165
[spacer]
Activation of the minimum current monitoring mode for undervoltage stage V<.
[spacer] V<>: I enable V< PS x 001 155 001 159 001 160 001 161
[spacer]
This setting defines the threshold value of the minimum current monitoring for
undervoltage stage V<.
[spacer] V<>: t T rans ient puls e PSx 076 029 077 029 078 029 079 029
[spacer]
Setting for the time limit of the signals generated by the undervoltage stages.
[spacer] V<>: Hyst . V<> me as . P Sx 076 048 077 048 078 048 079 048
[spacer]
Setting for the hysteresis of the trigger stages for monitoring measured
voltages.
[spacer] V<>: Hyst . V<> deduc. P Sx 076 049 077 049 078 049 079 049
[spacer]
Setting for the hysteresis of the trigger stages for monitoring deduced voltages
such as Vneg and VNG.
Parameter Address
Over-/ f<>: Enable PS x 018 196 018 197 018 198 018 199
underfrequency
protection
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-252, (p. 3-314)
[spacer]
This setting defines the parameter subset in which over-/underfrequency
protection is enabled.
[spacer] f<>: Ope r. m ode f1 P Sx 018 120 018 121 018 122 018 123
[spacer] f<>: Ope r. m ode f2 P Sx 018 144 018 145 018 146 018 147
[spacer] 1: f
[spacer] f<>: Ope r. m ode f3 P Sx 018 168 018 169 018 170 018 171
[spacer] 1: f
[spacer] f<>: Ope r. m ode f4 P Sx 018 192 018 193 018 194 018 195
[spacer] 1: f
[spacer]
Setting for the operating mode of the timer stages of over-/underfrequency
protection.
[spacer] f<>: f1 PS x 018 100 018 101 018 102 018 103
[spacer] f<>: f2 PS x 018 124 018 125 018 126 018 127
[spacer] f<>: tf 2 PSx 018 128 018 129 018 130 018 131
Parameter Address
[spacer] f<>: df 2/ dt PS x 018 132 018 133 018 134 018 135
[spacer] f<>: Delta f 2 PSx 018 136 018 137 018 138 018 139
[spacer] f<>: Delta t 2 PSx 018 140 018 141 018 142 018 143
Parameter Address
Power directional P<>: E nab led PSx 014 252 014 253 014 254 014 255
protection
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-257, (p. 3-320)
[spacer]
This setting defines the parameter subset in which power directional protection
is enabled.
[spacer] P<>: P> PS x 017 120 017 200 017 201 017 202
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value P> for the active power.
[spacer] P<>: O pe rate de lay P> PS x 017 128 017 129 017 130 017 131
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of stage P>.
[spacer] P<>: R e le as e delay P > PS x 017 132 017 133 017 134 017 135
[spacer]
Setting for the release delay of stage P>.
[spacer] P<>: D ire ct ion P > PS x 017 136 017 137 017 138 017 139
[spacer]
This setting of the measuring direction determines whether a P>> trip signal will
be issued for forward, backward (reverse) or non-directional fault decisions.
[spacer] P<>: D is eng. rat io P> P S x 017 124 017 125 017 126 017 127
[spacer]
Setting for the disengaging ratio of operate value P> of active power.
[spacer] P<>: P>> PS x 017 140 017 141 017 142 017 143
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value P>> for the active power.
[spacer] P<>: O pe rate de lay P>>PS x 017 148 017 149 017 150 017 151
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of stage P>>.
[spacer] P<>: R e le as e delay P >>PS x 017 152 017 153 017 154 017 155
[spacer]
Setting for the release delay of stage P>>.
[spacer] P<>: D ire ct ion P >> PS x 017 156 017 157 017 158 017 159
[spacer]
This setting of the measuring direction determines whether a P>> trip signal will
be issued for forward, backward (reverse) or non-directional fault decisions.
Parameter Address
[spacer] P<>: D is eng. rat io P>>PS x 017 144 017 145 017 146 017 147
[spacer]
Setting for the disengaging ratio of operate value P>> of active power.
[spacer] P<>: Q > PS x 017 160 017 161 017 162 017 163
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value Q> of the reactive power.
[spacer] P<>: O pe rate de lay Q> PS x 017 168 017 169 017 170 017 171
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of stage Q>.
[spacer] P<>: R e le as e delay Q> PSx 017 172 017 173 017 174 017 175
[spacer]
Setting for the release delay of stage Q>.
[spacer] P<>: D ire ct ion Q> P S x 017 176 017 177 017 178 017 179
[spacer]
This setting of the measuring direction determines whether a Q> trip signal will
be issued for forward, backward (reverse) or non-directional fault decisions.
[spacer] P<>: D is eng. rat io Q > PS x 017 164 017 165 017 166 017 167
[spacer]
Setting for the disengaging ratio of operate value Q> of reactive power.
[spacer] P<>: Q >> PS x 017 180 017 181 017 182 017 183
[spacer]
Setting for the operate value Q>> of the reactive power.
[spacer] P<>: O pe rate de lay Q>>PS x 017 188 017 189 017 190 017 191
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of stage Q>>.
[spacer] P<>: R e le as e delay Q>>P Sx 017 192 017 193 017 194 017 195
[spacer]
Setting for the release delay of stage Q>>.
[spacer] P<>: D ire ct ion Q>> P S x 017 196 017 197 017 198 017 199
[spacer]
This setting of the measuring direction determines whether a Q>> trip signal
will be issued for forward, backward or non-directional fault decisions.
[spacer] P<>: D is eng. rat io Q >>PSx 017 184 017 185 017 186 017 187
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the disengaging ratio of operate value Q>> of reactive power.
[spacer] P<>: P< PS x 017 030 017 031 017 032 017 033
[spacer]
Setting the operate value P< for the active power.
[spacer] P<>: O pe rate de lay P< PS x 017 060 017 061 017 062 017 063
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of stage P<.
[spacer] P<>: R e le as e delay P < PS x 017 226 017 227 017 228 017 229
[spacer]
Setting for the release delay (reset time) of stage P<.
[spacer] P<>: D ire ct ion P < PS x 017 230 017 231 017 232 017 233
[spacer]
This setting of the measuring direction determines whether a P< trip signal will
be issued for forward, backward (reverse) or non-directional fault decisions.
[spacer] P<>: D is eng. rat io P< P S x 017 034 017 035 017 036 017 037
[spacer]
Setting for the disengaging ratio of operate value P< of active power.
[spacer] P<>: P<< PS x 017 234 017 235 017 236 017 237
[spacer]
Setting for operate value P<< of active power.
[spacer] P<>: O pe rate de lay P<<PS x 017 242 017 243 017 244 017 245
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of stage P<<.
[spacer] P<>: R e le as e delay P <<PS x 017 246 017 247 017 248 017 249
[spacer]
Setting for the release delay (reset time) of stage P<<.
[spacer] P<>: D ire ct ion P << PS x 017 250 017 251 017 252 017 253
[spacer]
This setting of the measuring direction determines whether a P<< trip signal will
be issued for forward, backward (reverse) or non-directional fault decisions.
[spacer] P<>: D is eng.r atio P<< P Sx 017 238 017 239 017 240 017 241
[spacer]
Setting for the disengaging ratio of operate value P<< of active power.
Parameter Address
[spacer] P<>: Q < PS x 018 035 018 036 018 037 018 038
[spacer]
Setting for operate value Q< of reactive power.
[spacer] P<>: O pe rate de lay Q< PS x 018 052 018 053 018 054 018 055
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of stage Q<.
[spacer] P<>: R e le as e delay Q< PSx 018 056 018 057 018 058 018 059
[spacer]
Setting for the release delay (reset time) of stage Q<.
[spacer] P<>: D ire ct ion Q< P S x 018 081 018 082 018 083 018 084
[spacer]
This setting of the measuring direction determines whether a Q< trip signal will
be issued for forward, backward (reverse) or non-directional fault decisions.
[spacer] P<>: D is eng. rat io Q < PS x 018 044 018 045 018 046 018 047
[spacer]
Setting for the disengaging ratio of operate value Q< of reactive power.
[spacer] P<>: Q << PS x 018 085 018 086 018 087 018 088
[spacer]
Setting for operate value Q<< of reactive power.
[spacer] P<>: O pe rate de lay Q<<PS x 018 213 018 214 018 215 018 216
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of stage Q<<.
[spacer] P<>: R e le as e delay Q<<P Sx 018 236 018 237 018 238 018 239
[spacer]
Setting for the release delay (reset time) of stage Q<<.
[spacer] P<>: D ire ct ion Q<< P S x 018 242 018 243 018 244 018 245
[spacer]
This setting of the measuring direction determines whether a Q<< trip signal
will be issued for forward, backward (reverse) or non-directional fault decisions.
[spacer] P<>: D is eng.r atio Q<< PSx 018 095 018 096 018 097 018 098
[spacer]
Setting for the disengaging ratio of operate value Q<< of reactive power.
[spacer] P<>: t Transient puls e PS x 018 246 018 247 018 248 018 249
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the time limit of the signals generated by stages P<, P<<, Q< and
Q<< after the respective operate delays have elapsed.
7.1.3.4 Control
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Enabling the bay interlocking function from the local control panel.
[spacer] MAIN: S I active USER 221 002
[spacer]
Enabling the station interlocking function from the local control panel.
[spacer] MAIN: I np.as g. fct.block .1 221 014
[spacer]
Setting for the operate delay of the function blocks.
[spacer] MAIN: Perm.No.m ot.drive op 221 027
[spacer]
Setting for the permissible motor drive operations within the time interval
defined at M AIN: Mon.ti me mot .dr iv e s.
[spacer] MAIN: M on.t ime mot.dri ve s 221 026
[spacer]
Setting for the monitoring time to monitor the number of motor drives.
[spacer] MAIN: C ool.t ime mot.dr iv e s 221 028
[spacer]
Setting for the cooling time for motors in motor-operated switchgear.
[spacer] MAIN: M on.t ime motor r e lay 221 060
[spacer]
Setting for the monitoring time for the motor relay.
[spacer] MAIN: C B1 max . oper. cap. 221 084
[spacer] 1 1 99
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for the maximum number of CB operations for an ARC cycle (or for a
limited time period).
[spacer] MAIN: C B1 ready fct .as si gn 221 085
[spacer]
In the case of direct motor control by motor relay K200, this parameter can be
set to Yes or No. If the K200 contacts should not have opened until the end of
the command to the motor when the set monitoring time-delay had expired
(monitoring via binary signal input –U 706, signal S IG_1: S ignal S012 EXT
as the standard setting) then the direction control contacts are opened if this
parameter is set to Yes.
If this parameter is set to No then respective fault signals (MAIN: K2 00 f ail.
cmd. end, M AI N: K2 0 0 fail. c md. st art, MAIN: DEV op.tim e
exceede d) are issued when the monitoring time-delay has expired and the
direction control contacts will remain closed. (Note: This behavior still bears the
danger of an undefined switch position!)
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0:
[spacer] DEV01: D EV-Name Use r 218 102
[spacer] 0:
[spacer] DEV01: D EV-Name Use r 218 103
[spacer] 0:
[spacer]
Any text (max. 4 characters) may be entered as the devices’ name which will
then be used as the designation, if the associated parameter
DEV01: De signat. e xt. dev. has been set to Device Name User. When
instead one of the pre-defined designations is selected at DE V01: Des ig nat.
ext. de v. it will be used and DE V01: D EV- Name User is ignored. A
designation with more than 4 characters is internally truncated. (The same holds
for DEV02 etc.)
[spacer] DEV01: O pe r. m ode c md. 210 024
Parameter Address
[spacer] 20 0 254 s
[spacer] DEV01: O p.tim e s witc h. de v . 210 104
[spacer] 20 0 254 s
[spacer]
Setting the operating time for switchgear (switching device).
[spacer] DEV01: Gr. as sign. de bounc. 210 011
[spacer] 1: Group 1
[spacer] DEV01: Gr. as sign. de bounc. 210 111
[spacer] 1: Group 1
[spacer]
Assigning the external device to one of eight groups for debouncing and chatter
suppression.
[spacer] DEV01: S tartCmdT ime s uper v. 210 007
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV01: I nt erm . p os. suppr. 210 112
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
This setting determines whether the “intermediate position” signal will be
suppressed or not, while the switchgear is operating.
[spacer] DEV01: S tat.ind.int erm. pos. 210 027
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV01: S tat.ind.int erm. pos. 210 127
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
This setting determines whether the actual status will be signaled with a 5 s
delay after the “Faulty position” signal is issued.
[spacer] DEV01: I np.asg . s w.t r. plug 210 014
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV01: W ith gen. tr ip cmd.1 210 121
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer]
This setting specifies whether the circuit breaker will be opened by “general trip
command 1” of the protection function.
Note: This setting is only visible (active) for external devices that are defined as
“circuit breakers”. This definition is included in the bay type definitions.
[spacer] DEV01: W ith gen. tr ip cmd.2 210 022
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV01: W ith gen. tr ip cmd.2 210 122
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
This setting specifies whether the circuit breaker will be opened by “general trip
command 2” of the protection function.
Note: This setting is only visible (active) for external devices that are defined as
“circuit breakers”. This definition is included in the bay type definitions.
[spacer] DEV01: W ith close cmd./ prot 210 023
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV01: W ith close cmd./ prot 210 123
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
This setting specifies whether the circuit breaker will be closed by the “close
command” of the protection function.
Note: This setting is only visible (active) for external devices that are defined as
“circuit breakers”. This definition is included in the bay type definitions.
[spacer] DEV01: I np.asg .el.ct rl.ope n 210 019
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV01: O pe n w/o st at .i nter l 210 125
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
This setting specifies whether switching to “Open” position is permitted without
a check by the station interlock function.
[spacer] DEV01: Clos e w/o s tat. int. 210 026
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV01: Clos e w/o s tat. int. 210 126
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
This setting specifies whether switching to “Closed” position is permitted
without a check by the station interlock function.
[spacer] DEV01: F ct.ass ig.BIwSI ope n 210 039
Parameter Address
[spacer]
This setting defines which output will issue the “Close” enable to the interlocking
logic when there is “bay interlock with substation interlock”.
Note: The interlock conditions for bay interlock with station interlock are
included in the bay type definitions (see “List of Bay Types” in the Appendix).
If the interlock condition is to be modified, this is possible by modifying the
corresponding Boolean equation in the interlocking logic or by defining a new
interlocking logic equation. Only in the latter case is it necessary to change the
function assignment.
[spacer] DEV01: F ct.asg.BI w/o SI op 210 041
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
8.1 Operation
The P132 generates a large number of signals, processes binary input signals,
and acquires measured data during fault-free operation of the protected object
as well as fault-related data. A number of counters are available for statistical
purposes. This information can be read out from the integrated local control
panel or via the operating program.
All this information can be found in the “Operation” and “Events” folders in the
menu tree.
Detailed information about all parameters, including complete selection tables and
IEC 60870‑5‑103 protocol properties, are separately available as a set of interlinked
PDF files for user-friendly navigation, packed in one ZIP archive named
DataModelExplorer_P132_en_P01.zip.
A list of the Logical Nodes that have been implemented for the IEC 61850 protocol
can be found in a separate document.
Parameter Address
communication
interface 3
[spacer] 0.0 0.0 100.0 %
[spacer]
Display of the updated measured operating value for the number of corrupted
messages within the last 1000 received messages.
[spacer] COMM 3: No.t.err.,max,stor ed 120 041
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Display of the input current.
[spacer] MEASI: Curre nt IDC p.u. 004 135
[spacer] Not measured 0.00 1.20 IDC,nom Fig. 3-33, (p. 3-53)
[spacer]
Display of the input current referred to IDC,nom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.00 1.20 IDC,nom Fig. 3-33, (p. 3-53)
[spacer]
Display of the linearized input current referred to IDC,nom.
[spacer]
Display of the scaled linearized value.
[spacer] MEASI: Te mpe ratu re T 004 133
[spacer]
Display of the temperature measured at the “PT 100” temperature input on the
analog p/c board.
[spacer] MEASI: Te mpe ratu re T 1 004 224
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Display of temperatures measured at inputs on the temperature p/c board.
[spacer] MEASI: Te mpe rat ure T max 004 233
[spacer]
Display of the maximum temperature measured at the “PT 100” temperature
input on the analog p/c board.
[spacer] MEASI: Te mpe rat ure T 1 max. 004 234
[spacer] Not measured -0.40 2.15 100°C Fig. 3-35, (p. 3-55)
[spacer]
Display of the temperature measured at the “PT 100” temperature input on the
analog p/c board referred to 100°C.
[spacer] MEASI: Te mpe rat ure p.u. T 1 004 081
[spacer] Not measured -0.40 2.15 100°C Fig. 3-36, (p. 3-56)
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
output
[spacer] 0.00 0.00 20.00 mA Fig. 3-46, (p. 3-72)
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Setting for standard time or daylight saving time.
This setting is necessary in order to avoid misinterpretation of the times
assigned to signals and event data that can be read out through the PC or
communication interfaces.
[spacer] MAIN: Frequency f 004 040
[spacer]
Display of system frequency.
[spacer] MAIN: I A p rim,de mand 006 226
[spacer]
Display the three delayed phase currents (demand values) as primary
quantities.
[spacer] MAIN: I A p rim,de mand s tor. 006 223
[spacer]
Display the three stored phase currents (demand values) as primary quantities.
[spacer] MAIN: C urr. IP,max prim. 005 050
[spacer]
Display of the maximum phase current as a primary quantity.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Display of the delayed maximum phase current as a primary quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: I P,max prim ,demand.s t 005 034
[spacer]
Display of the delayed stored maximum phase current as a primary quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: C urr. IP,min pr im. 005 055
[spacer]
Display of the minimum phase current as a primary quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: C urrent A prim. 005 040
[spacer]
Display of phase current A as a primary quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: C urrent B pr im. 006 040
[spacer]
Display of phase current B as a primary quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: C urrent C prim. 007 040
[spacer]
Display of phase current C as a primary quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: C urrent Σ( IP) pr im. 005 010
[spacer]
Display of the calculated resultant current as a primary quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: C urrent I N prim. 004 043
[spacer]
Display of the updated value for the residual current as a primary quantity. The
measured residual current is displayed.
[spacer] MAIN: Volt. VPG,max pr im. 008 042
[spacer]
Display of the maximum phase-to-ground voltage as a primary quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: Volt. VPG,min pr im. 009 042
[spacer]
Display of the minimum phase-to-ground voltage as a primary quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: Voltage A- G pri m. 005 042
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Display of the updated value for phase-to-ground voltage A-G as a primary
quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: Voltage B-G pr im. 006 042
[spacer]
Display of the updated value for phase-to-ground voltage B-G as a primary
quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: Voltage C- G pri m. 007 042
[spacer]
Display of the updated value for phase-to-ground voltage C-G as a primary
quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: Volt. Σ( VP G)/ 3 pr im. 005 012
[spacer]
Display of the calculated neutral-displacement voltage as a primary quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: Voltage VNG pri m. 004 041
[spacer]
Display of the neutral-point displacement voltage measured at transformer T 90
as a primary quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: Voltage Vr ef prim. 005 046
[spacer]
Display of the reference voltage measured at transformer T 15 as a primary
quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: Volt. VPP,max pr im. 008 044
[spacer]
Display of the maximum phase-to-phase voltage as a primary quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: Voltage VPP,min pr im 009 044
[spacer]
Display of the minimum phase-to-phase voltage as a primary quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: Voltage A- B pr im. 005 044
[spacer]
Display of the updated value for phase-to-phase voltage A-B as a primary
quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: Voltage B-C pr im. 006 044
[spacer]
Display of the updated value for phase-to-phase voltage B-C as a primary
quantity.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Display of the updated value for phase-to-phase voltage C-A as a primary
quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: Ap par. power S pr im. 005 025
[spacer] Not measured -3199. 3200.0 MVA Fig. 3-58, (p. 3-90)
9
[spacer]
Display of the updated apparent power value as a primary quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: Active powe r P prim. 004 050
[spacer] Not measured -3199. 3200.0 Mvar Fig. 3-58, (p. 3-90)
9
[spacer]
Display of the updated reactive power value as a primary quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: Active powe r fact or 004 054
[spacer]
Display of the updated active power factor.
[spacer] MAIN: Act.e nergy out p.prim 008 065
[spacer] 2:
[spacer]
Display of the updated active energy output as a primary quantity. (This value is
displayed with 32 bit precision.)
[spacer] MAIN: Act.e nergy i np. prim 008 066
[spacer] 2:
[spacer]
Display of the updated active energy input as a primary quantity. (This value is
displayed with 32 bit precision.)
[spacer] MAIN: R eact.e n. out p. prim 008 067
[spacer] 2:
[spacer]
Display of the updated reactive energy output as a primary quantity. (This value
is displayed with 32 bit precision.)
[spacer] MAIN: R eact. en. inp. pri m 008 068
[spacer] 2:
[spacer]
Display of the updated reactive energy input as a primary quantity. (This value
is displayed with 32 bit precision.)
[spacer] MAIN: Act.e nergy out p.prim 005 061
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Display of the updated active energy output as a primary quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: Act.e nergy i np. prim 005 062
[spacer]
Display of the updated active energy input as a primary quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: R eact.e n. out p. prim 005 063
[spacer]
Display of the updated reactive energy output as a primary quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: R eact. en. inp. pri m 005 064
[spacer]
Display of the updated reactive energy input as a primary quantity.
[spacer] MAIN: Load angl e phi A 004 055
[spacer]
Display of the updated load angle value in phase A.
[spacer] MAIN: Load angl e phi B 004 056
[spacer]
Display of the updated load angle value in phase B.
[spacer] MAIN: Load angl e phi C 004 057
[spacer]
Display of the updated load angle value in phase C.
[spacer] MAIN: Angle phi N 004 072
[spacer]
Display of the angle between the measured residual current system quantities IN
and VNG.
[spacer]
Display of the angle between the calculated neutral-point displacement voltage
and the measured residual current system quantities IN.
[spacer]
Display of the phase relation of measured and calculated residual current. (The
phase relation is displayed as either “Equal phase” or “Reverse phase”.)
[spacer] MAIN: Frequency f p.u. 004 070
[spacer] Not measured 0.200 4.000 fnom Fig. 3-60, (p. 3-91)
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Display of system frequency referred to fn.
[spacer] MAIN: I A p .u.,de mand 006 235
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Inom Fig. 3-51, (p. 3-83)
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Inom Fig. 3-51, (p. 3-83)
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Inom Fig. 3-51, (p. 3-83)
[spacer]
Display of the delayed phase currents referred to Inom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Inom Fig. 3-51, (p. 3-83)
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Inom Fig. 3-51, (p. 3-83)
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Inom Fig. 3-51, (p. 3-83)
[spacer]
Display of the delayed stored phase currents referred to Inom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Inom Fig. 3-50, (p. 3-82)
[spacer]
Display of the maximum phase current referred to Inom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Inom Fig. 3-51, (p. 3-83)
[spacer]
Display of the delayed maximum phase current referred to Inom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Inom Fig. 3-51, (p. 3-83)
[spacer]
Display of the delayed stored maximum phase current referred to Inom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Inom Fig. 3-50, (p. 3-82)
[spacer]
Display of the minimum phase current referred to Inom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Inom Fig. 3-50, (p. 3-82)
[spacer]
Display of phase current A referred to Inom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Inom Fig. 3-50, (p. 3-82)
[spacer]
Display of phase current B referred to Inom.
Parameter Address
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Inom Fig. 3-50, (p. 3-82)
[spacer]
Display of phase current C referred to Inom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Inom Fig. 3-50, (p. 3-82)
[spacer]
Display of the calculated residual current referred to Inom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 16.000 IN,nom Fig. 3-52, (p. 3-84)
[spacer]
Display of the updated residual current value referred to Inom. The measured
residual current is displayed.
[spacer] MAIN: Voltage VPG,max p. u. 008 043
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Vnom Fig. 3-55, (p. 3-87)
[spacer]
Display of the maximum phase-to-ground voltage referred to Vnom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Vnom Fig. 3-55, (p. 3-87)
[spacer]
Display of the minimum phase-to-ground voltage referred to Vnom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Vnom Fig. 3-55, (p. 3-87)
[spacer]
Display of the updated value for phase-to-ground voltage A-G referred to Vnom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Vnom Fig. 3-55, (p. 3-87)
[spacer]
Display of the updated value for phase-to-ground voltage B-G referred to Vnom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Vnom Fig. 3-55, (p. 3-87)
[spacer]
Display of the updated value for phase-to-ground voltage C-G referred to Vnom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Vnom Fig. 3-55, (p. 3-87)
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Display of the positive-sequence voltage referred to Vnom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Vnom Fig. 3-55, (p. 3-87)
[spacer]
Display of the negative-sequence voltage referred to Vnom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 12.000 Vnom Fig. 3-55, (p. 3-87)
[spacer]
Display of the calculated neutral-point displacement voltage referred to Vnom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 VNG,no Fig. 3-56, (p. 3-88)
m
[spacer]
Display of the neutral-point displacement voltage measured at transformer T 90
referred to Vnom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 3.000 Vnom Fig. 3-57, (p. 3-88)
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Vnom Fig. 3-55, (p. 3-87)
[spacer]
Display of the maximum phase-to-phase voltage referred to Vnom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Vnom Fig. 3-55, (p. 3-87)
[spacer]
Display of the minimum phase-to-phase voltage referred to Vnom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Vnom Fig. 3-55, (p. 3-87)
[spacer]
Display of the updated value for phase-to-phase voltage A-B referred to Vnom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Vnom Fig. 3-55, (p. 3-87)
[spacer]
Display of the updated value for phase-to-phase voltage B-C referred to Vnom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 25.000 Vnom Fig. 3-55, (p. 3-87)
[spacer]
Display of the updated value for phase-to-phase voltage C-A referred to Vnom.
[spacer] Not measured -10.70 10.700 Snom Fig. 3-58, (p. 3-90)
0
[spacer]
Display of the updated apparent power value referred to nominal apparent
power Snom.
Parameter Address
[spacer] Not measured -7.500 7.500 Snom Fig. 3-58, (p. 3-90)
[spacer]
Display of the updated active power value referred to nominal apparent power
Snom.
[spacer] Not measured -7.500 7.500 Snom Fig. 3-58, (p. 3-90)
[spacer]
Display of the updated value for reactive power referred to nominal apparent
power Snom.
[spacer] Not measured -1.80 1.80 phi,ref Fig. 3-58, (p. 3-90)
[spacer]
Display of the updated load angle value in phase A referred to 100°C.
[spacer] MAIN: Load angl e phi B p. u 005 074
[spacer] Not measured -1.80 1.80 phi,ref Fig. 3-58, (p. 3-90)
[spacer]
Display of the updated load angle value in phase B referred to 100°C.
[spacer] MAIN: Load angl e phi C p.u 005 075
[spacer] Not measured -1.80 1.80 phi,ref Fig. 3-58, (p. 3-90)
[spacer]
Display of the updated load angle value in phase C referred to 100°C.
[spacer] MAIN: Angle phi N p.u. 005 076
[spacer] Not measured -1.80 1.80 phi,ref Fig. 3-58, (p. 3-90)
[spacer]
Display of the angle between the measured residual current system quantities IN
and VNG referred to 100°.
[spacer] Not measured -1.80 1.80 phi,ref Fig. 3-58, (p. 3-90)
[spacer]
Display of the angle between the calculated neutral-point displacement voltage
and the measured residual current system quantities IN referred to 100°.
Parameter Address
direction
determination using
steady-state values
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 30.000 IN,nom Fig. 3-205, (p. 3-258)
[spacer]
Display of the updated value for the active component of residual current
referred to IN,nom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 30.000 IN,nom Fig. 3-205, (p. 3-258)
[spacer]
Display of the updated value for the reactive component of residual current
referred to IN,nom.
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 30.000 IN,nom Fig. 3-206, (p. 3-259)
[spacer]
Display of the updated value for the harmonic content of residual current
referred to IN,nom. This display is only active when the steady-state current
evaluation mode of the ground fault direction determination function (GFDSS) is
enabled.
[spacer] GFDSS: Adm itt . Y(N) p.u. 004 191
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 5.000 YN,nom Fig. 3-211, (p. 3-264)
[spacer]
Display of the updated admittance value referred to YN,nom.
Note: With setting: GFDS S : E valuat ion VNG PS x set to Measured:
YN,nom = IN,nom / VNG,nom
With setting: GFDS S: E val uation VNG PSx = Calculated:
YN,nom = IN,nom / Vnom
[spacer] Not measured -5.000 5.000 YN,nom Fig. 3-211, (p. 3-264)
[spacer]
Display of the updated conductance value referred to YN,nom.
Note: With setting: GFDSS : Ev aluation VNG PSx set to Measured:
YN,nom = IN,nom / VNG,nom
With setting: GFDS S: E valuat ion VNG P Sx = Calculated:
YN,nom = IN,nom / Vnom
[spacer] Not measured -5.000 5.000 YN,nom Fig. 3-211, (p. 3-264)
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Display of the updated susceptance value referred to YN,nom.
Note: With setting: G FDSS : Ev aluat ion VNG PS x set to Measured:
YN,nom = IN,nom / VNG,nom
With setting: GFDSS: E valuat ion VNG P Sx = Calculated:
YN,nom = IN,nom / Vnom
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Display of the buffer content of the motor protection function.
[spacer] MP: S t-up s still permi tt 004 012
[spacer]
Display of the current number of motor startups still permitted before RC
blocking.
[spacer] MP: T he rm. re pl. MP p.u. 005 071
[spacer] Not measured 0.00 1.00 100% Fig. 3-227, (p. 3-284)
[spacer]
Display of the buffer content of the motor protection (referred to 100%).
[spacer] MP: S t-up s st. pe r m.p. u. 005 086
[spacer] Not measured 0.00 0.30 Factor Fig. 3-227, (p. 3-284)
10
[spacer]
Display of the current number of motor startups still permitted before RC
blocking (referred to the factor 10).
Parameter Address
protection
[spacer] Not measured -25000 25000 % Fig. 3-234, (p. 3-296)
[spacer]
Display of the buffer content of the thermal overload protection function.
[spacer] THER M: Current I,t he rm pri m 007 220
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 2.400 Iref Fig. 3-234, (p. 3-296)
[spacer]
Display of the “thermal current” (as a primary quantity, or as a per unit quantity,
respectively).
These measured operating values are calculated as follows:
Statustherm. repl.
I therm,prim = I ref I nom,CT,prim
100
I therm,prim
I therm,p.u. =
I ref I nom,CT,prim
With:
● Itherm,prim = THER M: C urr e nt I,t he rm prim
● Itherm,p.u. = THE RM: C ur r ent I,t he rm p.u
● Statustherm. repl. = THE RM : Stat us THE RM r eplica
● Iref = THER M : Ire f P Sx
● Inom,CT,prim = MAIN: Inom C.T. prim.
In a measured values message the thermal current is processed as a per-unit
variable referred to Iref.
[spacer]
Display of the temperature of the protected object.
[spacer] THER M: Coolant t emperat ure 004 149
[spacer]
Display of coolant temperature, dependent on the setting for THE RM: Sel ect
meas .inputPS x.
When set to None the set temperature value will be displayed. When set to
PT100 the temperature measured by the resistance thermometer will be
displayed. When set to 20mA input the temperature measured via an external
20 mA transducer will be displayed.
[spacer] THER M: Pre-tr ip t ime l ef t 004 139
[spacer] Not measured 0.0 1000.0 min Fig. 3-234, (p. 3-296)
[spacer]
Display of the time remaining before the thermal overload protection function
will reach the tripping threshold (“time-to-trip”).
Parameter Address
[spacer] Not measured -2.50 2.50 100% Fig. 3-234, (p. 3-296)
[spacer]
Display of the buffer content of the thermal overload protection function
referred to a buffer content of 100%.
[spacer] THER M: Object te mp. p.u. 004 179
[spacer] Not measured -0.40 3.00 100°C Fig. 3-234, (p. 3-296)
[spacer]
Display of the temperature of the protected object referred to 100°C.
[spacer] THER M: Coolant t emp. p.u. 004 178
[spacer] Not measured -0.40 2.00 100°C Fig. 3-234, (p. 3-296)
[spacer]
Display of the coolant temperature referred to 100°C.
[spacer] THER M: Tem p. offs e t replica 004 109
[spacer]
Display of the additional reserve if coolant temperature is taken into account
and if the measured coolant temperature is lower than the set maximum
permissible coolant temperature. (In this case, the thermal model has been
shifted downwards.)
If there is no coolant temperature acquisition and if the coolant temperature and
the maximum permissible coolant temperature have been set to the same
value, then the coolant temperature is not taken into account and the
characteristic is a function of the current only. The additional reserve amounts
to 0 in this case.
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0 0 65535
[spacer] COUNT: Count 3 217 081
[spacer] 0 0 65535
[spacer] COUNT: Count 4 217 082
[spacer] 0 0 65535
[spacer]
Display of the updated count.
Note: The count value can be set here (Preload-Function).
Parameter Address
communication
interface 3
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] COMM 3: St ate re ce iv e 2 120 003
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] COMM 3: St ate re ce iv e 3 120 006
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] COMM 3: St ate re ce iv e 4 120 009
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] COMM 3: St ate re ce iv e 5 120 012
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] COMM 3: St ate re ce iv e 6 120 015
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] COMM 3: St ate re ce iv e 7 120 018
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] COMM 3: St ate re ce iv e 8 120 021
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer]
Display of the relevant receive signal.
[spacer] COMM 3: St ate s e n d 1 121 000
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] COMM 3: St ate s e n d 2 121 002
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] COMM 3: St ate s e n d 3 121 004
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] COMM 3: St ate s e n d 4 121 006
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] COMM 3: St ate s e n d 5 121 008
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] COMM 3: St ate s e n d 6 121 010
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] COMM 3: St ate s e n d 7 121 012
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] COMM 3: St ate s e n d 8 121 014
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer]
Display of the updated value for the relevant send signal.
Parameter Address
Orientated
Substation Events
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 2 st ate 106 012
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 3 st ate 106 014
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 4 st ate 106 016
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 5 st ate 106 018
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 6 st ate 106 020
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 7 st ate 106 022
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 8 st ate 106 024
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 9 st ate 106 026
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 10 st at e 106 028
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 11 st at e 106 030
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 12 st at e 106 032
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 13 st at e 106 034
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 14 st at e 106 036
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 15 st at e 106 038
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 16 st at e 106 040
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 17 st at e 106 042
[spacer] 0: 0
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 19 st at e 106 046
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 20 st at e 106 048
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 21 st at e 106 050
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 22 st at e 106 052
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 23 st at e 106 054
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 24 st at e 106 056
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 25 st at e 106 058
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 26 st at e 106 060
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 27 st at e 106 062
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 28 st at e 106 064
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 29 st at e 106 066
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 30 st at e 106 068
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 31 st at e 106 070
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Output 32 st at e 106 072
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer]
Display of the virtual binary GOOSE output state.
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 1 stat e 106 200
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 2 stat e 106 201
[spacer] 0: 0
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 4 stat e 106 203
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 5 stat e 106 204
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 6 stat e 106 205
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 7 stat e 106 206
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 8 stat e 106 207
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 9 stat e 106 208
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 10 s tate 106 209
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 11 s tate 106 210
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 12 s tate 106 211
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 13 s tate 106 212
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 14 s tate 106 213
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 15 s tate 106 214
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 16 s tate 106 215
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 17 s tate 106 216
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 18 s tate 106 217
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 19 s tate 106 218
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 20 s tate 106 219
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 21 s tate 106 220
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 22 s tate 106 221
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 23 s tate 106 222
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 24 s tate 106 223
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 25 s tate 106 224
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 26 s tate 106 225
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 27 s tate 106 226
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 28 s tate 106 227
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 29 s tate 106 228
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 30 s tate 106 229
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 31 s tate 106 230
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GOOSE: Input 32 s tate 106 231
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer]
Display of the virtual binary GOOSE input state.
Parameter Address
Substation Status
Events
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 2 s tat e 104 103
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 3 s tat e 104 106
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 4 s tat e 104 109
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 5 s tat e 104 112
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 6 s tat e 104 115
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 7 s tat e 104 118
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 8 s tat e 104 121
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 9 s tat e 104 124
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 10 stat e 104 127
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 11 stat e 104 130
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 12 stat e 104 133
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 13 stat e 104 136
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 14 stat e 104 139
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 15 stat e 104 142
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 16 stat e 104 145
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 17 stat e 104 148
[spacer] 0: 0
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 19 stat e 104 154
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 20 stat e 104 157
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 21 stat e 104 160
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 22 stat e 104 163
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 23 stat e 104 166
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 24 stat e 104 169
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 25 stat e 104 172
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 26 stat e 104 175
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 27 stat e 104 178
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 28 stat e 104 181
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 29 stat e 104 184
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 30 stat e 104 187
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 31 stat e 104 190
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Outp ut 32 stat e 104 193
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer]
Display of the virtual binary GSSE output state.
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 1 s tate 105 000
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 2 s tate 105 005
[spacer] 0: 0
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 4 s tate 105 015
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 5 s tate 105 020
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 6 s tate 105 025
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 7 s tate 105 030
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 8 s tate 105 035
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 9 s tate 105 040
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 10 state 105 045
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 11 state 105 050
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 12 state 105 055
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 13 state 105 060
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 14 state 105 065
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 15 state 105 070
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 16 state 105 075
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 17 state 105 080
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 18 state 105 085
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 19 state 105 090
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 20 state 105 095
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 21 st ate 105 100
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 22 st ate 105 105
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 23 st ate 105 110
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 24 st ate 105 115
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 25 st ate 105 120
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 26 st ate 105 125
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 27 st ate 105 130
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 28 st ate 105 135
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 29 st ate 105 140
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 30 st ate 105 145
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 31 st ate 105 150
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer] GSS E: Inp ut 32 st ate 105 155
[spacer] 0: 0
[spacer]
Display of the virtual binary GSSE input state.
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: "Off"
[spacer] F_KEY: St ate F 2 080 123
[spacer] 0: "Off"
[spacer] F_KEY: St ate F 3 080 124
[spacer] 0: "Off"
[spacer] F_KEY: St ate F 4 080 125
[spacer] 0: "Off"
[spacer] F_KEY: St ate F 5 080 126
[spacer] 0: "Off"
[spacer] F_KEY: St ate F 6 080 127
[spacer] 0: "Off"
[spacer]
The state of the function keys is displayed as follows:
● Without function: No functions are assigned to the function key.
● "Off": The function key is in the “Off” position.
● "On": The function key is in the “On” position.
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 302 152 219
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 303 152 222
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 304 152 225
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 305 186 117
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 306 186 121
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 307 186 125
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 308 186 129
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 309 186 133
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 310 186 137
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 311 186 141
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 312 186 145
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 313 186 149
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 314 186 153
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 315 186 157
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 316 186 161
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 317 186 165
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 318 186 169
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 319 186 173
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 320 186 177
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 321 186 181
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 322 186 185
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 323 186 189
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 324 186 193
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 501 152 072
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 502 152 075
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 503 152 078
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 504 152 081
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 601 152 090
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 602 152 093
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 603 152 096
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 604 152 099
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 605 152 102
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 606 152 105
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 701 152 108
[spacer] 0: "Low"
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 703 152 114
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 704 152 117
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 705 152 120
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 706 152 123
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 801 184 001
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 802 184 005
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 803 184 009
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 804 184 013
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 805 184 017
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 806 184 021
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 807 184 025
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 808 184 029
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 809 184 033
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 810 184 037
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 811 184 041
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 812 184 045
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 813 184 049
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 814 184 053
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 815 184 057
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 816 184 061
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 817 184 065
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 818 184 069
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 819 184 073
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 820 184 077
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 821 184 081
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 822 184 085
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 823 184 089
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 824 184 093
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 901 152 144
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 902 152 147
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 903 152 150
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 904 152 153
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1001 152 162
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1002 152 165
[spacer] 0: "Low"
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1004 152 171
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1005 152 174
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1006 152 177
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1201 152 198
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1202 152 201
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1203 152 204
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1204 152 207
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1205 152 210
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1206 152 213
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1401 190 001
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1402 190 005
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1403 190 009
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1404 190 013
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1405 190 017
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1406 190 021
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1601 192 001
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1602 192 005
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1603 192 009
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1604 192 013
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1605 192 017
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1606 192 021
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1607 192 025
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1608 192 029
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1609 192 033
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1610 192 037
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1611 192 041
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1612 192 045
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1613 192 049
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1614 192 053
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1615 192 057
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1616 192 061
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1617 192 065
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1618 192 069
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1619 192 073
[spacer] 0: "Low"
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1621 192 081
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1622 192 085
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1623 192 089
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1624 192 093
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1801 194 001
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1802 194 005
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1803 194 009
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1804 194 013
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1805 194 017
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 1806 194 021
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 2001 153 086
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 2002 153 089
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 2003 153 092
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer] INP: S tat e U 2004 153 095
[spacer] 0: "Low"
[spacer]
The state of the binary signal inputs is displayed as follows:
● : No functions are assigned to the binary signal input.
● : Not energized.
● : Energized.
This display appears regardless of the setting for the binary signal input mode.
Parameter Address
output
[spacer] 0: Inactive Fig. 3-38, (p. 3-59)
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 501 150 096
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 502 150 099
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 503 150 102
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 504 150 105
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 505 150 108
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 506 150 111
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 507 150 114
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 508 150 117
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 601 150 120
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 602 150 123
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 603 150 126
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 604 150 129
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 605 150 132
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 606 150 135
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 607 150 138
[spacer] 0: Inactive
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 7 01 150 144
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 7 02 150 147
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 7 03 150 150
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 7 04 150 153
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 7 05 150 156
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 7 06 150 159
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 7 07 150 162
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 7 08 150 165
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 8 01 150 168
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 8 02 150 171
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 8 03 150 174
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 8 04 150 177
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 8 05 150 180
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 8 06 150 183
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 8 07 150 186
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 8 08 150 189
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 9 01 150 192
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 902 150 195
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 903 150 198
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 904 150 201
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 905 150 204
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 906 150 207
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 907 150 210
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 908 150 213
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1001 150 216
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1002 150 219
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1003 150 222
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1004 150 225
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1005 150 228
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1006 150 231
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1007 150 234
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1008 150 237
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1201 151 008
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1202 151 011
[spacer] 0: Inactive
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1 204 151 017
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1 205 151 020
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1 206 151 023
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1 207 151 026
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1 208 151 029
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1 401 169 001
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1 402 169 005
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1 403 169 009
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1 404 169 013
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1 405 169 017
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1 406 169 021
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1 407 169 025
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1 408 169 029
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1 601 171 001
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1 602 171 005
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1 801 173 001
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1 802 173 005
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1803 173 009
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1804 173 013
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1805 173 017
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 1806 173 021
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 2001 151 200
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 2002 151 203
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 2003 151 206
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 2004 151 209
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 2005 151 212
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 2006 151 215
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 2007 151 218
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] OUTP: St ate K 2008 151 221
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer]
The state of the output relays is displayed as follows:
● : No functions are assigned to the output relay.
● : The output relay is not energized.
● : The output relay is energized.
This display appears regardless of the operating mode set for the output relay.
Parameter Address
[spacer] 1: Active
[spacer] LED: State H 2 ye ll. 085 000
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H 3 ye ll. 085 003
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H 4 red 085 006
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H 5 red 085 009
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H 6 red 085 012
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H 7 red 085 015
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H 8 red 085 018
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H 9 red 085 021
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H10 re d 085 024
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H11 re d 085 027
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H12 re d 085 030
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H13 re d 085 033
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H14 re d 085 036
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H15 re d 085 039
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H16 re d 085 042
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H17 re d. 085 181
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H18 re d 085 130
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H19 re d 085 133
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H20 re d 085 136
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H21 re d 085 139
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H22 re d 085 142
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H23 re d 085 145
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H 4 gr ee n 085 056
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H 5 gr ee n 085 059
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H 6 gr ee n 085 062
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H 7 gr ee n 085 065
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H 8 gr ee n 085 068
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H 9 gr ee n 085 071
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H10 gree n 085 074
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H11 gree n 085 077
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H12 gree n 085 080
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H13 gree n 085 083
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H14 gree n 085 086
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H15 gree n 085 089
[spacer] 0: Inactive
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H18 gree n 085 160
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H19 gree n 085 163
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H20 gree n 085 166
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H21 gree n 085 169
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H22 gree n 085 172
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer] LED: State H23 gree n 085 176
[spacer] 0: Inactive
[spacer]
The state of the LED indicators is displayed as follows:
● Inactive: The LED indicator is not energized.
● Active: The LED indicator is energized.
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Signal that the protection unit is in edit mode. As a standard this signal is linked
to LED: Fct.as sig. H1 7 r ed.
[spacer] LOC: Trig. m enu jmp 1 EX T 030 230
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Signal that menu jump list 1 is being triggered. (See the corresponding setting
at LOC: Fct. menu jmp lis t 1.)
[spacer] LOC: Trig. m enu jmp 2 EX T 030 231
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Signal that menu jump list 2 is being triggered. (See the corresponding setting
at LOC: Fct. menu jmp lis t 2.)
[spacer] LOC: I llumination on E X T 037 101
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
This signal shows that the backlighting for the front panel LCD is switched on.
[spacer] LOC: Loc.acc.block .act iv e 221 005
Parameter Address
communication
interface 1
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] COMM 1: Sig ./ m eas . bl ock E X T 037 074
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] COMM 1: Comm and bl ock ing 003 174
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] COMM 1: IEC 870- 5- 101 003 218
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] COMM 1: IEC 870- 5,ILS 003 221
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] COMM 1: MODBUS 003 223
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] COMM 1: DNP3 003 230
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] COMM 1: COUR IER 103 041
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
communication
interface 3
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] COMM 3: Comm unications fault 120 043
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] COMM 3: Comm . link failure 120 044
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] COMM 3: Lim.e xcee d., tel .e rr. 120 045
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
Communication
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Display when an Ethernet module is not operational, i.e. if the MAC address is
missing or there is a non-plausible parameter setting.
[spacer] IEC: Control rese rvati on 221 082
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Display when a client has made a reservation to control an external device
(“select” for control by control mode “select before operate”).
Parameter Address
Orientated
Substation Events
[spacer] 0: Interm. pos.
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev02 positi on 109 005
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev02 open 109 006
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev03 open 109 011
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev04 open 109 016
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev05 open 109 021
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev06 open 109 026
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev07 open 109 031
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev08 open 109 036
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev09 open 109 041
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev10 open 109 046
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev11 open 109 051
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev12 open 109 056
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev13 open 109 061
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev14 open 109 066
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev15 open 109 071
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev16 open 109 076
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev17 open 109 101
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev18 open 109 106
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev19 open 109 111
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev21 open 109 121
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev22 open 109 126
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev23 open 109 131
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev24 open 109 136
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev25 open 109 141
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev26 open 109 146
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev27 open 109 151
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev28 open 109 156
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev29 open 109 161
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev30 open 109 166
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev31 open 109 171
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev32 open 109 176
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Binary open state of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state of
an external device.
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 closed 109 002
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev02 closed 109 007
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev03 closed 109 012
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev04 closed 109 017
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev05 closed 109 022
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev06 closed 109 027
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev07 closed 109 032
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev08 closed 109 037
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev09 closed 109 042
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev10 closed 109 047
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev11 closed 109 052
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev12 closed 109 057
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev13 closed 109 062
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev14 closed 109 067
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev15 closed 109 072
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev16 closed 109 077
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev17 closed 109 102
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev18 closed 109 107
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev19 closed 109 112
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev20 closed 109 117
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev21 closed 109 122
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev23 closed 109 132
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev24 closed 109 137
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev25 closed 109 142
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev26 closed 109 147
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev27 closed 109 152
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev28 closed 109 157
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev29 closed 109 162
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev30 closed 109 167
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev31 closed 109 172
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev32 closed 109 177
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Binary closed state of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input, representing the state
of an external device.
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev01 inte rm. pos 109 003
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev02 inte rm. pos 109 008
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev03 inte rm. pos 109 013
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev04 inte rm. pos 109 018
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev05 inte rm. pos 109 023
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev06 inte rm. pos 109 028
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev07 inte rm. pos 109 033
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev08 inte rm. pos 109 038
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev09 inte rm. pos 109 043
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev10 inte rm. pos 109 048
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev11 inte rm. pos 109 053
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev12 inte rm. pos 109 058
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev13 inte rm. pos 109 063
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev14 inte rm. pos 109 068
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev15 inte rm. pos 109 073
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev16 inte rm. pos 109 078
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev17 inte rm. pos 109 103
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev18 inte rm. pos 109 108
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev19 inte rm. pos 109 113
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev20 inte rm. pos 109 118
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev21 inte rm. pos 109 123
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev22 inte rm. pos 109 128
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev23 inte rm. pos 109 133
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev25 inte rm. pos 109 143
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev26 inte rm. pos 109 148
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev27 inte rm. pos 109 153
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev28 inte rm. pos 109 158
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev29 inte rm. pos 109 163
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev30 inte rm. pos 109 168
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev31 inte rm. pos 109 173
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: Ext.Dev32 inte rm. pos 109 178
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Binary intermediate position state of the virtual two-pole GOOSE input,
representing the state of an external device.
[spacer] GOOSE: IED01 link fault y 107 180
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED02 link fault y 107 181
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED03 link fault y 107 182
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED04 link fault y 107 183
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED05 link fault y 107 184
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED06 link fault y 107 185
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED07 link fault y 107 186
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED08 link fault y 107 187
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED09 link fault y 107 188
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED10 link fault y 107 189
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED11 link fault y 107 190
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED12 link fault y 107 191
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED13 link fault y 107 192
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED14 link fault y 107 193
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED15 link fault y 107 194
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED16 link fault y 107 195
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED17 link fault y 107 200
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED18 link fault y 107 201
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED19 link fault y 107 202
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED20 link fault y 107 203
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED21 link fault y 107 204
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED22 link fault y 107 205
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED23 link fault y 107 206
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED24 link fault y 107 207
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED25 link fault y 107 208
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED27 link fault y 107 210
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED28 link fault y 107 211
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED29 link fault y 107 212
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED30 link fault y 107 213
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED31 link fault y 107 214
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: IED32 link fault y 107 215
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Display whether GOOSE receipt of the configured signal is faulty or not
available. To each GOOSE the GOOSE sending device will attach a validity
stamp, up to which a repetition of GOOSE will be carried out independent of a
change of state. Thus the protection and control unit monitors the time period at
which the next state signal must be received.
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v01 link fault y 107 216
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v02 link fault y 107 217
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v03 link fault y 107 218
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v04 link fault y 107 219
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v05 link fault y 107 220
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v06 link fault y 107 221
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v07 link fault y 107 222
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v08 link fault y 107 223
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v09 link fault y 107 224
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v1 0 link fault y 107 225
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v1 1 link fault y 107 226
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v1 2 link fault y 107 227
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v1 3 link fault y 107 228
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v1 4 link fault y 107 229
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v1 5 link fault y 107 230
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v1 6 link fault y 107 231
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v1 7 link fault y 107 232
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v1 8 link fault y 107 233
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v1 9 link fault y 107 234
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v2 0 link fault y 107 235
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v2 1 link fault y 107 236
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v2 2 link fault y 107 237
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v2 3 link fault y 107 238
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v2 4 link fault y 107 239
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v2 5 link fault y 107 240
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v2 6 link fault y 107 241
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v28 link fault y 107 243
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v29 link fault y 107 244
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v30 link fault y 107 245
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v31 link fault y 107 246
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v32 link fault y 107 247
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Display when GOOSE receipt of the configured external device is faulty or not
available. To each GOOSE the GOOSE sending device will attach a validity
stamp, up to which a repetition of GOOSE will be carried out independent of a
change of state. Thus the unit monitors the time period at which the next state
signal must be received.
[spacer] GOOSE: IED link f aulty 107 250
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Display which appears as soon as receipt of at least one of the configured
GOOSEs is faulty or not available. To each GOOSE the GOOSE sending device
will attach a validity stamp, up to which a repetition of GOOSE will be carried out
independent of a change of state. Thus the unit monitors the time period at
which the next state signal must be received.
[spacer] GOOSE: IED01-16 link ed 107 251
[spacer] 2:
[spacer] GOOSE: IED17-32 link ed 107 252
[spacer] 2:
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v01- 16 linke d 107 253
[spacer] 2:
[spacer] GOOSE: ExtDe v17- 32 linke d 107 254
[spacer] 2:
[spacer] GOOSE: OrdRun01- 16 linke d 107 248
[spacer] 2:
[spacer] GOOSE: OrdRun17- 32 linke d 107 249
[spacer] 2:
[spacer] GOOSE: Uniqueness 1 -1 6 007 217
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Substation Status
Events
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Display which appears as soon as receipt of at least one of the configured
GOOSEs is faulty or not available. To each GOOSE the GOOSE sending device
will attach a validity stamp, up to which a repetition of GOOSE will be carried out
independent of a change of state. Thus the unit monitors the time period at
which the next state signal must be received.
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MEASI: Enabled 035 008
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MEASI: I/ O HW Failure 006 103
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MEASI: Ope n circ. PT1 0 0 040 190
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MEASI: Ope n circ. T3 040 195
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MEASI: Ope n circ. T4 040 208
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MEASI: Ope n circ. T5 040 209
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MEASI: Ope n circ. T6 040 218
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MEASI: Ope n circ. T7 040 219
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MEASI: Ope n circ. T8 040 252
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MEASI: Ope n circ. T9 040 253
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MEASI: Over load 20mA i nput 040 191
Parameter Address
output
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] OUTP: R ese t latch. E X T 040 015
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] OUTP: Outp. relays blocke d 021 015
Parameter Address
output
[spacer] 1: Yes
[spacer] MEASO: Res et out put E XT 036 087
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MEASO: Enabled 037 102
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MEASO: Out put re s et 037 117
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MEASO: Value A- 2 output 037 119
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: Group rese t 1 EX T 005 209
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: Group rese t 2 EX T 005 252
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: R ese t indicat. E X T 065 001
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: R ese t latch.t ri p EXT 040 138
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: R s t.c.cl./tripc. EX T 005 210
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: R ese t I P,max ,s t. E X T 005 211
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: R ese t m eas.v.e n. E XT 005 212
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: C B op en 3p EXT 031 028
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: C B close d 3p EX T 036 051
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: C B close d B EX T 031 030
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: C B close d C E XT 031 031
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: C B1 faulty E XT 221 086
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: Blocking 1 EX T 040 060
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: Blocking 2 EX T 040 061
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: M .c.b. tr ip V EX T 004 061
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: M .c.b. tr ip VNG E XT 002 183
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: M .c.b. tr ip Vre f EXT 036 086
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: T rip cmd. bl ock . EXT 036 045
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: M an. trip cmd. EX T 037 018
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: Paralle l trip E XT 037 019
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: M an.cl.cmd.e nabl .E X T 041 023
[spacer] 1: Yes
[spacer] MAIN: M an. close cmd. E XT 041 022
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: S wit ch dyn.param.E XT 036 033
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: Phas e rever s al I EX T 007 248
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: T est mode EX T 037 070
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: T im e s wit ching EX T 003 096
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: Healthy 060 001
[spacer] 1: Yes
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Signal that the protection unit is operational. By default this signal is linked to
LED: F ct.ass ig. H 1 gre e n.
[spacer] MAIN: T im e s ynchroni ze d 009 109
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: Blocked/fau lt y 004 065
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: R ush res tr. A t rig. 041 027
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: R ush res tr. B t rig. 041 028
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: R ush res tr. C tr ig. 041 029
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: General s tart ing 040 000
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer]
In the case of direct motor control by motor relay K200 this fault signal is issued
(as a group signal) when no positive position signal (status signal) has been
received from the external device after it has been issued a close command and
the set running time-delay has elapsed.
[spacer] MAIN: K200 fail. cmd. e nd 221 108
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
In the case of direct motor control by motor relay K200 this signal is issued if the
K200 contacts have not reopened after the set monitoring time-delay has
elapsed.
[spacer] MAIN: K200 fail. cmd.s tart 221 109
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
In the case of direct motor control by motor relay K200 this signal is issued if the
K200 contacts have not closed after the set monitoring time-delay has elapsed.
[spacer] MAIN: S tartcmd time excee d. 221 112
[spacer]
If the monitoring, set by D EV01 : St artC mdTime superv. (or
DEV02: S tartCm dTi me superv . etc.), is active then an exceeded timer is
flagged by this logic state signal.
[spacer] MAIN: M ult . s ig. 1 act ive 221 017
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: C md. fr. elec tr.ct rl 221 103
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: C ommand f r om HMI 221 102
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: Device s ele ct ion key 006 001
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: Device OPEN k e y 006 002
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: Device C LOSE ke y 006 003
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: Local/ R emot e ke y 006 004
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: Auxiliary addr e ss 038 005
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: Dummy e ntry 004 129
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: W ithout functi on 060 000
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MAIN: W ithout functi on 061 000
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
acquisition
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
selection
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] PSS: Act ivate PS 1 E XT 065 002
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W arning (LED ) 036 070
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: C old restart ex ec. 041 201
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: C old restart 093 024
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: C old rest./ SW updat e 093 025
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Blocking/ HW fai lur e 090 019
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: R elay Kxx fault y 041 200
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Hardware clock fail . 093 040
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Batte ry failur e 090 010
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid S W d.l oaded 096 121
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid t ype of bay 096 122
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: +15V s upply fault y 093 081
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: +24V s upply fault y 093 082
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: -15V supply f aul ty 093 080
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong module slot 1 096 100
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong module slot 2 096 101
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong mo dule slot 3 096 102
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong mo dule slot 4 096 103
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong mo dule slot 5 096 104
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong mo dule slot 6 096 105
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong mo dule slot 7 096 106
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong mo dule slot 8 096 107
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong mo dule slot 9 096 108
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong mo dule slot 10 096 109
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong mo dule slot 11 096 110
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong mo dule slot 12 096 111
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong mo dule slot 13 096 112
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong mo dule slot 14 096 113
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong mo dule slot 15 096 114
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong mo dule slot 16 096 115
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong mo dule slot 17 096 116
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong mo dule slot 18 096 117
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong mo dule slot 19 096 118
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong module slot 21 096 120
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong module Dig.Bus 096 123
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong module HMI 096 124
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong module Comm 096 125
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong module Ana.Bus 096 126
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 1 097 000
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 2 097 001
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 3 097 002
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 4 097 003
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 5 097 004
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 6 097 005
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 7 097 006
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 8 097 007
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 9 097 008
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 10 097 009
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 11 097 010
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 12 097 011
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 13 097 012
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 14 097 013
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 15 097 014
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 16 097 015
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 17 097 016
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 18 097 017
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 19 097 018
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 20 097 019
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 21 097 020
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: +15V faulty mod. N 093 096
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: -15V fault y mod. N 093 097
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: DAC faulty module N 093 095
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: M odule N DPR f ault y 093 090
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: M odule N RAM faulty 093 091
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: M odule Y DPR fault y 093 110
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: M odule Y RAM faulty 093 111
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: M od.Y R TD DPR faulty 093 108
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 70 7 097 084
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 70 8 097 085
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 50 1 097 062
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 50 2 097 063
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 50 3 097 064
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 50 4 097 065
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 50 5 097 066
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 50 6 097 067
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 50 7 097 068
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 50 8 097 069
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 30 1 097 021
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 30 2 097 022
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 60 1 097 070
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 60 2 097 071
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 60 3 097 072
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 60 4 097 073
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 60 5 097 074
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 606 097 075
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 607 097 076
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 608 097 077
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 701 097 078
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 702 097 079
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 703 097 080
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 704 097 081
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 705 097 082
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 706 097 083
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 801 097 086
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 802 097 087
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 803 097 088
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 804 097 089
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 805 097 090
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 806 097 091
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 807 097 092
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 808 097 093
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 90 2 097 095
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 90 3 097 096
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 90 4 097 097
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 90 5 097 098
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 90 6 097 099
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 90 7 097 100
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 90 8 097 101
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 10 01 097 102
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 10 02 097 103
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 10 03 097 104
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 10 04 097 105
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 10 05 097 106
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 10 06 097 107
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 10 07 097 108
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 10 08 097 109
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 12 01 097 118
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 12 02 097 119
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 1203 097 120
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 1204 097 121
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 1205 097 122
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 1206 097 123
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 1207 097 124
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 1208 097 125
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 1401 097 134
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 1402 097 135
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 1403 097 136
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 1404 097 137
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 1405 097 138
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 1406 097 139
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 1407 097 140
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 1408 097 141
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 1601 097 150
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 1602 097 151
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 1801 097 166
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 18 03 097 168
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 18 04 097 169
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 18 05 097 170
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 18 06 097 171
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 20 01 097 182
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 20 02 097 183
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 20 03 097 184
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 20 04 097 185
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 20 05 097 186
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 20 06 097 187
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 20 07 097 188
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 20 08 097 189
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Und ef . oper at. code 093 010
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Ab normal te rmi nation 093 030
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Bad arg. sys te m call 093 031
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: M ute x de adlock 093 032
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid me mory re f. 093 033
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Une xpected e x ce pt ion 093 034
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid arit hm. op. 093 011
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Und ef ined int e rr upt 093 012
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Ex ception ope r. sy st. 093 013
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Prote ct ion failure 090 021
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: C hecks um e r ror param 090 003
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: C lock sync. error 093 041
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: I nte r m.volt .fail.RAM 093 026
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Over f low M T _RC 090 012
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: S e m aph. MT_RC bloc k. 093 015
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: I nval. S W C OMM 1/ IEC 093 075
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: I nval. Conf ig. IEC 093 079
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid S W ve rs . N 093 093
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: T im e-out modul e N 093 092
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid S W ve rs . Y 093 113
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid S W ve rs YR TD 093 123
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: T im e-out modul e YR T D 093 119
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: I RIGB fault y 093 117
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: M .c.b. trip V 098 000
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Hardware e rr or C OMM 3 093 143
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid S W ve rs DHMI 093 145
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: C omm.link fail.C OMM 3 093 142
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Lim .excee d., tel .e rr . 093 141
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: T e le com. fault y 098 006
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: C TA e rror 098 034
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Fcts.not per m.f.6 0Hz 093 098
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: C B Σ I trip > 098 068
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: C B Σ I trip**2 > 098 069
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid s caling BCD 093 124
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: C B tm ax> A 098 070
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: C B tm ax> B 098 071
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: C B tm ax> C 098 077
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid s caling A- 1 093 114
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid s caling ID C 093 116
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: T 3 open circ. 098 040
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: T 4 open circ. 098 041
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: T 5 open circ. 098 042
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: T 6 open circ. 098 043
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: T 7 open circ. 098 044
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: T 8 open circ. 098 045
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: T 9 open circ. 098 052
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Over load 2 0 mA i nput 098 025
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Out put 3 0 098 053
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Out put 3 0 (t ) 098 054
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Out put 3 1 098 055
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Out put 3 1 (t ) 098 056
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Out put 3 2 098 057
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: Out put 32 (t ) 098 058
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SFMO N: C B pos .s ig. implaus . 098 124
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
recording
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-89, (p. 3-122)
Parameter Address
recording
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] OL_RC: R ecord. in progre ss 035 003
Parameter Address
recording
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GF_R C: Re cord. in pr ogre ss 035 005
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] FT_RC: Trigg er EXT 036 089
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] FT_RC: Trigg er 037 076
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
overcurrent
protection
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DTOC: Blocking tI >> E XT 041 061
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DTOC: Blocking tI >>> EXT 041 062
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DTOC: Block. tIneg> E XT 036 141
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DTOC: Block. tIneg>> E XT 036 142
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DTOC: Block. tIneg>>> E XT 036 143
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DTOC: Blocking tI N> E XT 041 063
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DTOC: Blocking tI N>> EXT 041 064
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DTOC: Blocking tI N>>> EXT 041 065
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DTOC: Blocking tI N>>>> EXT 041 101
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DTOC: Enab le d 040 120
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
overcurrent
protection
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] IDMT1: Block. tIr ef,neg>EX T 040 102
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] IDMT1: Block. tIr ef,N> EXT 040 103
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] IDMT1: Enable d 040 100
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
overcurrent
protection
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] IDMT2: Block. tIr ef,neg>EX T 040 149
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] IDMT2: Block. tIr ef,N> EXT 040 150
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] IDMT2: Enable d 040 135
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] IDMT2: Starting Ire f, P> 040 018
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] IDMT2: tI ref ,ne g> e lapse d 040 159
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] IDMT2: Trip sig . t Ire f,neg> 040 158
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] IDMT2: Hold time ne g runn. 040 189
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] IDMT2: Memory ne g cl ear 040 179
[spacer] 1: Yes
[spacer] IDMT2: Starting Ire f, N> 040 019
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
direction
determination
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-149, (p. 3-188)
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SCDD: Direct. using Vmeas 038 045
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SCDD: Direct. using memory 038 047
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SCDD: tVmemory r unning 040 034
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
protection
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SOT F: Enabled 040 069
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] PSIG: Blocking EXT 036 049
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] PSIG: R eceive EXT 036 048
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] PSIG: Ext./us er enabled 037 023
Parameter Address
control
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ARC: Enab le E XT 037 010
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ARC: Blocking EXT 036 050
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ARC: C B d rive re ady E XT 004 066
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ARC: Ex t./us er e nable d 037 013
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ARC: S ig.interr . CB trip 036 040
Parameter Address
synchronism check
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ASC: Enable EXT 037 049
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ASC: T est AR close r. EX T 000 106
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Close request via external signal for a test triggering of the ASC in operating
mode automatic reclosure.
[spacer] ASC: T est M C close r. EX T 037 064
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Close request via external signal for a test triggering of the ASC in operating
mode manual reclosure.
[spacer] ASC: Enabl.clos e re qu.E X T 037 063
[spacer] 1: Yes
[spacer] ASC: M C Clos e re que st E XT 037 062
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Close request via external signal for a triggering of the ASC in operating mode
manual reclosure.
[spacer] ASC: AR clos e re ques t EXT 008 236
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Close request via external signal for a triggering of the ASC in operating mode
automatic reclosure.
[spacer] ASC: Ex t./us er e nable d 037 092
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Signaling of a close request for a test triggering of the ASC in operating mode
automatic reclosure.
[spacer] ASC: T est M C close re qu. 034 019
[spacer]
Signaling of a close request for a test triggering of the ASC in operating mode
manual reclosure.
[spacer] ASC: AR Clos e re que st 008 239
[spacer]
Signaling of a close request for a triggering of the ASC in operating mode
automatic reclosure.
[spacer] ASC: M C Clos e re que st 034 018
[spacer]
Signaling of a close request for a triggering of the ASC in operating mode
manual reclosure.
[spacer] ASC: C ycle r unning 038 019
Parameter Address
direction
determination using
steady-state values
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GFDSS: GF (curr.) e val. E X T 038 020
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] GFDSS: Enable d 042 096
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
fault direction
determination
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] TGFD: Rese t counte rs EXT 005 246
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] TGFD: Rese t s ignal EXT 004 140
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] TGFD: Enable d 037 100
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MP: R ese t replica E XT 041 082
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MP: S peed m onito r n> EXT 040 045
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MP: S ig. Hour s _R un > 025 155
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MP: M achine s top pe d 025 158
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MP: M achine r unning 025 159
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] MP: Enabled 040 115
Parameter Address
protection
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] THER M: R es et repl ica E X T 038 061
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] THER M: CTA er ror EXT 038 062
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] THER M: Enable d 040 068
[spacer] 1: Yes
[spacer] THER M: R es et repl ica 039 061
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] THER M: Buf fe r empt y 039 112
Parameter Address
protection
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] I2>: Blocking tI neg> E X T 041 076
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] I2>: Blocking tI neg>> E X T 041 077
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] I2>: Enabled 040 073
Parameter Address
protection
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: B locking tV>> E X T 041 069
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: B locking tV>>> E X T 010 246
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: B locking tV< EX T 041 070
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: B locking tV<< E X T 041 071
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: B locking tV<<< E X T 010 247
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: B locking tVpos> E XT 041 090
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: B locking tVpos>> E XT 041 091
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: B locking tVpos< E XT 041 092
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: B locking tVpos<< E XT 041 093
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: B locking tVne g> EXT 041 094
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: B locking tVne g>> EXT 041 095
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: B locking tVNG> E XT 041 072
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: B locking tVNG>> E XT 041 073
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: B locking tVref> EXT 007 036
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: B locking tVref>> EXT 007 037
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: B locking tVref>>> EX 010 248
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: B locking tVref<< EXT 007 046
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: B locking tVref<<< EX 010 249
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: E nable d 040 066
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: S tart ing V>>> 3- pole 010 232
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: t V<<< 3-pole e lapsed 010 239
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] V<>: t Vr ef< elap s. t rans. 007 057
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
underfrequency
protection
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] f<>: Blocking f1 EX T 042 103
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] f<>: Blocking f2 EX T 042 104
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] f<>: Blocking f3 EX T 042 105
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] f<>: Blocking f4 EX T 042 106
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] f<>: Enable d 042 100
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] f<>: S tarting f2/ df2 042 116
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] f<>: Delta f 2 trigge r ed 042 117
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] f<>: T rip signal f2 042 119
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] f<>: S tarting f3 042 123
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] f<>: S tarting f3/ df3 042 124
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] f<>: Delta f 3 trigge r ed 042 125
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] f<>: Delta t 3 elapse d 042 126
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] f<>: T rip signal f3 042 127
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] f<>: S tarting f4 042 131
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] f<>: S tarting f4/ df4 042 132
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] f<>: Delta f 4 trigge r ed 042 133
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] f<>: Delta t 4 elapse d 042 134
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] f<>: T rip signal f4 042 135
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
protection
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] P<>: B locking t P>> EXT 035 083
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] P<>: B locking t Q> E X T 035 084
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] P<>: B locking t Q>> E X T 035 085
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] P<>: B locking t P< EXT 035 050
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] P<>: B locking t P<< EXT 035 051
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] P<>: B locking t Q< E X T 035 052
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] P<>: B locking t Q<< E X T 035 053
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] P<>: E nab led 036 250
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
failure protection
[spacer] 2: Not configured
[spacer] CBF: Disab le EX T 038 042
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CBF: Start e nable EXT 038 209
[spacer] 1: Yes
[spacer] CBF: Start 3p EXT 038 205
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CBF: Starting trig. E XT 038 016
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CBF: CB faulty EXT 038 234
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CBF: Ext./us e r e nable d 038 040
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CBF: Not ready 040 025
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Signal that the residual current is greater than the set value CBF: IN<.
[spacer] CBF: Startup 3p 038 211
Parameter Address
condition monitoring
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CBM: Blocking E XT 044 128
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CBM: Enable d 044 130
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CBM: Signal Σ Itrip**2 > 044 138
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CBM: Signal Σ I*t > 044 139
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CBM: Cycle running A 044 205
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CBM: Cycle running B 044 206
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CBM: Cycle running C 044 207
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CBM: tmax > A 044 177
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CBM: tmax > B 044 178
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CBM: tmax > C 044 179
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CBM: Curr. flow ende d A 044 201
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CBM: Curr. flow ende d B 044 202
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CBM: Setting e r ror CBM 044 204
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
monitoring
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-291, (p. 3-355)
Parameter Address
monitoring
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-294, (p. 3-360)
Fig. 3-298, (p. 3-364)
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T2 >> 040 211
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 2> e lapse d 040 212
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 2>> elapse d 040 213
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T2 < 040 214
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T2 << 040 215
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 2< e lapse d 040 216
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 2<< elapse d 040 217
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T3 > 040 160
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 3> e lapse d 040 162
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 3>> elapse d 040 163
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T 3< 040 164
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T 3<< 040 165
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 3< e lapse d 040 166
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 3<< elapse d 040 167
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T 4> 041 150
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T 4>> 041 151
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 4> e lapse d 041 152
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 4>> elapse d 041 153
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T 4< 041 154
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T 4<< 041 155
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 4< e lapse d 041 156
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 4<< elapse d 041 157
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T 5> 041 160
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T 5>> 041 161
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 5> e lapse d 041 162
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 5>> elapse d 041 163
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T5 < 041 164
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T5 << 041 165
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 5< e lapse d 041 166
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 5<< elapse d 041 167
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T6 > 041 170
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T6 >> 041 171
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 6> e lapse d 041 172
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 6>> elapse d 041 173
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T6 < 041 174
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T6 << 041 175
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 6< e lapse d 041 176
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 6<< elapse d 041 177
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T7 > 041 180
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T7 >> 041 181
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 7> e lapse d 041 182
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 7>> elapse d 041 183
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T 7<< 041 185
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 7< e lapse d 041 186
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 7<< elapse d 041 187
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T 8> 041 190
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T 8>> 041 191
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 8> e lapse d 041 192
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 8>> elapse d 041 193
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T 8< 041 194
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T 8<< 041 195
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 8< e lapse d 041 196
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 8<< elapse d 041 197
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T 9> 041 240
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T 9>> 041 241
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 9> e lapse d 041 242
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 9>> elapse d 041 243
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T 9< 041 244
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: S tar ting T 9<< 041 245
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 9< e lapse d 041 246
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: tT 9<< elapse d 041 247
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LIMIT: 2out of3 with T1, 2,3 041 248
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 02 E XT 034 001
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 03 E XT 034 002
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 04 E XT 034 003
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 05 E XT 034 004
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 06 E XT 034 005
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 07 E XT 034 006
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 08 E XT 034 007
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 09 E XT 034 008
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 10 E XT 034 009
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 11 E XT 034 010
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 12 E XT 034 011
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 13 E XT 034 012
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 14 E XT 034 013
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 15 E XT 034 014
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 16 E XT 034 015
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 17 E XT 034 086
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 18 E XT 034 087
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 19 E XT 034 088
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 20 E XT 034 089
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 21 E XT 034 090
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 22 E XT 034 091
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 23 E XT 034 092
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 24 E XT 034 093
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 25 E XT 034 094
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 26 E XT 034 095
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 27 E XT 034 096
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 28 E XT 034 097
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 29 E XT 034 098
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 30 E XT 034 099
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 31 E XT 034 100
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 32 E XT 034 101
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 33 E XT 034 102
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 34 E XT 034 103
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 35 E XT 034 104
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 37 E XT 034 106
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 38 E XT 034 107
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 39 E XT 034 108
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Input 40 E XT 034 109
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Se t 1 E XT 034 051
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: 3 has bee n se t 034 069
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: 4 has bee n se t 034 070
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: 5 has bee n se t 034 071
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: 6 has bee n se t 034 072
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: 7 has bee n se t 034 073
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: 8 has bee n se t 034 074
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: 1 se t e xt ernally 034 075
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: 3 se t e xt ernally 034 077
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: 4 se t e xt ernally 034 078
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: 5 se t e xt ernally 034 079
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: 6 se t e xt ernally 034 080
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: 8 se t e xternally 034 082
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Enable d 034 046
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 02 (t ) 042 035
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 03 (t ) 042 037
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 04 042 038
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 04 (t ) 042 039
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 05 042 040
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 05 (t ) 042 041
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 06 042 042
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 06 (t ) 042 043
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 07 042 044
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 07 (t ) 042 045
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 08 042 046
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 08 (t ) 042 047
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 09 042 048
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 09 (t ) 042 049
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 10 042 050
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 10 (t ) 042 051
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 11 042 052
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 11 (t ) 042 053
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 12 042 054
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 12 (t ) 042 055
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 13 042 056
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 13 (t ) 042 057
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 14 042 058
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 14 (t ) 042 059
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 15 042 060
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 15 (t ) 042 061
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 16 042 062
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 16 (t ) 042 063
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 17 (t ) 042 065
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 18 042 066
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 18 (t ) 042 067
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 19 042 068
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 19 (t ) 042 069
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 20 042 070
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 20 (t ) 042 071
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 21 042 072
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 21 (t ) 042 073
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 22 042 074
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 22 (t ) 042 075
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 23 042 076
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 23 (t ) 042 077
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 24 042 078
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 24 (t ) 042 079
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 25 042 080
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 25 (t ) 042 081
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 26 042 082
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 26 (t ) 042 083
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 27 042 084
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 27 (t ) 042 085
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 28 042 086
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 28 (t ) 042 087
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 29 042 088
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 29 (t ) 042 089
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 30 042 090
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 30 (t ) 042 091
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 31 042 092
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 31 (t ) 042 093
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 32 042 094
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOGIC: Outp ut 32 (t ) 042 095
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOG_2: Out put 2 (t) 052 035
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOG_2: Out put 3 052 036
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOG_2: Out put 3 (t) 052 037
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOG_2: Out put 4 052 038
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] LOG_2: Out put 4 (t) 052 039
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV01: Clos e d signal EXT 210 031
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV01: Contro l s t at e 210 018
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV01: Clos e cmd. r ece ive d 218 001
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV02: Clos e d signal EXT 210 081
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV02: Contro l s t at e 210 068
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV02: S wit ch.d ev ice cl ose d 210 087
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV02: S w. de v. int e r m.pos . 210 088
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV02: O pe n command 210 078
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV02: Clos e com mand 210 079
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV02: O pe n cmd. re ce ive d 218 002
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV02: Clos e cm d. r ece ive d 218 003
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV03: Clos e d signal EXT 210 131
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV03: Contro l s t at e 210 118
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV03: S wit ch.dev ice cl ose d 210 137
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV03: S w. de v. int e r m.pos 210 138
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV03: O pe n command 210 128
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV03: Clos e command 210 129
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV03: O pe n cmd. re ce ive d 218 004
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] DEV03: Clos e cmd. r ece ive d 218 005
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 03 250 034
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 04 250 035
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 05 250 036
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 06 250 037
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 07 250 038
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 08 250 039
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 09 250 040
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 10 250 041
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 11 250 042
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 12 250 043
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 13 250 044
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 14 250 045
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 15 250 046
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 16 250 047
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 17 250 048
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 18 250 049
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 19 250 050
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 20 250 051
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 21 250 052
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 22 250 053
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 23 250 054
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 24 250 055
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 25 250 056
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 26 250 057
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 27 250 058
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 28 250 059
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 29 250 060
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 30 250 061
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 31 250 062
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] ILOCK: Output 32 250 063
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
commands
[spacer] 0: No Fig. 3-330, (p. 3-404)
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CMD_1: Com mand C00 3 200 011
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CMD_1: Com mand C00 4 200 016
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CMD_1: Com mand C00 5 200 021
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CMD_1: Com mand C00 6 200 026
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CMD_1: Com mand C00 7 200 031
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CMD_1: Com mand C00 8 200 036
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CMD_1: Com mand C00 9 200 041
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CMD_1: Com mand C01 0 200 046
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] CMD_1: Com mand C01 1 200 051
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: Logic s ignal S 001 226 005
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: Logic s ignal S 002 226 013
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: S ignal S 003 EXT 226 020
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: Logic s ignal S 003 226 021
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: S ignal S 004 EXT 226 028
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: Logic s ignal S 004 226 029
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: S ignal S 005 EXT 226 036
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: Logic s ignal S 005 226 037
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: S ignal S 006 EXT 226 044
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: Logic s ignal S 006 226 045
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: S ignal S 007 EXT 226 052
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: Logic s ignal S 007 226 053
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: S ignal S 008 EXT 226 060
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: Logic s ignal S 008 226 061
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: S ignal S 009 EXT 226 068
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: Logic s ignal S 009 226 069
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: S ignal S 010 EXT 226 076
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: Logic s ignal S 010 226 077
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: S ignal S 011 EXT 226 084
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: Logic s ignal S 011 226 085
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: S ignal S 012 EXT 226 092
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] SIG_1: Logic s ignal S 012 226 093
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] COUNT: Se t counter 2 EXT 217 085
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] COUNT: Se t counter 3 EXT 217 086
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] COUNT: Se t counter 4 EXT 217 087
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] COUNT: Transm it counts EX T 217 009
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] COUNT: R ese t EXT 217 004
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer] COUNT: Enabled 217 001
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0: No
[spacer]
Setting the enable for changing values from the local control panel.
Parameter Address
communication
interface 1
[spacer] 060 000 MAIN: Without Fig. 3-17, (p. 3-21)
function
[spacer]
Signal selection for testing purposes.
[spacer] COMM 1: Tes t s pont.s ig.s tart 003 184
[spacer]
Triggering of transmission of a selected signal as “starting”.
[spacer] COMM 1: Tes t s pont.s ig. end 003 186
[spacer]
Triggering of transmission of a selected signal as “ending”.
[spacer] COMM 1: Se l. p os. de v.t est 221 105
Parameter Address
communication
interface 2
[spacer] 060 000 MAIN: Without Fig. 3-19, (p. 3-23)
function
[spacer]
Signal selection for testing purposes.
[spacer] COMM 2: Tes t s pont.s ig.s tart 103 184
[spacer]
Triggering of transmission of a selected signal as "starting".
[spacer] COMM 2: Tes t s pont.s ig. end 103 186
[spacer]
Triggering of transmission of a selected signal as "ending".
Parameter Address
communication
interface 3
[spacer] 0: don't execute
[spacer]
Resetting counter for number of telegram errors.
[spacer] COMM 3: Se nd signal for te st 120 050
[spacer] 0: None
[spacer] COMM 3: Log. state for t e st 120 051
[spacer] 1: 1
[spacer] COMM 3: Se nd signal, t e st 120 053
[spacer] 10 1 600 s
[spacer]
Selecting the hold time (in seconds) for the functional testing.
Parameter Address
Communication
[spacer] 060 000 MAIN: Without
function
[spacer] IEC: Te st spont.s ig.st art 104 246
Parameter Address
Substation Status
Events
[spacer] 0: don't execute
[spacer]
Command to reset monitoring counters as listed below.
This parameter is password-protected.
[spacer] GSS E: Enroll. I EDs flags L 105 160
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Number of telegram rejections having occurred because of non-plausible
message content. This counter is reset by G SS E: Res et statistics.
[spacer] GSS E: IED vie w s ele ction 105 170
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
output
[spacer] 0: don't execute Fig. 3-38, (p. 3-59)
[spacer]
Reset of latched output relays from the user interface.
[spacer] OUTP: R elay assign. f.te s t 003 042
[spacer]
The relay selected for testing is triggered for the duration set at OUTP: H ol d -
time f or tes t.
This parameter is password-protected.
[spacer] OUTP: Hold- t im e for t e st 003 044
[spacer]
Setting for the time period for which the selected output relay is triggered for
functional testing.
Parameter Address
output
[spacer] 0: don't execute Fig. 3-42, (p. 3-62)
[spacer]
Resetting the measured data output function.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Reset of the following memories:
● All counters
● LED indicators
● Operating data memory
● All event memories
● Event counters
● Fault data
● Measured overload data
● Recorded fault values
This parameter is password-protected.
[spacer] MAIN: Enable s yst. IN USER 003 142
[spacer]
Enabling the residual current stages of the DTOC/IDMT protection.
[spacer] MAIN: Disable sys t.IN USER 003 141
[spacer]
Disabling the residual current stages of the DTOC/IDMT protection.
[spacer] MAIN: R ese t indicat. US ER 021 010
[spacer]
Reset of the following displays:
● LED indicators
● Fault data
[spacer] MAIN: R s et .latch.tr ip US ER 021 005
[spacer]
Reset of latched trip commands from the local control panel.
[spacer] MAIN: R ese t c. cl/tr.cUSE R 003 007
[spacer]
The counters for counting the close and trip commands are reset.
[spacer] MAIN: R ese t I P,max ,s t.US E R 003 033
[spacer]
The display of the stored maximum phase current is reset.
[spacer] MAIN: R ese t m eas.v.e n.US ER 003 032
Parameter Address
[spacer]
The display of active and reactive energy output and input is reset.
[spacer] MAIN: Group rese t 1 USE R 005 253
[spacer]
Group of resetting commands.
[spacer] MAIN: M an. trip cmd. USE R 003 040
[spacer]
A 100 ms trip command is issued from the local control panel.
Note: The command is only executed if the manual trip command has been
configured as trip command 1 or 2.
This parameter is password-protected.
[spacer] MAIN: En.m an.clos.cmd.US ER 003 105
[spacer]
Setting the enable for the issue of a close command from the local control panel
(enables manual breaker close operations).
[spacer] MAIN: M an. close cmd. US ER 018 033
[spacer]
A close command is issued from the local control panel for the set reclose
command time.
This parameter is password-protected.
[spacer] MAIN: S oft W arm r e star t 003 039
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
recording
[spacer] 0: don't execute Fig. 3-94, (p. 3-131)
[spacer]
The operating data memory and the counter for operation signals are reset.
Parameter Address
recording
[spacer] 0: don't execute Fig. 3-95, (p. 3-132)
[spacer]
Reset of the monitoring signal memory.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Reset of the overload memory.
Parameter Address
recording
[spacer] 0: don't execute Fig. 3-109, (p. 3-144)
[spacer]
Reset of the ground fault memory.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Fault recording is enabled from the local control panel for 500 ms.
[spacer] FT_RC: Res e t record. USE R 003 006
[spacer]
Reset of the following memories:
● LED indicators
● Fault memory
● Fault counter
● Fault data
● Recorded fault values
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Protective signaling is enabled from the local control panel.
[spacer] PSIG: Disable USER 003 131
[spacer]
Protective signaling is disabled from the local control panel.
[spacer] PSIG: Te st telecom. USE R 015 009
[spacer]
A send signal is issued for 500 ms.
Parameter Address
control
[spacer] 0: don't execute Fig. 3-167, (p. 3-212)
[spacer]
The auto-reclosing control function is enabled from the local control panel.
[spacer] ARC: Dis able US ER 003 133
[spacer]
The auto-reclosing control function is disabled from the local control panel.
[spacer] ARC: T est HS R A-B-C USE R 011 066
[spacer]
A three-pole test HSR is triggered.
[spacer] ARC: R ese t counters USE R 003 005
[spacer]
The ARC counters are reset.
Parameter Address
synchronism check
[spacer] 0: don't execute Fig. 3-185, (p. 3-234)
[spacer]
Automatic synchronism check is enabled from the local control panel.
[spacer] ASC: Disable USER 003 135
[spacer]
Automatic synchronism check is disabled from the local control panel.
[spacer] ASC: AR clos e re qu. US E R 008 238
[spacer]
A close request is issued with Automatic Reclose parameters. This will trigger
the ASC functional operation. A close command is transmitted to the CB if the
check of the ASC is positive.
This parameter is password-protected.
[spacer] ASC: M C clos e re qu. US E R 018 004
[spacer]
A close request is issued from the integrated local control panel. This will trigger
the ASC functional operation. A close command is transmitted to the CB if the
check of the ASC is positive.
This parameter is password-protected.
[spacer] ASC: T est AR close r. USE R 008 237
[spacer]
A close request is issued with Automatic Reclose parameters. This will trigger
the ASC functional operation. No close command is transmitted to the CB if the
check of the ASC is positive. Only a signal is issued.
[spacer] ASC: T est M C close r. USE R 018 005
[spacer]
A close request is issued from the integrated local control panel. This will trigger
the ASC functional operation. No close command is transmitted to the CB if the
check of the ASC is positive. Only a signal is issued.
[spacer] ASC: R ese t counte rs USE R 003 089
[spacer]
The ASC counters are reset.
Parameter Address
direction
determination using
steady-state values
[spacer] 0: don't execute Fig. 3-207, (p. 3-259)
Fig. 3-213, (p. 3-265)
[spacer]
The counters for the ground fault direction determination function using steady-
state values are reset.
Parameter Address
fault direction
determination
[spacer] 0: don't execute Fig. 3-218, (p. 3-270)
[spacer]
The direction decisions can be reset while the buffer time is elapsing.
[spacer] TGFD: Rese t counte rs USE R 003 022
[spacer]
The counters for the transient ground fault direction determination function are
reset.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Resetting the thermal replica of the motor protection function.
[spacer] MP: I nitialize Hours_Run 025 151
Parameter Address
protection
[spacer] 0: don't execute Fig. 3-235, (p. 3-297)
[spacer]
Resetting the thermal replica of the thermal overload protection function.
Parameter Address
underfrequency
protection
[spacer] 0: don't execute
[spacer]
Resetting the measured event values f<>: M ax. frequ. for
f> and f<>: Min. fre qu. for f<.
Parameter Address
failure protection
[spacer] 0: don't execute Fig. 3-271, (p. 3-336)
[spacer]
Circuit breaker failure protection is enabled from the local control panel.
[spacer] CBF: Disab le USE R 003 015
[spacer]
Circuit breaker failure protection is disabled from the local control panel.
Parameter Address
condition monitoring
[spacer] 0: don't execute
[spacer]
Values are initialized to trigger circuit breaker condition monitoring.
[spacer] CBM: Rese t m eas .val. US E R 003 013
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Intervention in the logic at the appropriate point by a 100 ms pulse.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Count transmission.
[spacer] COUNT: R ese t USER 217 003
[spacer]
Count reset.
Parameter Address
recording
[spacer] 0 0 1000 Fig. 3-94, (p. 3-131)
[spacer]
Point of entry into the operating data log.
Parameter Address
recording
[spacer] 0 0 30 Fig. 3-95, (p. 3-132)
[spacer]
Point of entry into the monitoring signal log.
8.2 Events
Parameter Address
communication
interface 3
[spacer] 0 0 65535
[spacer]
Number of corrupted telegrams.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Number of general starting signals.
[spacer] MAIN: C B1 act . ope r. cap. 221 087
[spacer] 1 1 99
[spacer]
Setting for the maximum number of CB operations for an ARC cycle (or for a
limited time period).
[spacer] MAIN: No. gen.t rip cmds . 1 004 006
[spacer]
Number of general trip commands 1.
[spacer] MAIN: No. gen.t rip cmds . 2 009 050
[spacer]
Number of general trip commands 2.
[spacer] MAIN: No. clos e commands 009 055
[spacer]
Number of close commands.
[spacer] MAIN: No. mot or driv e op. 221 025
[spacer]
Number of times external devices with direct motor control are activated during
the monitoring time.
[spacer] MAIN: No.ove rfl.act .en. out 009 090
[spacer]
Counter for the number of times the measuring range of the active energy
output was exceeded.
Note: The maximum value of this counter is 10000.
[spacer] MAIN: No.ove rfl.act .en. inp 009 091
[spacer]
Counter for the number of times the measuring range of the active energy input
was exceeded.
Note: The maximum value of this counter is 10000.
[spacer] MAIN: No.ov/ fl.r eac.e n.out 009 092
[spacer]
Counter for the number of times the measuring range of the reactive energy
output was exceeded.
Note: The maximum value of this counter is 10000.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Counter for the number of times the measuring range of the reactive energy
input was exceeded.
Note: The maximum value of this counter is 10000.
Parameter Address
recording
[spacer] 0 0 1000 Fig. 3-94, (p. 3-131)
[spacer]
Number of signals stored in the operating data memory.
Parameter Address
recording
[spacer] 0 0 30 Fig. 3-95, (p. 3-132)
[spacer]
Number of signals stored in the monitoring signal memory.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Number of overload events.
Parameter Address
recording
[spacer] 0 0 9999 Fig. 3-108, (p. 3-143)
[spacer]
Number of ground faults.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Number of faults.
[spacer] FT_RC: No. s ystem di st urb. 004 010
[spacer]
Number of system disturbances.
Parameter Address
control
[spacer] 0: don't execute Fig. 3-183, (p. 3-232)
[spacer]
Number of high-speed reclosures.
[spacer] ARC: Numbe r TDR 004 008
[spacer]
Number of time-delay reclosures.
Parameter Address
synchronism check
[spacer] 0: don't execute Fig. 3-199, (p. 3-251)
[spacer]
Number of reclosures after a manual close request.
[spacer] ASC: No. clos e reques ts 009 033
[spacer]
Number of close requests.
[spacer] ASC: No. clos e reje cti ons 009 034
[spacer]
Number of close rejections.
Parameter Address
direction
determination using
steady-state values
[spacer] 0: don't execute Fig. 3-213, (p. 3-265)
[spacer]
Number of ground faults detected by steady-state power evaluation.
[spacer] GFDSS: No. GF (cur r. meas ) 009 003
[spacer]
Number of ground faults detected by steady-state current evaluation.
[spacer] GFDSS: No. GF admit t . Y(N) 009 060
[spacer]
Number of ground faults (non-directional) detected by the admittance
evaluation method.
[spacer] GFDSS: No. GF forward/ LS 009 000
[spacer]
Number of ground faults in the forward direction.
[spacer] GFDSS: No. GF backwar d/B S 009 001
[spacer]
Number of ground faults in the backward direction.
Parameter Address
fault direction
determination
[spacer] 0: don't execute Fig. 3-220, (p. 3-271)
[spacer]
Number of transient ground faults.
[spacer] TGFD: No. GF for ward/ LS 004 013
[spacer]
Number of transient ground faults in the forward direction.
[spacer] TGFD: No. GF back war d/BS 004 014
[spacer]
Number of ground faults in the backward direction.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Number of motor startups since the last reset.
[spacer] MP: No. of hours r un 025 150
[spacer] 0 0 65000 h
[spacer]
Number of operating hours since the last reset.
Parameter Address
condition monitoring
[spacer] 0 0 65000 Fig. 3-286, (p. 3-351)
[spacer] 0 0 65000
[spacer] CBM: No. of CB oper . C 008 013
[spacer] 0 0 65000
[spacer]
Number of mechanical switching operations made.
[spacer] CBM: Rem ain. No. CB op. A 008 014
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0 0 65535
[spacer] DEV01: D ev. op. capabil it y 210 003
[spacer] 1 1 99
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0 0 65535
[spacer] DEV02: D ev. op. capabil it y 210 053
[spacer] 1 1 99
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0 0 65535
[spacer] DEV03: D ev. op. capabil it y 210 103
[spacer] 1 1 99
Parameter Address
acquisition
[spacer] Not measured 0.0 60.0 s Fig. 3-110, (p. 3-145)
[spacer]
Display of the fault duration.
[spacer] FT_DA: Running time 004 021
[spacer]
Display of the running time.
[spacer] FT_DA: Fault type 010 198
[spacer]
Display of the fault type. This value is determined from the starting signals of
the function group MAIN.
[spacer] FT_DA: Meas. loop se le ct e d 004 079
[spacer]
Display of the measuring loop selected for determination of fault data.
[spacer] FT_DA: Fault cur re nt P p.u. 004 025
[spacer] Not measured 0.00 100.00 Inom Fig. 3-114, (p. 3-150)
[spacer]
Display of the fault current referred to Inom.
[spacer]
Display of the fault voltage as a primary quantity.
[spacer] FT_DA: Flt.volt. PG/ PP p.u. 004 026
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 3.000 Vnom Fig. 3-114, (p. 3-150)
[spacer]
Display of the fault voltage referred to Vnom.
[spacer]
Display of the fault angle.
[spacer] FT_DA: Fault cur r. N pri m. 010 216
[spacer]
Display of the ground fault current as a primary quantity.
[spacer] FT_DA: Fault cur r. N p.u. 004 049
[spacer] Not measured 0.00 100.00 Inom Fig. 3-114, (p. 3-150)
[spacer]
Display of the ground fault current referred to IN,nom.
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Display of the ground fault angle.
[spacer] FT_DA: Fault react ., prim. 004 029
[spacer]
Display of the fault impedance as a secondary quantity.
[spacer] FT_DA: Fault locat . per ce nt 004 027
[spacer]
Display of the fault current as a primary quantity.
[spacer] FT_DA: Fault locat ion 004 022
[spacer]
Display of the fault location of the last fault in km.
Parameter Address
synchronism check
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 3.000 Vnom Fig. 3-198, (p. 3-250)
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 3.000 Vnom Fig. 3-198, (p. 3-250)
[spacer] Not measured -3.000 3.000 Vnom Fig. 3-193, (p. 3-245)
Fig. 3-194, (p. 3-246)
Fig. 3-198, (p. 3-250)
[spacer]
Display of the difference between amplitudes of the measurement loop voltage
and the reference voltage during a close request, referred to Vnom. The display
only appears if ASC is operating.
[spacer] ASC: Angle diffe rence 004 089
[spacer]
Display of the angle difference between measured voltage and reference
voltage at the time of the close request (in degrees).
This display only appears when the automatic synchronism check function is
active.
[spacer] ASC: Frequ. differenc e 004 090
[spacer]
Display of the frequency difference between measured voltage and reference
voltage at the time of the close request (in Hz). This display only appears when
the automatic synchronism check function is active.
Parameter Address
underfrequency
protection
[spacer] Not measured 12.00 70.00 Hz
[spacer]
Maximum frequency during an overfrequency condition.
[spacer] f<>: M in. f requ. fo r f< 005 001
Parameter Address
condition monitoring
[spacer] Not measured 0 65000 A Fig. 3-286, (p. 3-351)
[spacer] Not measured 0.00 100.00 Inom,CB Fig. 3-286, (p. 3-351)
[spacer] Not measured 0.0 6000.0 Inom,CB Fig. 3-286, (p. 3-351)
**2
[spacer] CBM: Itrip **2 B 009 052
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
acquisition
[spacer] Not measured 0.0 6500.0 min Fig. 3-101, (p. 3-137)
[spacer]
Display of the ground fault duration of the most recent ground fault.
[spacer] GF_DA: GF dur ati on pow.me as 009 024
[spacer] Not measured 0.0 6500.0 min Fig. 3-102, (p. 3-138)
[spacer]
Display of the ground fault duration of the most recent ground fault as
determined by the steady-state power evaluation feature of the ground fault
direction determination function.
[spacer] GF_DA: Volt age VNG p.u. 009 020
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 1.500 VNG,no Fig. 3-103, (p. 3-139)
m Fig. 3-107, (p. 3-142)
[spacer]
Display of the neutral-displacement voltage of the most recent ground fault
referred to Vnom.
Note: This display is only active if the steady-state power evaluation mode of
the ground fault direction determination function is enabled.
[spacer] GF_DA: Cur rent IN p.u. 009 021
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 10.000 IN,nom Fig. 3-103, (p. 3-139)
Fig. 3-105, (p. 3-141)
Fig. 3-107, (p. 3-142)
[spacer]
Display of the residual current of the most recent ground fault referred to Inom.
Note: This display is only active when the ground fault direction determination
function using steady state values (GFDSS) is enabled.
[spacer] GF_DA: Cur r. IN,act p.u. 009 022
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 10.000 IN,nom Fig. 3-103, (p. 3-139)
[spacer]
Display of the active component of the residual current of the most recent
ground fault referred to Inom.
Note: This display is only active if the steady-state power evaluation mode of
the ground fault direction determination function is enabled.
[spacer] GF_DA: Cur r. IN,re ac p. u. 009 023
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 10.000 IN,nom Fig. 3-103, (p. 3-139)
[spacer]
Display of the reactive component of the residual current of the most recent
ground fault referred to Inom.
Note: This display is only active if the steady-state power evaluation mode of
the ground fault direction determination function is enabled.
[spacer] GF_DA: GF dur at. curr .me as . 009 026
[spacer] Not measured 0.0 6500.0 min Fig. 3-104, (p. 3-140)
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Display of the ground fault duration of the most recent ground fault as
determined by the steady-state current evaluation feature of the ground fault
direction determination function.
[spacer] GF_DA: Cur r. IN f ilt. p.u. 009 025
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 10.000 IN,nom Fig. 3-105, (p. 3-141)
[spacer]
Display of the residual current component having the set filter frequency for the
most recent ground fault (referred to Inom).
[spacer] Not measured 0.0 6500.0 min Fig. 3-106, (p. 3-141)
[spacer]
Display of the ground fault duration of the most recent ground fault as
determined by the admittance evaluation mode of the ground fault direction
determination function.
[spacer] GF_DA: Admittance Y( N) p. u. 009 065
[spacer] Not measured 0.000 5.000 YN,nom Fig. 3-107, (p. 3-142)
[spacer]
Display of the admittance value referred to YN,nom.
Note:
If GFDS S: Evaluation VNG P Sx is set to Measured:
YN,nom = IN,nom / VNG,nom
If GF DS S: Evaluati on VNG P Sx is set to Calculated:
YN,nom = IN,nom / Vnom
[spacer] Not measured -5.000 5.000 YN,nom Fig. 3-107, (p. 3-142)
[spacer]
Display of the conductance value referred to YN,nom.
Note:
If GFDS S : Evaluation VNG P Sx is set to Measured:
YN,nom = IN,nom / VNG,nom
If GFDSS : Evaluation VNG P Sx is set to Calculated:
YN,nom = IN,nom / Vnom
[spacer] Not measured -5.000 5.000 YN,nom Fig. 3-107, (p. 3-142)
[spacer]
Display of the susceptance value referred to YN,nom.
Note:
If GFDS S: Evaluat ion VNG PS x is set to Measured:
YN,nom = IN,nom / VNG,nom
If GF DSS : Evaluation VNG PSx is set to Calculated:
YN,nom = IN,nom / Vnom
Parameter Address
acquisition
[spacer] Not measured 0.0 6500.0 s Fig. 3-96, (p. 3-133)
[spacer]
Duration of the overload event.
[spacer] OL_DA: T .taken f.startup,MP 005 096
[spacer]
Display of the motor startup time.
[spacer] OL_DA: S tart-up curre nt, M P 005 098
[spacer] Not measured 0.0 10.0 Iref Fig. 3-97, (p. 3-133)
[spacer]
Display of the motor startup current.
[spacer] OL_DA: Heat.dur.st art - up,MP 005 097
[spacer]
Display of startup heating in motor protection.
[spacer] OL_DA: S tatus T HE RM re pli ca 004 147
[spacer]
Display of the buffer content of the thermal overload protection function.
[spacer] OL_DA: Load curre nt T HE RM 004 058
[spacer] Not measured 0.00 3.00 Inom Fig. 3-98, (p. 3-134)
[spacer]
Display of the load current used by the thermal overload protection function to
calculate the tripping time.
[spacer] OL_DA: Ob ject t emp. THER M 004 035
[spacer]
Anzeige der Temperatur des Schuztobjektes.
[spacer] OL_DA: C oolant t emp. THER M 004 036
[spacer]
Display of coolant temperature, dependent on the setting for THE RM: Sel ect
meas .inputPS x.
When set to None the set temperature value will be displayed. When set to
PT100 the temperature measured by the resistance thermometer will be
displayed. When set to 20mA input the temperature measured via an external
20 mA transducer will be displayed.
[spacer] OL_DA: Pre-t r ip t.leftT HER M 004 148
[spacer] Not measured 0.0 1000.0 min Fig. 3-98, (p. 3-134)
[spacer]
Display of the time remaining before the thermal overload protection function
will reach the tripping threshold (“time-to-trip”).
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Display of the additional reserve if coolant temperature is taken into account
and if the measured coolant temperature is lower than the set maximum
permissible coolant temperature. (In this case, the thermal model has been
shifted downwards.)
If there is no coolant temperature acquisition and if the coolant temperature and
the maximum permissible coolant temperature have been set to the same
value, then the coolant temperature is not taken into account and the
characteristic is a function of the current only. The additional reserve amounts
to 0 in this case.
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer] OL_RC: Overload rec ording 3 033 022
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer] OL_RC: Overload rec ording 4 033 023
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer] OL_RC: Overload rec ording 5 033 024
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer] OL_RC: Overload rec ording 6 033 025
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer] OL_RC: Overload rec ording 7 033 026
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer] OL_RC: Overload rec ording 8 033 027
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer]
Point of entry into the overload log.
Parameter Address
recording
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer] GF_R C: Gr ound flt.rec ord. 2 033 011
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer] GF_R C: Gr ound flt.rec ord. 3 033 012
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer] GF_R C: Gr ound flt.rec ord. 4 033 013
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer] GF_R C: Gr ound flt.rec ord. 5 033 014
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer] GF_R C: Gr ound flt.rec ord. 6 033 015
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer] GF_R C: Gr ound flt.rec ord. 7 033 016
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer] GF_R C: Gr ound flt.rec ord. 8 033 017
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer]
Point of entry into the ground fault log.
Parameter Address
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer] FT_RC: Fault recording 2 033 001
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer] FT_RC: Fault recording 3 033 002
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer] FT_RC: Fault recording 4 033 003
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer] FT_RC: Fault recording 5 033 004
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer] FT_RC: Fault recording 6 033 005
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer] FT_RC: Fault recording 7 033 006
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer] FT_RC: Fault recording 8 033 007
[spacer] 0 0 9999
[spacer]
Point of entry into the fault log.
Parameter
[spacer]
Name of the configuration bank currently valid. Setting is carried out with the
IED Configurator, after a connection with the device has been established (via
menu item “Manage IED”).
[spacer] SCL F ile Ve rsion
[spacer]
Version number of the configuration bank currently valid. Setting is carried out
with the IED Configurator, after a connection with the device has been
established (via menu item “Manage IED”).
Parameter
[spacer]
Name of the inactive configuration bank. Setting is carried out with the IED
Configurator, after a connection with the device has been established (via menu
item “Manage IED”).
[spacer] SCL F ile Ve rsion
[spacer]
Version number of the inactive configuration bank. Setting is carried out with the
IED Configurator, after a connection with the device has been established (via
menu item “Manage IED”).
Parameter
Default Value
PX 132
[spacer]
Identification of the .MCL configuration file. If required, this preset value may be
modified by, for example, entering a bay name.
[spacer] SCL F ile Ve rsion
230
[spacer]
Specific value to identify the IEC 61850 data model and configuration.
If required, this preset value may be modified by, for example, identifying the
revision states during engineering.
Parameter
Default Value
TEMPLATE
[spacer]
Explicitly assigned device name for the function in the system (IED); is part of
the Logical Device Name.
Important note: According to the IEC standard the name must consist of only
letters (A..Z, a..z), digits (0..9) and underscore characters (_), and the name
must start with a letter. Note that a non-standard name causes problems with
the IEC 61850 communication.
Parameter
9.3 Communications
The category “Communications” contains the general network-related settings.
Parameter
Default Value
NONE
[spacer]
Optional name available to identify the Ethernet network.
[spacer] Acce ss Point
AP1
[spacer]
Part of the communications control; preset, cannot be modified.
Parameter
Default Value
Configuration
0.0.0.0
[spacer]
Assigned IP address of the P132 for the server function in the system.
[spacer] SubNet M as k 104 005
0.0.0.0
[spacer]
The subnet mask defines which part of the IP address is addressed by the sub-
network and which part by the device that is logged-on to the network.
[spacer] Gateway Addres s 104 011
0.0.0.0
[spacer]
This parameter shows the IPv4 address of the network gateway for
communication links to clients outside of the local network.
Parameter
Default Value
General Media
Configuration
FOC
[spacer]
Network hardware provided as fiber optics (“FOC”) or twisted pair copper wires
(“10BaseT”).
[spacer] TCP Keepalive
[spacer]
Communication monitoring at TCP level.
[spacer] Databas e Lock Ti meout
120
[spacer]
Return time period for setting procedures that have commenced. (The default
value above is in seconds. The IED Configurator, however, displays converts this
to minutes.)
9.4 SNTP
The category “SNTP” contains the clock synchronization settings.
Parameter
[spacer]
Polling interval for clock synchronization.
[spacer] Acce p te d St ratum Le v e l
[spacer]
Quality criterion to accept an SNTP server for clock synchronization; preset,
cannot be modified.
Parameter
Parameters
[spacer]
IP address of the preferred server used for clock synchronization.
Clicking the “Use Anycast” button in the IED Configurator changes the value
such that any server in the local network is appointed to provide clock
synchronization.
Parameter
Parameters
[spacer]
IP address of the backup server used for clock synchronization.
Clicking the “Use Anycast” button in the IED Configurator changes the value
such that any server in the local network is appointed to provide clock
synchronization.
Parameter
[spacer]
Explicitly (and uniquely) assigned name for the dataset.
[spacer] Location
[spacer]
Saving datasets at System/LLN0 is compulsory.
[spacer] Cont ents
[spacer]
Content (data objects, data attributes) of a dataset.
The “GOOSE Capacity” display allows for checking the length of a dataset for
less than 1500 bytes to permit transmission in GOOSE messages. The display is
irrelevant when the dataset is only used in reports.
Note: It is not possible to read the IEC configuration back from the P139 if the
“Dataset” sizes exceed the GOOSE size limit significantly. Therefore it is
recommended to limit the “Dataset” size(s) to max. 120% of the GOOSE
capacity.
9.6.1 System/LLN0
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
Default Value
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
9.8.1 System/LLN0
Parameter
[spacer]
Report type:
● Unbuffered (updating)
● Buffered (saving)
[spacer] Report I D
[spacer]
Report ID consisting of the Device Name and the Report Control Block.
[spacer] Dataset R e f eren ce
[spacer]
Name of the dataset assigned to the report.
[spacer] Conf igur ation Re vision
[spacer]
Revision status of the configuration.
9.9 Controls
Parameter
Parameter
Parameter
9.10 Measurements
Parameter
[spacer]
Multiplication factor; not supported.
Parameter
Parameter
Deadband Deadband
Configuration
[spacer]
Multiplier for the smallest display value of the measured value. In order to have
the current measured value sent when it has changed from the value last sent
the result of the set dead band value multiplied by the smallest display value
must exceed the smallest display value.
9.11.1 System/LLN0
Parameter
Mod.measCyc Value
[spacer]
Transmission of measured values: Time interval in seconds between two dead
band evaluations.
Parameter
Mod.enCyc Value
[spacer]
Cyclic transmission of measured values without dead band check: Time interval
in seconds between transmissions of two energy count values.
Parameter
Mod.comtrade Value
[spacer]
Transmission of COMTRADE fault files formatted either as ASCII or binary files.
Parameter
Mod.distExtr Value
[spacer]
Cancelling fault transmission or including it in the configuration.
10 COMMISSIONING
Danger!
l Only qualified personnel, familiar with the “Warning” page at the beginning of
this manual, may work on or operate this device.
Danger!
l When installing and connecting the device the warning notices at the
beginning of Chapter “Installation and Connection” must be observed.
Danger!
l The device must be reliably grounded before auxiliary voltage is turned on.
The surface-mounted case is grounded using the bolt and nut, appropriately
marked, as the ground connection. The flush-mounted case must be grounded
in the area of the rear sidepieces at the location provided. The cross-section of
the ground conductor must conform to applicable national standards. A
minimum cross section of 2.5 mm² (US: AWG12 or thicker) is required.
In addition, a protective ground connection at the terminal contact on the
power supply module (identified by the letters “PE” on the terminal connection
diagram) is also required for proper operation of the device. The cross-section
of this ground conductor must also conform to applicable national standards.
A minimum cross section of 1.5 mm² (US: AWG14 or thicker) is required.
Danger!
l Before working on the device itself or in the space where the device is
connected, always disconnect the device from the supply.
Danger!
l The secondary circuit of live system current transformers must not be opened!
If the secondary circuit of a live CT is opened, there is the danger that the
resulting voltages will endanger personnel and damage the insulation.
The threaded terminal block for connection to the current transformers is not
a shorting block. Therefore always short-circuit current transformers before
loosening the threaded terminals.
Danger!
l The power supply must be turned off for at least 5 s before power supply
module V is removed. Otherwise there is the danger of an electric shock.
Danger!
l When increased-safety machinery is located in a hazardous area the P132
must always be installed outside of this hazardous area.
Warning!
l The fiber-optic interface may only be connected or disconnected when the
supply voltage for the device is shut off.
Warning!
l The PC interface is not designed for permanent connection. Consequently, the
female connector does not have the extra insulation from circuits connected
to the system that is required per VDE 0106 Part 101. Therefore, when
connecting the prescribed connecting cable be careful not to touch the socket
contacts.
Warning!
l Application of analog signals to the measuring inputs must be in compliance
with the maximum permissible rating of the measuring inputs (see chapter
entitled “Technical Data”)
Warning!
l When using the programmable logic (function group LOGIC), the user must
carry out a functional type test to conform to the requirements of the relevant
protection/control application. In particular, it is necessary to verify that the
requirements for the implementation of logic linking (by setting) as well as the
time performance during device startup, during operation and when there is a
fault (device blocking) are fulfilled.
10.2.1 Preparation
After the P132 has been installed and connected as described in Chapter
“Installation and Connection”, the commissioning procedure can begin.
Before turning on the power supply voltage, the following items must be checked
again:
● Is the device connected to the protective ground at the specified location?
● Does the nominal voltage of the battery agree with the nominal auxiliary
voltage of the device?
● Are the current and voltage transformer connections, grounding, and phase
sequences correct?
After the wiring work is completed, check the system to make sure it is properly
isolated. The conditions given in VDE 0100 must be satisfied.
Once all checks have been made, the power supply voltage may be turned on.
After voltage has been applied, the device starts up. During startup, various
startup tests are carried out (see Chapter “Operation”, “Self-Monitoring”). The
LED indicators for HEALTHY (H1) and OUT OF SERVICE (H2) will light up. After
approximately 15 s, the P132 is ready for operation. By default (factory setting)
or after a cold restart, the device type “P132” and the time are displayed on the
first line of the LCD after the device has started up. If a bay type has already
been selected this bay will then be shown as a single-pole display.
Once the change enabling command has been issued (see Chapter “Local Control
Panel (HMI)”, “Enabling Parameter Changes”), all settings can be entered. The
procedure for entering settings from the integrated local control panel is
described in Chapter “Local Control Panel (HMI)”.
If either the PC interface or the communication interface will be used for setting
the P132 and reading out event records, then the following settings must first be
made from the integrated local control panel.
The settings given above apply to the IEC 60870-5-103 communication protocol. If
another protocol is being used for the communication interface, additional settings
may be necessary. See Chapter “Settings” for further details.
After the settings have been made, the following checks should be carried out
again before the blocking is cancelled:
10.2.2 Tests
If the user does not wish the circuit breaker to operate during protection testing,
the trip commands can be blocked through MA IN: Trip cm d. block. USER (Par/
Func/Glob menu branch) or an appropriately configured binary signal input. If
circuit breaker testing is desired, it is possible to issue a trip command for
100 ms through MA IN: Man . trip cmd. U SER (Oper/CtrlTest menu branch) or
an appropriately configured binary signal input. Selection of the trip command
from the integrated local control panel is password-protected (see
Section 6.12.8, (p. 6-34)).
The manual trip command is only executed if it has been configured for trip
command 1 or trip command 2.
Warning!
l Before starting the test, open any triggering circuits for external devices so
that no inadvertent switching operations will take place.
Warning!
l Application of analog test values to the measuring inputs must be in
compliance with the maximum permissible rating of the measuring inputs (see
Chapter “Technical Data”).
Display Energy flow towards the line Energy flow towards the busbar
A
B BS
C
IA
IB
IC
IN
N
LS
P139
V̲A-G
- V̲N-G
I̲N I̲A
- I̲N
V̲C-G V̲N-G
V̲B-G
19Z5093A
Warning!
l Application of analog test values to the measuring inputs must be in
compliance with the maximum permissible rating of the measuring inputs (see
Chapter “Technical Data”).
Warning!
l Application of analog test values to the measuring inputs must be in
compliance with the maximum permissible rating of the measuring inputs (see
“Technical Data”, Chapter 2, (p. 2-1)).
Tripping times issued by the inverse-time maximum current protection, and
dependent on the tripping characteristic selected, are given in the table in
section “Inverse-time Overcurrent Protection” (Section 3.24.2, (p. 3-171)).
● ARC is blocked (check at the logic state signal A RC: Blocked, Oper/
Cycl/Log menu branch).
● There is no signal with a logic value of “1” at the binary signal input
configured for A RC: CB drive ready EXT.
● There is no signal with a logic value of “1” at the binary signal input
configured for MA IN: C B cl ose d 3p EX T. The circuit breaker position
signal is only necessary if the setting at A RC: C B clos. pos. sig. PSx is
With.
● An ARC cycle is in progress. (This can be determined by checking logic
state signal ARC: Cycle r un n in g in the Oper/Cycl/Log menu branch.)
A test HSR can be executed for testing purposes from the integrated local control
panel or by triggering a binary signal input. The test HSR function first issues a
trip command and then issues a reclose command after the set dead time has
elapsed.
Warning!
l Application of analog test values to the measuring inputs must be in
compliance with the maximum permissible rating of the measuring inputs (see
chapter “Technical Data”).
Before the motor protection can be tested the thermal replica must always be
cleared. Clearing the thermal replica is done by short term disabling of the
protection by setting MA IN: De vi ce on-li ne to No (= off) (Par/Func/Glob menu
branch). The actual status of the thermal replica may be read out from the
operating data display at MP: The rm.re pl .bu ffe r MP (Oper/Cycl/Data menu
branch). Because the characteristic curve is settable, there can be different
tripping times:
With the thermal replica cleared an applied test current is abruptly changed from
0 (= machine stopped) to a value ≥ to the setting of MP: tIStUp> PSx, in the
Par/Func/PSx menu branch (= machine starting up):
36
t = t6I ·
ref (I / I ref)2
Warning!
l Application of analog test values to the measuring inputs must be in
compliance with the maximum permissible rating of the measuring inputs (see
Chapter “Technical Data”).
Before the thermal overload protection can be tested the thermal replica must
always be cleared. Clearing the thermal replica is done by short term disabling of
the protection by setting MAIN: D e vi ce on -li ne to No (= off) (Par/Func/Glob
menu branch). The actual status of the thermal replica may be read out from the
operating data display at TH ER M: Status TH ER M replica (Oper/Cycl/Data
menu branch). The tripping time may be checked:
With the thermal replica cleared an applied test current is abruptly changed from
0 to the value ≥ 0.1·Iref
I
(I )2 - Δϑ0
ref
t = τ · ln Θa - Θa,max
I
(I )2 - Δϑtrip · (1 - Θ )
ref max - Θa,max
Warning!
l Application of analog test values to the measuring inputs must be in
compliance with the maximum permissible rating of the measuring inputs (see
Chapter “Technical Data”).
By injecting appropriate analog test values at the voltage measuring inputs it is
possible to check the overvoltage and undervoltage stages as well as their
associated timer stages.
The P132 calculates the neutral-point displacement voltage from the analog test
values at the voltage measuring inputs according to below formula:
1
|V | = 3 · |V +V +V |
‾ N–G ‾ A–G ‾ B–G ‾ C–G
In this formula VNG is the setting V<>: V NG> PSx or V <>: V NG>> PSx.
Warning!
l Application of analog test values to the measuring inputs must be in
compliance with the maximum permissible rating of the measuring inputs (see
chapter “Technical Data”).
A
B BS
C
IN
k IN
l
e N(e)
E(n)
VNG
n
P139
U V W N
LS
V̲A-G
I̲B
I̲N
V̲C-G
I̲C V̲B-G
V̲N-G
V̲B-G
45Z5063A
Fig. 10-2: Ancillary circuit for systems with ground fault compensation and Holmgreen group, ground fault towards
BS.
A
B BS
C
K k I̲N
T4
L l
e N(e)
E(n) T90
V VNG
n
U V W N
V̲A-G
LS
I̲N
V̲C-G V̲B-G
V̲N-G
V̲B-G
19Z5291B
Fig. 10-3: Ancillary circuit for systems with ground fault compensation and core balance current transformer,
ground fault towards BS.
A
B BS
C
IN
k IN
l
e N(e)
E(n)
VNG
n
P139
U V W N
LS
V̲A-G
I̲N
V̲C-G
V̲B-G
V̲B-G
45Z5065A
Fig. 10-4: Ancillary circuit for isolated neutral-point systems and Holmgreen group, ground fault towards LS.
ancillary circuit figures include vector diagrams displaying the position of current
and voltage vectors.
A simulated ground fault on the line side is displayed in the example. The current
connections or the voltage connections must be exchanged to test a ground fault
on the busbar side.
A
B BS
C
K k I̲N
T4
L l
e N(e)
E(n) T90
V VNG
n
P139
A
U V W N
V̲A-G
LS
I̲B-C ≙ I̲N
V̲C-G
V̲B-G
V̲N-G
V̲B-G
19Z5292B
Fig. 10-5: Ancillary circuit for isolated neutral-point systems and core balance current transformers, ground fault
towards LS.
● Bay interlock (BI): MA IN: Bay i nte rlock. ac t., Oper/Cycl/Log menu
branch
● Substation interlock (SI): MAIN: Su bst . i nterl. act., Oper/Cycl/Log menu
branch
● With control set to “Local”:
It is possible to deactivate the interlock through an appropriately
configured binary signal input.
(Configuration at MA IN: Inp.as g.in te rl.dea ct, Par/Func/Glob menu
branch)
A substation interlock is only effective when a communication link exists from the
communication interface to the substation control level. If the communication link
is disrupted then the device switches automatically to bay interlock (BI) without
substation interlock (SI). Whether or not a communication error is present can be
checked at M A I N: C o m m u n i c a t i o n e r r o r (Oper/Cycl/Log menu branch).
The substation interlock (SI) can be deactivated selectively for any switchgear unit
and in any control direction – “Open” or “Close”. (Check – e.g. for DEV01 – at
D E V 0 1: O p e n w / o s t a t . i n t e r l or D E V 0 1: C l o s e w / o s t a t . i n t . (Par/Func/Cont
menu branch).
11 TROUBLESHOOTING
This chapter describes problems that might be encountered, their causes, and
possible methods for eliminating them. It is intended as a general orientation
only, and in cases of doubt it is better to return the P132 to the manufacturer.
Please follow the packaging instructions in Section 5.1, (p. 5-2) when returning
equipment to the manufacturer.
Warning!
l Only qualified personnel, familiar with the “Warning” page at the beginning of
this manual, may work on or operate this device.
Warning!
l Before checking further, disconnect the P132 from the power supply.
The following instructions apply to surface-mounted cases:
Warning!
l The local control panel is connected to processor module P by a plug-in
connecting cable. Remember the connector position! Do not bend the
connecting cable.
Problem
● Lines of text are not displayed on the local control panel.
■ Check to see whether there is supply voltage at the device connection
points.
■ Check to see whether the magnitude of the auxiliary voltage is correct.
The P132 is protected against damage resulting from polarity reversal.
Key
● –: No reaction and/or no output relay triggered.
● Yes: The corresponding output relay is triggered.
● Updating: The output relay configured for 'Warning' starts only if the
monitoring signal is still present.
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
[spacer]
The external input CBF : CB fault y EX T has become active.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: W arning (LED ) 036 070
[spacer]
Warning configured for LED H3.
[spacer] SFMO N: W arning (rel ay) 036 100
[spacer]
Warning configured for an output relay.
[spacer] SFMO N: W arm r e star t exe c. 041 202
[spacer]
A warm restart has been carried out.
[spacer] SFMO N: C old res tart ex ec. 041 201
[spacer]
A cold restart has been carried out.
[spacer] SFMO N: C old res tart 093 024
[spacer]
A cold restart has been carried out on account of a checksum error in the
memory (NOVRAM).
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: C old res t./ SW updat e 093 025
[spacer]
A cold restart has been carried out following a software update.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: Blocking/ HW fai lur e 090 019
[spacer]
Supplementary warning that this device is blocked.
'Warning' output relay: Updating
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: R elay Kxx fault y 041 200
[spacer]
Multiple signal: output relay defective.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Updating
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: Hardware clock fail . 093 040
Parameter Address
[spacer]
The hardware clock has failed.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: Batte ry failur e 090 010
[spacer]
Battery voltage too low. Replace battery.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Updating
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid S W d.l oaded 096 121
[spacer]
Wrong or invalid software has been downloaded.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid t ype of bay 096 122
[spacer]
If the user has selected a bay type that requires a P132 hardware configuration
that is not actually fitted, then this signal is generated.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: +15V s upply fault y 093 081
[spacer]
The +15 V internal supply voltage has dropped below a minimum value.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: +24V s upply fault y 093 082
[spacer]
The +24 V internal supply voltage has dropped below a minimum value.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: -15V supply f aul ty 093 080
Parameter Address
[spacer]
The −15 V internal supply voltage has dropped below a minimum value.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong module slot 1 096 100
[spacer]
Module in wrong slot.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong mo dule Dig.Bus 096 123
Parameter Address
[spacer]
The device has been fitted with a wrong digital bus. Since this is checked using
the module variant number this signal can also occur after a firmware upgrade
to a version that is not compatible with the hardware.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong module HMI 096 124
[spacer]
The device has been fitted with a wrong HMI. Since this is checked using the
module variant number this signal can also occur after a firmware upgrade to a
version that is not compatible with the hardware.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong module Comm 096 125
[spacer]
The device has been fitted with a wrong communication module. Since this is
checked using the module variant number this signal can also occur after a
firmware upgrade to a version that is not compatible with the hardware.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: W rong module Ana.Bus 096 126
[spacer]
The device has been fitted with a wrong analog bus. Since this is checked using
the module variant number this signal can also occur after a firmware upgrade
to a version that is not compatible with the hardware.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: De fe ct.mo dule s lot 1 097 000
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Defective module in slot x.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Updating
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: if assigned to MAIN: Fct. assign. fault
[spacer] SFMO N: +15V faulty mod. N 093 096
[spacer]
The +15 V internal supply voltage of the transient ground fault evaluation
module has dropped below a minimum value.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: -15V fault y mod. N 093 097
[spacer]
The −15 V internal supply voltage of the transient ground fault evaluation
module has dropped below a minimum value.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: DAC faulty module N 093 095
[spacer]
The digital-to-analog converter of the transient ground fault evaluation module
is defective.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: M odule N DPR f ault y 093 090
[spacer]
The checksum feature of the transient ground fault evaluation module has
detected a fault in the data transmission of the Dual-Port-RAM.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Fault in the program or data memory of the transient ground fault evaluation
module.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: M odule Y DPR fault y 093 110
[spacer]
The checksum feature of analog I/O module Y has detected a fault in the data
transmission of the Dual-Port-RAM.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: M odule Y RAM faulty 093 111
[spacer]
Fault in the program or data memory of the analog I/O module.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: M od.Y RT D DPR faulty 093 108
[spacer]
The checksum feature of analog module (RTD) has detected a fault in the data
transmission of the Dual-Port-RAM.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: M od.Y RT D R AM fault y 093 109
[spacer]
Fault in the program or data memory of the analog module (RTD).
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: Er ror K 70 7 097 084
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Output relay K xxx defective.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Updating
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: if assigned to MAIN: Fct. assign. fault
[spacer] SFMO N: Und ef . oper at . code 093 010
[spacer]
Undefined operation code.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: Ab normal te rmi nation 093 030
[spacer]
The application has been terminated in an unexpected way. If this error occurs
during a (re-)start of the device then this message is displayed and the device is
blocked.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: Bad arg. sys te m call 093 031
[spacer]
Invalid parameter when calling a function of the operating system. If this error
occurs during a (re-)start of the device then this message is displayed and the
device is blocked.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: M ute x de adlock 093 032
[spacer]
Software threads are locked from each other by mutex. If this error occurs
during a (re-)start of the device then this message is displayed and the device is
blocked.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid m e mory re f. 093 033
[spacer]
Attempt to access an invalid memory segment. If this error occurs during a
(re-)start of the device then this message is displayed and the device is blocked.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Miscellaneous error message from the processor or operating system. If this
error occurs during a (re-)start of the device then this message is displayed and
the device is blocked.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid arit hm. op. 093 011
[spacer]
Invalid arithmetic operation.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: Und ef ined int e rr upt 093 012
[spacer]
Undefined interrupt.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: Ex ception ope r. sy st. 093 013
[spacer]
Interrupt of the operating system.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: Prote ct ion failure 090 021
[spacer]
Watchdog is monitoring the periodic start of protection routines. It has detected
an error.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: C hecks um e r ror param 090 003
[spacer]
A checksum error involving the parameters in the memory (NOVRAM) has been
detected.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
Parameter Address
[spacer]
In 10 consecutive clock synchronization telegrams, the difference between the
time of day given in the telegram and that of the hardware clock is greater than
10 ms.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: I nte r m.volt .fail.RAM 093 026
[spacer]
Faulty test pattern in the RAM. This can occur, for example, if the processor
module or the power supply module is removed from the bus module (digital).
This fault is only detected during device startup. After the fault is detected, the
software initializes the RAM. This means that all records are deleted.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: Over f low M T _RC 090 012
[spacer]
Last entry in the monitoring signal memory in the event of overflow.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: C hecks um DM OD 093 023
[spacer]
A checksum that was calculated from the data model in the memory of the
device yielded a wrong result. If this error occurs during a (re-)start of the device
then this message is displayed and the device is blocked.
1st device reaction: Warm restart
2nd device reaction: Device blocking
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: Yes
[spacer] SFMO N: S e m aph. MT_RC bloc k. 093 015
[spacer]
Software overloaded.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: I nval. S W C OMM 1/ IEC 093 075
[spacer]
Incorrect or invalid communication software has been downloaded.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: I nval. Conf ig. IEC 093 079
Parameter Address
[spacer]
Invalid parameters in the IEC configuration.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid S W ve rs . N 093 093
[spacer]
Incorrect or invalid software for transient ground fault evaluation module has
been downloaded.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: T im e-out modul e N 093 092
[spacer]
Watchdog is monitoring the periodic status signal of the transient ground fault
evaluation module. It has detected an error.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid S W ve rs . Y 093 113
[spacer]
Incorrect or invalid software for analog I/O module Y has been downloaded.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid S W ve rs YR TD 093 123
[spacer]
Incorrect or invalid software for analog module (RTD) has been downloaded.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: T im e-out modul e Y 093 112
[spacer]
Watchdog is monitoring the periodic status signal of the analog I/O module Y. It
has detected an error.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: T im e-out modul e YR T D 093 119
[spacer]
Watchdog is monitoring the periodic status signal of the analog module (RTD). It
has detected an error.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: I RIGB fault y 093 117
Parameter Address
[spacer]
The IRIGB interface is enabled but there is no plausible input signal.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: M .c.b. trip V 098 000
[spacer]
The line-side voltage transformer m.c.b. has tripped.
Device reaction: Blocking of the short-circuit direction determination.
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: M .c.b. trip Vre f 098 011
[spacer]
The m.c.b. monitoring the reference voltage transformer has tripped.
Device reaction: Blocking of automatic synchronism check (ASC).
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: Phas e s equ. V fault y 098 001
[spacer]
Measuring-circuit monitoring has detected a fault in the phase sequence of the
phase-to-ground voltages.
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: Und ervolt age 098 009
[spacer]
The measuring-circuit monitoring function has detected an undervoltage.
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: FF, Vr e f t ri gge red 098 022
[spacer]
The fuse failure monitoring function has detected a fault in the reference
voltage-measuring circuit.
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: M .circ. V,Vr e f flt y . 098 023
[spacer]
Multiple signal: Voltage-measuring circuits for phase-to-ground voltages or the
reference voltage faulty.
Device reaction: Depends on type of fault.
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: M e as . circ. V fault y 098 017
[spacer]
Multiple signal: Voltage-measuring circuits faulty.
Device reaction: Depends on type of fault.
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
Parameter Address
[spacer]
The measuring-circuit monitoring function has detected a fault in the current-
measuring circuits.
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: M e as .circ.V,I faulty 098 016
[spacer]
Multiple signal: Multiple signaling: Current- or voltage-measuring circuits faulty.
Device reaction: Depends on type of fault.
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: C ommunic.fault COM M3 093 140
[spacer]
The set time C OMM3: T ime -out comm.faul t has elapsed since the most
recent 100% valid telegram was received. The receive signals are set to their
user-defined default values.
[spacer] SFMO N: Hardware e rr or C OMM 3 093 143
[spacer]
The device has detected a hardware error in the effective connection
InterMiCOM (communication interface 3).
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid S W ve rs DHMI 093 145
[spacer]
Incorrect or invalid software was loaded to operate the detachable display
(DHMI).
[spacer] SFMO N: C omm.link fail.C OMM 3 093 142
[spacer]
Timer stage COM M3: T ime -out link fail . has elapsed indicating a
persistent failure of the transmission channel. The receive signals are set to
their user-defined default values.
[spacer] SFMO N: Lim .excee d., tel .e rr . 093 141
[spacer]
The threshold set for timer stage COMM3: Limit telegr. e rrors was
exceeded and the receive signals are set to their user-defined default values.
[spacer] SFMO N: T e le com. fault y 098 006
[spacer]
The transmission channel of protective signaling is faulty.
Device reaction: Blocking of protective signaling.
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: S e t ting e rror T HERM 098 035
[spacer]
Invalid parameters in the setting for the thermal replica.
Device reaction: Blocking of thermal overload protection.
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: S e t ting e rror C BM 098 020
Parameter Address
[spacer]
An invalid characteristic has been set for circuit breaker monitoring.
Device reaction: Depends on type of fault.
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: C TA e rror 098 034
[spacer]
Measurement of the coolant temperature via the analog module is faulty.
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: T GFD mon. tr igger e d 093 094
[spacer]
The monitoring function for transient ground fault direction determination has
operated.
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: C B No. CB op. > 098 066
[spacer]
The maximum number of CB operations performed has been exceeded.
Device reaction: Depends on type of fault.
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: Fcts.not per m.f.6 0Hz 093 098
[spacer]
A protective function has been activated that is not permitted for operation at a
system frequency of 60 Hz.
Device reaction: –
'Warning' output relay: Yes
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: C B r em . N o. C B op. < 098 067
[spacer]
The minimum number of CB operations performed at nominal current has fallen
below the threshold.
Device reaction: Depends on type of fault.
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: C B Σ I trip > 098 068
[spacer]
The maximum sum of disconnection current values has been exceeded.
Device reaction: Depends on type of fault.
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: C B Σ I trip**2 > 098 069
Parameter Address
[spacer]
The maximum sum of the disconnection current values to the second power has
been exceeded.
Device reaction: Depends on type of fault.
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid s caling BCD 093 124
[spacer]
An invalid characteristic has been set for the BCD output channel of analog I/O
module Y.
Device reaction: Depends on type of fault detected.
'Warning' output relay: Updating
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: C B tm ax> A 098 070
[spacer]
The maximum duration for the opening of a CB pole has been exceeded.
Disconnection is not determined for this CB pole.
Device reaction: Depends on type of fault.
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid s caling A- 1 093 114
[spacer]
An invalid characteristic has been set for one of the analog output channels of
analog I/O module Y.
Device reaction: Depends on type of fault detected.
'Warning' output relay: Updating
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: I nvalid s caling ID C 093 116
[spacer]
An invalid characteristic has been set for the analog input channel of analog I/O
module Y.
Device reaction: Depends on type of fault detected.
'Warning' output relay: Updating
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: PT100 ope n c ir cui t 098 024
[spacer]
The P139 has detected an open circuit in the connection of the resistance
thermometer "PT100" to the analog I/O module Y.
Device reaction: Depends on type of fault detected.
'Warning' output relay: Updating
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: T 1 open circ. 098 029
Parameter Address
[spacer]
The P139 has detected an open circuit in the connection of a resistance
thermometer Tx (x = 1 ... 9) to the analog module (RTD).
Device reaction: Depends on type of fault detected.
'Warning' output relay: Updating
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: Over load 2 0 mA i nput 098 025
[spacer]
The 20 mA input of analog I/O module Y is overloaded.
Device reaction: Depends on type of fault detected.
'Warning' output relay: Updating
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: Op en circ. 2 0 mA inp. 098 026
[spacer]
The P139 has detected an open circuit in the connection of the 20 mA input.
Device reaction: Depends on type of fault detected.
'Warning' output relay: Updating
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: S e t ting e rror f<> 098 028
[spacer]
The over-/underfrequency protection function has been set for 'overfrequency'
monitoring (based on the settings for operate value and nominal frequency).
This setting is not valid in the f w. Delta f/Delta t operating mode.
Device reaction: Blocking of the over-/under frequency protection function
'Warning' output relay: Updating
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: I nv.inp.f.clock sync 093 120
[spacer]
The function was configured to a binary signal input on the analog I/O module Y.
Such a configuration is not permitted for this function.
Device reaction:
'Warning' output relay: Updating
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: Out put 30 098 053
Parameter Address
[spacer]
These LOGIC outputs can be included in the list of warning signals by selection
at S FMON: Fct. ass ign. warning. The warning signals are also recorded
in the monitoring signal memory.
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
[spacer] SFMO N: C B pos .s ig. implaus . 098 124
[spacer]
The plausibility logic was triggered during the acquisition of the circuit breaker's
(CB) status signals.
'Warning' output relay: if assigned to SFMON: Fct. assign. warning
'Blocked/faulty' output relay: –
12 MAINTENANCE
Warning!
l Only qualified personnel, familiar with the “Warning” page at the beginning of
this manual, may work on or operate this device.
The P132 is a low-maintenance device. The components used in the units are
selected to meet exacting requirements. Recalibration is not necessary.
Note
l It is therefore recommended that the power supply module be replaced after a
period of 8 to 10 years.
(When the operating temperatures are approx. +45°C inside the devices, the
required maintenance interval can be increased by about 1 year.)
Replacement of the power supply module must be carried out by trained
personnel, and the auxiliary voltage must be turned off while the work is being
performed.
Danger!
l Always turn off the power (supply voltage) before removing a hardware
module.
The power supply must be turned off for at least 5 s before power supply
module V is removed.
Otherwise there is the danger of an electric shock.
Warning!
l The following instructions apply to surface-mounted cases:
The local control panel is connected to processor module P by a plug-in
connecting cable. Remember the connector position! Do not bend the
connecting cable.
After the maintenance procedures described above have been completed, new
commissioning tests as described in Section 10.2, (p. 10-3) must be carried out.
Warning!
l Before starting the test, open any triggering circuits for external devices so
that no inadvertent switching operations will take place.
13 STORAGE
Devices must be stored in a dry and clean environment. A temperature range of
-25°C to +70°C (-13°F to +158°F) must be maintained during storage (see
chapter entitled “Technical Data”). The relative humidity must be controlled so
that neither condensation nor ice formation will result.
If the units are stored without being connected to auxiliary voltage, then the
electrolytic capacitors in the power supply area need to be recharged every
4 years. Recharge the capacitors by connecting auxiliary voltage to the P132 for
approximately 10 minutes.
If the units are stored during a longer time, the battery of the power supply
module is used for the continuous buffering of the event data in the working
memory of the processor module. Therefore the battery is permanently required
and discharges rapidly. In order to avoid this continuous discharge, it is
recommended to remove the power supply module from the mounting rack
during long storage periods. The contents of the event memory should be
previously read out and stored separately!
84 TE frame 88512-4-9650723-301
15 ORDER INFORMATION
Module configuration variants
P132 English
18 character cortec 1234 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12, 13 14 15 16 17 18
AN3N N N N N N N N AA A A A A A
Feeder Management and Bay Control P132- 9 0 -310 -4xx -650 -7xx -47x -46x -9x x -9x x -8xx
Basic device:
Basic device 24TE, pin-terminal connection, 1 -433
Basic device 24TE, CT/VT ring-, I/O pin-terminal connection, 2 -434
Basic device 40TE, pin-terminal connection, 3 -435
Basic device 40TE, CT/VT ring-, I/O pin-terminal connection, 5 -436
Basic device 84TE, ring-terminal connection,
20)
8 -437
16)
basic complement with 4 binary inputs, 8 output relays and 6 function keys
Current transformer:
Without
11)
0
Inom = 1 A / 5 A (T1...T4)
2)
9
Voltage transformer:
Without 0
Vnom = 50 ... 130 V (4-pole) 4
Vnom = 50 ... 130 V (5-pole) for automatic synchronism control 5
Further options
P132 English
18 character cortec 1234 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12, 13 14 15 16 17 18
AN3N N N N N N N N AA A A A A A
19)
Binary modules with single pole high break contacts for control :
Without high break contact characteristic Without order extension No.
With 1 module with high break contacts (1-pole) -471
With 2 modules with high break contacts (1-pole) -472
-94
For connection to 100 MHz Ethernet, glass fiber SC and wire RJ45 6
and 2nd interface (RS485, IEC 60870-5-103)
For connection to 100 MHz Ethernet, glass fiber ST and wire RJ45 7
-98
For connection to 100 Mbit/s Ethernet, glass fiber ST, SHP 1
and IRIG-B input for clock synchronization
Language:
English (German)
4)
Without order extension No.
Px40 English (English)
4)
Not yet available - on request -800
German (English)
4)
-801
French (English)
4)
Not yet available - on request -802
Spanish (English)
4)
Not yet available - on request -803
Polish (English)
4)
Not yet available - on request -804
Russian (English)
4) 7)
Not yet available - on request -805
Key
● 2) Switching via parameter, default setting is underlined!
● 3) This option is excluded if the InterMiCOM (-95x) is ordered.
● 4) Second included language in brackets.
● 7) Hardware option, supports Cyrillic letters instead of special West
European characters.
● 8) Standard variant recommended if higher pickup threshold not explicitly
required by the application.
● 10) Transient ground fault option for variants with current and voltage
transformers only.
● 11) Option without current transformers and without voltage transformers
not possible.
● 16) Options for basic device 24 TE not possible.
● 19) Depends on the selected numbers of binary modules (6 binary inputs
and 6 output relays). Use of High-break contacts: 1-pole only.
● 20) Option without current transformers not possible.
Schneider Electric
35 rue Joseph Monier
92506 Rueil-Malmaison
FRANCE
Phone: +33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00
Fax: +33 (0) 1 41 29 71 00
www.schneider-electric.com
Publishing: Schneider Electric
Publication: P132/EN M/R-11-B Volume 1 07/2013